All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time
of publication. However, Genesis reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle models and
includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as
standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
Introduction
F2
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such
modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your
Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation
of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other
federal or state agencies.
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger
Occupant Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for
an improperly installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely
affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully
follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions if you choose to install one of these
devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
F3
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and
NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
Introduction
F4
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services
that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle.
Genesis Branded Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain
how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy at “http://www.genesis.com/
us/en/my-privacy-rights.html#owner”
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy,
please contact our Genesis Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO BOX 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
Genesis Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through
Friday between the hours of 5:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between
6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English)
For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are
available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER
PRIVACY POLICY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
I
8
Maintenance
Index
Emergency Situations
Driver Assistance System
Driving Your Vehicle
Convenience Features
Instrument Cluster
Safety System
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Introduction
Table of Contents
1
Introduction........................................................................................................ 1-2
Genesis Customer Care
..................................................................................... 1 -2
Guide to Genesis Parts
...................................................................................... 1-3
How to Use this Manual
....................................................................................1-4
Safety Messages
................................................................................................1-4
Fuel Requirements
.............................................................................................1-5
Gasoline Containing Alcohol and Methanol ............................................................ 1-5
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
......................................... 1-6
Gasoline Containing MMT
......................................................................................... 1-6
Detergent Fuel Additives
........................................................................................... 1-6
Operation in Foreign Countries
................................................................................ 1-6
Vehicle Modifications ........................................................................................ 1 -7
Vehicle Break-in Process
................................................................................... 1 -7
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
........................................1-8
1. Introduction
Introduction
1-2
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing this Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are
pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive the
Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-
quality construction of each Genesis Branded Vehicle we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis Branded Vehicle,
so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your
new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely
operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your
car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Retailers of
Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance
and any other assistance that may be required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and
should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay
with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety
and maintenance information.
GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications. You
must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed
on Page 2-12 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.
Copyright 2023 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the prior written permission of Genesis Customer Care.
01
1-3
1. What are Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are the same parts
used by HYUNDAI Motor Company
to manufacture vehicles. They are
designed and tested for the optimum
safety, performance, and reliability to
our customers.
Type AType A
ODH027037ODH027037
Type BType B
ODH027036ODH027036
2. Why should you use Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are engineered and
built to meet rigid manufacturing
requirements. Damage caused by
using imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage parts is not covered under
the Genesis Branded New Vehicle
Limited Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure
of Genesis Part caused by the
installation or failure of an imitation,
counterfeit or used salvage part is
not covered by any Genesis Branded
Vehicle Warranty.
Type AType A
ODH027034ODH027034
Type BType B
ODH027035ODH027035
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing
Genesis Parts?
Look for the Genesis Parts Logo on the
package.
Genesis Parts exported to the U.S. are
packaged with labels written only in
English.
Genesis Parts are only sold through an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Type AType A
ODH027033ODH027033
Type BType B
ODH027032ODH027032
GUIDE TO GENESIS PARTS
Introduction
1-4
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents
of your Owner’s Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The
first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that
Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it
can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges.
These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the
manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manual provides
you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts
you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards
and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY
ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury
hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible
injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER,
WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which,
if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
01
1-5
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL,
as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to perform optimally using unleaded fuel having an
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved
vehicle performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2) of
91 (Research Octane Number 95) or higher is recommended. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels.)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel
system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for additional
information.
WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the
event of an accident.
Gasoline Containing Alcohol and Methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, “E15” is
a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol.
Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. “E85” fuel is
an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is
manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine performance and damage
to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that
customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use “E85” fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Introduction
1-6
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the
catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a
reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels
or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline Containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control
system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated
with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent
deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and
enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives
that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 8,000
miles or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products
along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in Foreign Countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
01
1-7
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
• In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may
not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use
unauthorized electronic devices.
NOTICE
Some warning sounds (including welcome/good-bye sound, road active noise
control, etc.) are generated from the interior speakers or external amplifiers. If
necessary, purchase Genesis Part to replace an interior speaker or external amplifier.
Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the interior speakers or
external amplifiers.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in
process and be stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume
more oil during the vehicle break-in period.
• Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer
and reproductive harm.
Introduction
1-8
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of
an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-
trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age, and crash location)
are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties,
such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if
they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
2
2. Vehicle Information,
Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior Overview (Front View) .........................................................................2-2
Exterior Overview (Rear View)
..........................................................................2-3
Interior Overview
.............................................................................................. 2-4
Center Console Overview................................................................................. 2-5
Steering Wheel Control Overview
................................................................... 2-6
Engine Compartment Overview
.......................................................................2-7
Dimensions
........................................................................................................ 2-8
Engine
................................................................................................................ 2-8
Bulb Wattage
..................................................................................................... 2-9
Tires and Wheels
.............................................................................................. 2 -10
Air Conditioning System
...................................................................................2-11
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume
.............................................................2-11
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities
.................................................... 2 -12
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .....................................................................2-13
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ..............................................................2-14
Vehicle Certification Label
.............................................................................. 2-14
Tire Specification and Pressure Label
............................................................ 2-14
Engine Number
................................................................................................ 2-1 5
Air Conditioner Compressor Label
................................................................. 2-15
Consumer Information
.................................................................................... 2-16
Reporting Safety Defects
................................................................................ 2-17
2-2
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OJX1019001OJX1019001
1. Hood ...................................................... 5-66
2. Headlight .....................................5-80, 9-64
3. Side repeater light ................................9-65
4. Tires and wheels ................................... 9-33
5. Side view mirror .................................... 5-54
6. Sunroof ................................................... 5-61
7. Front windshield wiper blades ... 5-91, 9-26
8. Windows ................................................5-57
9. Front radar ...............................................7-4
2-3
02
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OJX1019002LOJX1019002L
1. Door ........................................................ 5-27
2. Fuel filler door ........................................ 5-75
3. Rear combination light.........................9-66
4. Reverse light .........................................9-66
5. Liftgate .................................................. 5-67
6. Power liftgate open/close button .......5-69
7. High mounted stop light ......................9-66
8. Rear window wiper blades ........ 5-93, 9-28
9. Antenna ................................................ 5-134
10. Wide-rear view camera ........................7-118
2-4
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OJX1012003NOJX1012003N
1. Inside door handle ................................ 5-29
2. Integrated memory system ..................5-37
3. Side view mirror control switch ........... 5-54
4. Side view mirror folding button........... 5-55
5. Central door lock switch ...................... 5-29
6. Power window switches .......................5-57
7. Power window lock button / ............... 5-59
Electronic child safety lock button
.......5-32
8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ...................................................... 4-5
9. ISG (Idle Stop & Go) OFF button .......... 6-49
10. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF
button .................................................... 6-33
11. Power liftgate open/close button .......5-69
12. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
switch .................................................... 6-24
13. Hood release lever ................................5-66
14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic switch.. 5-42
15. Steering wheel ....................................... 5-41
16. Seat .......................................................... 3-3
2-5
02
1. Instrument cluster .................................. 4-4
2. Horn ....................................................... 5-43
3. Driver’s front air bag ..............................3-57
4. Engine Start/Stop button ....................... 6-6
5. Infotainment system ...........................5-136
6. Hazard warning flasher button .............. 8-2
7. Automatic climate control system ......5-94
8. Passenger’s front air bag ......................3-57
9. Glove box ..............................................5-117
10. Wireless charging system indicator ... 5-124
11. USB port ............................................... 5-134
12. USB charger ......................................... 5-122
13. Wireless charging system pad ............ 5-124
14. Cup holder ............................................5-119
15. Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial) ... 6-12
16. Auto Hold button .................................. 6-28
17. Drive mode button ............................... 6-55
18. Parking/View button ...... 7-120, 7-125, 7-156
19. Parking Safety button ...........................7-141
20. DBC (Downhill Brake Control) button ... 6-37
21. AWD (All Wheel Drive) Lock button .....6-42
22. Second row climate control system ....5-96
23. Second row USB charger .................... 5-122
24. Power outlet / ......................................5-121
AC inverter
........................................... 5-123
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OJX1012004NOJX1012004N
2-6
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OJX1012005NOJX1012005N
1. Audio remote control buttons ............5-134
2. Bluetooth® hands-free
phone button ....................................... 5-137
3. Voice recognition button ....................5-136
4. Paddle shifter ......................................... 6-21
5. Lighting control lever ...........................5-80
6. Wiper and washer control lever............5-91
7. Cluster display controls........................ 4-28
8. Lane Driving Assist button .................. 7-103
9. Driving Assist button .................... 7-56, 7-77
10. Vehicle Distance button ........................ 7-77
2-7
02
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OJX1090054N/OJX1090055NOJX1090054N/OJX1090055N
1. Engine oil filler cap ................................ 9-17
2. Engine oil dipstick .................................9-16
3. Engine coolant reservoir .......................9-19
4. Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
reservoir .................................................9-19
5. Brake fluid reservoir ............................. 9-22
6. Air cleaner ............................................. 9 -24
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....... 9-23
8. Fuse box and Positive (+) jumper
terminal ........................................................ 8-5
9. Negative (-) jumper terminal ................. 8-5
2-8
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Items in. (mm)
Overall length 194.68 (4,945)
Overall width 77.75 (1,975)
Overall height 67.51 (1,715)
Tread
Front Rear
65.90 (1,674) 66.49 (1,689)
Wheelbase 116.33 (2,955)
Engine
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
in. (mm)
2.5L T-GDI 152.4 (2,497) 3.5 x 4 (88.5 x 101.5) 1-3-4-2 4
3.5L T-GDI 211.8 (3,470) 3.6 x 3.4 (92 x 87) 1-2-3-4-5-6 6
02
2-9
Wattage
Front
Headlight
Low LED LED
High, Low beam assist LED LED
Turn signal light LED LED
Parking light LED LED
Daytime Running Light (DRL) LED LED
Side marker LED LED
Puddle light LED LED
Rear
Stop light LED LED
Tail light LED LED
Turn signal light LED LED
Reverse light LED LED
Side marker LED LED
License plate light LED LED
High mounted stop light LED LED
Interior
First row lamp LED LED
Second row room lamp (without sunroof),
Third row room lamp (Type A)
LED LED
Second row personal lamp (with sunroof) LED LED
Third row room lamp (Type B) LED LED
Vanity mirror lamp LED LED
Glove box lamp LED LED
Handle lamp/Mood lamp/Door courtesy lamp LED LED
Cargo area lamp LED LED
2-10
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Items Tire size
Wheel
size
Inflation pressure
torque
Rear Rear
Full size tire
(4, 5-seater)
265/55R19 8.5J X 19
33 (230) 36 (250) 35 (240) 38 (260)
101~116
(14~16, 137~157)
265/50R20 8.5J X 20
33 (230) 36 (250) 35 (240) 38 (260)
265/40R22 9.5J X 22
33 (230) 36 (250) 35 (240) 38 (260)
Full size tire
(7-seater)
265/55R19 8.5J X 19
33 (230) 36 (250) 36 (250) 39 (270)
265/50R20 8.5J X 20
33 (230) 36 (250) 36 (250) 39 (270)
265/40R22 9.5J X 22
36 (250) 42 (290) 39 (270) 45 (310)
Compact
spare tire
*1
T175/80R19 4.5T X 19
60 (420) 60 (420) 60 (420) 60 (420)
*1 :
If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, a Tire Mobility Kit will be
provided with your vehicle.
NOTICE
•
accordingly.
•
changing elevations.
•
tire(s).
02
2-11
Items Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant
4-seater
21.2~29.9 oz. (600~650 g)
R-1234yf5-seater
7-seater 34.4~36.2 oz. (975~1,025 g)
Compressor
lubricant
4-seater
3.2~3.9 oz. (90~110 g)
PAG5-seater
7-seater 6.3~7.1 oz. (180~200 g)
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
Items
2.5L T-GDI AWD - 5,932 lbs. (2,690 kg) -
3.5L T-GDI AWD 6,085 lbs. (2,760 kg) 6,108 lbs. (2,770 kg) 6,527 lbs. (2,960 kg)
Items
SAE
Min. 34.9 cu ft. (990 ℓ) 34.9 cu ft. (990 ℓ) 34.9 cu ft. (990 ℓ)
Max. 84.0 cu ft. (2,380 ℓ) 84.0 cu ft. (2,380 ℓ) 84.0 cu ft. (2,380 ℓ)
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max : Behind front seat to roof.
2-12
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Volume Classification
Engine oil
*1
*2
Recommends
2.5L T-GDI
6.5 US qt.
(6.2 ℓ )
SAE 0W-30, API SN PLUS/SP or
ILSAC GHF-6
*5
3.5L T-GDI
7.4 US qt.
(7.0 ℓ)
Automatic transmission fluid
9.7 US qt.
(9.2 ℓ)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/
HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV-RR
or other brands meeting the above
specification approved by Genesis
Customer Care
Engine
coolant
2.5L T-GDI
5-seater
10.6 US qt.
(10.1 ℓ)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol
coolant for aluminum radiator)
6-seater,
7-seater
15.3 US qt.
(14.5 ℓ)
3.5L T-GDI
5-seater
11.6 US qt.
(11.0 ℓ)
6-seater,
7-seater
16.3 US qt.
(15.5 ℓ)
Liquid-cooled intercooler
coolant
3.9 US qt.
(3.7 ℓ)
Brake fluid
*3
As required
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, FMVSS 116
DOT-4, ISO4925 CLASS-6
Front differential oil (AWD)
*4
0.71 ± 0.026 US qt.
(0.67 ± 0.025 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE
75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 FM
PLUS OR EQUIVALENT)
Rear differential oil
*4
1.37 ± 0.05 US qt.
(1.3 ± 0.05 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE
75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 FM
PLUS OR EQUIVALENT)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
1.11 ± 0.022 US qt.
(1.05 ± 0.021 ℓ)
FUCHS ATF 134 MPT
Electronic Limited Slip
Differential (e-LSD) oil
0.433 ± 0.015 US qt.
(410 ± 15 mℓ)
SHELL TF0870 C
Fuel
21.1 US gal.
(80 ℓ)
Refer to “Fuel requirements” in
chapter 1.
02
2-13
*1 :
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers.
*2 :
Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional
benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary
to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in
everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 :
To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, use genuine brake
fluid that conform to specifications.
*4 :
If the front/rear differential is submerged, visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products to replace the differential oil.
*5 :
Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade
engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can
provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any
viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated
in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from
the chart.
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Gasoline engine oil
0W-300W-30
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to
the international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee
(ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold
this API Certification Mark.
2-14
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Frame numberFrame number
OJX1019020OJX1019020
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining
to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the right front seat. To check the
number, open the cover.
VIN label (if equipped)VIN label (if equipped)
OJX1019023LOJX1019023L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to
the top of the left side dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be seen
through the windshield from outside.
OJX1019021OJX1019021
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
side center pillar gives the vehicle
identification number (VIN).
OJX1019024LOJX1019024L
The tires supplied on your new
vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
02
2-15
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
OJX1099072LOJX1099072L
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
OJX1090071NOJX1090071N
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
OHI088008LOHI088008L
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part
number, production number, refrigerant
(1) and refrigerant oil (2).
2-16
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department
of Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will help answer any
questions you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in
this Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings “NOTICE”,
“CAUTION” and “WARNING”.
02
2-17
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis
Customer Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,
Washington, DC. 20590.
Yu can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
3
3. Safety System
Important Safety Precautions ...........................................................................3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ......................................................................................... 3 -2
Restrain All Children
.....................................................................................................3-2
Air Bag Hazards
............................................................................................................3-2
Driver Distraction
.........................................................................................................3-2
Control Your Speed
......................................................................................................3-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
...........................................................................3-2
Seats .................................................................................................................. 3-3
Safety Precautions ....................................................................................................... 3-7
Front Seats
....................................................................................................................3-8
Rear Seats
....................................................................................................................3-13
Head Restraint
............................................................................................................ 3-23
Seat Warmers
.............................................................................................................3-28
Air Ventilation Seats
...................................................................................................3-30
Seat Belts ......................................................................................................... 3-33
Seat Belt Safety Precautions .....................................................................................3-33
Seat Belt Warning Light
.............................................................................................3-34
Seat Belt Restraint System
........................................................................................3-36
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
.........................................................................................3-42
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
...................................................................3-43
Care of Seat Belts
.......................................................................................................3-45
Child Restraint System (CRS) ......................................................................... 3-46
Children Always in the Rear ...................................................................................... 3-46
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
.................................................................3-47
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)
................................................................ 3-48
Air bag - Supplemental Restraint System ..................................................... 3-55
Where Are the Air Bags? ............................................................................................3-57
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
................................................................... 3-61
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
..................................................................3-65
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
.....................................................................3-65
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
............................................................3-71
SRS Care
.....................................................................................................................3-76
Additional Safety Precautions
................................................................................... 3-77
Air Bag Warning Labels
.............................................................................................. 3-77
Safety System
3-2
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are designed
to supplement seat belts, not replace
them. So even though your vehicle is
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make
sure you and your passengers wear your
seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in a
rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and
small children should be restrained in
an appropriate Child Restraint System.
Larger children should use a booster
seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they
can use the seat belt properly without a
booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and short adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using mobile phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving.
To reduce your risk of distraction and an
accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(for example, MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or email
while driving. Most States have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
States and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but
serious injuries can also occur at lower
speeds. Never drive faster than is safe
for current conditions, regardless of the
maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
3-3
03
Front seat
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward /
Seat cushion tilt /
Seat height
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion extension /
Seat cushion support
(4) Lumbar support
(5) Seatback bolster
(6) Comfortable stretch
(7) Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat
(8) Head restraint
(9) Walk-in seat switch
(10)
Rear HVAC adjustment
SEATS
OJX1030100NOJX1030100N
[A] : Driver’s side, [B] : Passenger’s side
3-4
Safety System
OJX1032147NOJX1032147N
[A] : Manual adjustment, [B] : Power adjustment (5-seater)
Second row seat (4, 5-seater)
(11)
Seat sliding forward or rearward
(12)
Seatback angle
(13)
Automatic folding switch
(14)
Seat sliding forward or rearward /
Seat cushion tilt
(15)
Seatback angle
(16)
Automatic folding/unfolding switch
(17)
Head restraint
(18)
Armrest
(19)
Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat
(20)
2
nd
row seat folding switch (2
nd
row
manual seat) /
2
nd
row seat folding/unfolding switch
(2
nd
row power seat)
03
3-5
Second row seat (7-seater)
(11)
Seat sliding forward or rearward
(12)
Seatback angle
(13)
Walk-in switch
(14)
Head restraint
(15)
Armrest
(16)
Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat
(17)
2
nd
row seat folding switch
Third row seat (7-seat)
(17) 3
rd
row seat folding/unfolding switch
(3
rd
row power seat)
(18) Head restraint
OJX1031132NOJX1031132N
[A] : For 2nd row seat, [B] : For 2nd and 3rd row seat
Safety System
3-6
OJX1030122NOJX1030122N
Infotainment system
Select ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat’ from the Settings menu in the infotainment system
screen, you may use various convenience functions.
• Seat switch alert : Detailed information of the seat switch and image is displayed when the
switch is touched or the switch is moved.
• Smart Posture Care : Recommends a posture (position) for the driver according to the
driver’s measurement. For more details, refer to “Smart Posture Care” section in chapter 5.
• Heated/Ventilated features
- Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver’s seat) : The seat
temperature is automatically controlled.
- Seat heater balance : When the seat heater is on, you may lower the seat heater
(warmer) setting, or may turn the seat heater off for either the seatback or seat cushion.
• Seating easy access
- Steering wheel easy access : Moves the steering wheel when the driver enters or leaves
the vehicle.
- Driver seat easy access : The distance (Normal/Extended/Off) the seat automatically
moves when the driver enters or leaves the vehicle may be selected.
- Passenger seat easy access : Moves the passenger seat when the passenger enters or
leaves the vehicle.
• Ergo-motion seat
- Comfortable stretch : The operation intensity and operation time for Comfortable
Stretch may be selected.
- Posture assist : The seat is adjusted to assist the driver’s posture after driving for an
hour.
- Smart support : The driver's seat bolster is increased when SPORT mode is selected or
when driving at high speed.
Information
The infotainment system may change after software updates. For more information, refer
to the user's manual provided in the infotainment system and the quick reference guide.
03
3-7
Information
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting
in a safe and comfortable position plays
an important role for the safety of the
driver and passengers, along with seat
belts and air bags when in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces
friction between the seat and the
passenger. The passenger’s hips may
slide under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a sudden
stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries could
result because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air bag.
Sitting too close to an air bag greatly
increases the risk of injury in the event
the air bag inflates. The National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
center of the steering wheel and their
chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
rear as possible while maintaining
the ability to control the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far
to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim
with your hands at the 9 o’clock and
3 o’clock positions to minimize the
risk of injuries to your hands and
arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone
between you and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard
to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip. At all times, passengers
should sit upright and be properly
restrained. Infants and small children
must be restrained in appropriate Child
Restraint Systems. Children who have
outgrown a booster seat and adults must
be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for more
than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small infants
to ride on a passenger’s lap.
• Do not route the seat belt across your
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
the shoulder strap away from your
body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become
caught or jammed.
Safety System
3-8
Front Seats
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The seat
could respond with unexpected
movement and may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place anything under the
front seats. Loose objects in the
driver’s foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot pedals,
causing an accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position and proper
locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate
the seat, gas may exit out of the
lighter causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting the
front seat position.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not,
the seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt. Moving the
seat cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
03
3-9
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the vehicle
unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has been adjusted as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than
necessary when the vehicle is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more seats at
the same time. This may result in an
electrical malfunction.
Forward and rearward adjustment
OJX1039001OJX1039001
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion tilt/height adjustment
OJX1039005OJX1039005
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of
the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Seat height (2)
To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Safety System
3-10
Seatback angle adjustment
OJX1039003OJX1039003
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal
injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS
sit well back in their seats, properly
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead,
it will be in front of you. During an
accident, you could be thrown into the
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder
belt.
Seat cushion extension adjustment
(for driver's seat) (if equipped)
OJX1039002OJX1039002
To move the front part of the cushion
forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
03
3-11
Seat cushion support adjustment
(for driver's seat) (if equipped)
OJX1039004OJX1039004
To adjust cushion support:
1. Push the control switch up to increase
cushion support or down to decrease
cushion support.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion support reaches the desired
position.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
OJX1039006OJX1039006
To adjust the lumbar support:
1. Press the front portion of the switch
(1) to increase support or the rear
portion of the switch (2) to decrease
support.
2. Press switch (3) or (4) to move the
support position up or down.
3. Release the switch once the lumbar
support reaches the desired position.
Seat bolster adjustment
(for driver's seat) (if equipped)
OJX1039007OJX1039007
To adjust seat bolster:
1. Push the adjustment lever clockwise,
the seatback bolster will be
adjusted inward. Push the switch
counterclockwise, the seatback
bolster will be adjusted outward.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
Ergo-motion seat (if equipped)
OJX1031103NOJX1031103N
Select 'Ergo-Motion Seat' from the
infotainment system's Settings menu
to select and set up supplemental
functions.
WARNING
Before actually using each function, try
the functions with the vehicle parked.
Safety System
3-12
Comfortable stretch
Comfortable stretch is a function that
helps relieve fatigue of the pelvis and
lower back due to driving.
OJX1039008OJX1039008
Every time you press the button, you may
select a mode or turn off the function in
the following order.
- Pelvic stretching: The cushion portion
moves, helping the left and right
movement of the pelvis.
- Lumbar stretching: The seatback
portion moves, helping back and forth
movement of the lower back.
- Whole Body stretching: The cushion
and seatback moves in sequence,
helping the whole body reduce
fatigue.
- OFF: Turns off Comfortable Stretch.
Also, you can change the operation
intensity and operation time from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
- Intensity: Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Seat → Ergo-Motion Seat →
Comfortable Stretch → Strong/Normal
- Time: Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat
→ Ergo-Motion Seat → Comfortable
Stretch → Operational Time →
Short(10min.)/Normal(15min.)/
Long(20min.)
Posture assist
After driving for an hour, Posture Assist
automatically adjusts the pelvis and back
portion of the seat to assist the posture.
You can activate or deactivate Posture
Assist function from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat →
Ergo-Motion Seat → Posture Assist
Smart support
The seat bolster support increases when
SPORT mode is selected for Drive Mode
and driving at high speed.
You can activate or deactivate Posture
Assist function from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat →
Ergo-Motion Seat → Smart Support
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
03
3-13
Walk-in switch
OJX1039014OJX1039014
The rear seat passenger may use the
switches to control the front passenger
seat.
• Sliding forward or rearward:
Press the switch (1) or (2) to move
the front passenger seat forward or
rearward.
• Seatback angle:
Press the switch (3) or (4) to recline
the front passenger seatback forward
or rearward.
Seatback pocket
OJX1039013OJX1039013
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front seatbacks.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
Rear Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Adjusting the seats
- NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The
seat may suddenly move and may
injure the passenger.
- Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not,
the seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
• Folding the seats
- Do not fold the seatback when
the seat is occupied (for example,
passenger, pets or luggage). It
may injure the passenger or pet, or
damage the luggage.
- Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving. This is
not a proper seating position and
no seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
- Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not extend
higher than the top of the front
seatbacks. This could allow cargo
to slide forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
Safety System
3-14
- When returning the rear seatback
from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked into
its upright position by pushing
on the top of the seatback. In
an accident or sudden stop, the
unlocked seatback could allow
cargo to move forward with great
force and enter the passenger
compartment, which could result
in serious injury or death.
• Loading cargo
- Make sure the engine is off, the
gear shifted to P (Park), and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move
if the shift button or shift dial is
inadvertently pressed or rotated to
another position.
- When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats, ensure
the cargo is properly secured
to prevent it from moving while
driving.
• Do not place objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit vehicle
occupants in a collision causing
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while adjusting the seats.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Rear seat belts
Before folding the seatback, insert
the seat belt buckle in the holder
between the seatback and cushion.
Insert the seat belt webbing in the
guide to prevent the seat belt from
being damaged.
OJX1039046OJX1039046
• Cargo
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats
to prevent damage to the vehicle
interior.
WARNING
OJX1039130LOJX1039130L
Be careful when closing the liftgate
with passenger’s seated on the third
row seat. If the passenger’s head is
not properly against an adjusted head
restraint or a tall person is seated, the
liftgate may hit the passenger’s head,
which could cause injury.
03
3-15
Manual adjustment (second row)
OJX1031039NOJX1031039N
Forward and rearward
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
If equipped with 5-seater or 7-seater,
the central seat moves together with the
drivers side second row seat.
OJX1031040NOJX1031040N
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback
of the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.
If equipped with 5-seater or 7-seater,
the central seat moves together with the
drivers side second row seat.
à The seatbacks can be folded with the
seatback recline lever.
Safety System
3-16
OJX1031108NOJX1031108N
[A] : 4, 5-seater, [B] : 7-seater
Seatback folding (4, 5-seater) / Walk-in
function (7-seater)
• 4, 5-seater ( )
The seatback will fold if the switch is
pressed.
• 7-seater (
)
The seatback will fold and the seat will
slightly move forward, if the switch is
pressed.
• The function operates when the gear
is in P (Park) with the door open.
• While the seatback folding or walk-in
function is operating, if the switch is
pressed, the seat will stop moving. If
the switch is pressed again, the seat
will continue the adjustment.
• While the seatback folding or walk-in
function is operating, if the engine
is started, the seat will stop moving
momentarily. If the engine starts, the
seat will continue the adjustment.
If equipped with 5-seater or 7-seater,
the central seat moves together with the
drivers side second row seat.
Power adjustment (second row)
OJX1031041NOJX1031041N
Forward and rearward (1) (5-seater)
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback angle (2) (5, 7-seater)
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the upper portion of the control
switch forward or rearward. If the
seatback is reclined rearward a certain
angle, the seat cushion will be raised.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.
If equipped with 5-seater or 7-seater,
the central seat moves together with the
drivers side second row seat.
Cushion tilt (3) (5, 7-seater)
To change the angle of the front part of
the seat cushion:
1. Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the front part of the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
If equipped with 5-seater or 7-seater,
the central seat moves together with the
drivers side second row seat.
03
3-17
OJX1031107NOJX1031107N
[A] : 5-seater, [B] : 7-seater
Seatback folding (5-seater) / Walk-in
function (7-seater)
• 5-seater ( )
The seatback will fold if the switch is
pressed. The seatback will unfold if
the switch is pressed again.
• 7-seater (
)
The seatback will fold and the seat will
slightly move forward, if the switch is
pressed.
After using the walk-in function, push
the seat rearward till it is stopped, the
seatback will automatically unfold.
• The function operates when the gear
is in P (Park) with the door open.
• While the seatback folding or walk-in
function is operating, if the switch is
pressed, the seat will stop moving. If
the switch is pressed again, the seat
will continue the adjustment.
• While the seatback folding or walk-in
function is operating, if the engine
is started, the seat will stop moving
momentarily. If the engine starts, the
seat will continue the adjustment.
Manual adjustment (third row)
OJX1039049OJX1039049
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull the seatback recline strap (1).
2. Hold the strap (1) and adjust the
seatback angle to the position you
desire.
3. Release the strap and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. The strap
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.
Power adjustment (third row)
OJX1039121LOJX1039121L
Seatback angle
Press the switch (
) or ( ) to adjust the
seatback angle.
When the seatback is folded, press
the switch (
), the seatback will
automatically unfold.
Safety System
3-18
Seat adjustment (infotainment
system)
OJX1039109LOJX1039109L
Fore/Aft position / Seatback recline /
Cushion tilt (if equipped)
Second row seat adjustments can be
done from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Seat → Fore/Aft Position / Seatback
Recline / Cushion Tilt
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
03
3-19
Switch type Seat adjustment
4, 5-seater
Type A
Press switch or switch, the second row
left or right seatback will fold.
Type B
Press switch or switch, the second row
left or right seatback will fold. If the switch is
pressed again, the seatback will unfold.
7-seater
Type A
Press switch or switch, the second row
left or right seatback will fold.
Type B
Press switch or switch, the second row
left or right seatback will fold.
Press
switch or switch, the third row
left or right seatback will fold. If the switch is
pressed again, the seatback will unfold.
à When the 7-seater third row seatback is folded, the head restraints are automatically
folded. Therefore, lower the head restraint to the lowest position before folding the
third row seats. If you want to use the head restraint after unfolding the seatback,
raise the head restraint by hand.
Seatback remote folding/unfolding
(Cargo area)
OJX1039082LOJX1039082L
• The function operates when the gear
is in P (Park) with the door open.
• While the seatback is folding or
unfolding, if the switch is pressed, the
seat will stop moving. If the switch is
pressed again, the seat will continue
the adjustment.
• While the seatback is folding or
unfolding, if the engine is started, the
seat will stop moving momentarily.
If the engine starts, the seat will
continue the adjustment.
Safety System
3-20
NOTICE
OJX1039117OJX1039117
If there is a problem with the second
row and/or third row seat automatic
folding/unfolding, a warning will
sound. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Automatic reverse
While folding or unfolding the 2nd row or
3rd row seats, when a consistent force is
detected, the seat returns to its original
position or stops operation.
However, automatic reverse function
may not work when the detected
resistance is below a specific level or the
seat is almost folded or unfolded. When
a strong impact is applied to the seat,
the automatic reverse function may be
activated even if no object is present.
If this occurs, check for any objects that
may be caught and then operate the
switch again to check for abnormality.
When the automatic reverse function is
enabled, the angle of the seat back may
be changed. Reset the seatback angle by
pressing the remote folding/unfolding
button.
WARNING
Do not intentionally place any body part
or object in the operating area to check
the automatic reverse function.
03
3-21
Walk-in seat (7-seater)
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat:
OJX1039047OJX1039047
OJX1039048OJX1039048
1. Press the walk-in switch located on
the upper part (1) or the outer part (2)
of the second row seat.
2. The second row seatback will fold and
the seat will slightly move forward.
3. After getting in or out, push the
second row seat to the rearward
position and pull the seatback firmly
backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
Information
The walk-in switch operates only when the
gear is in P (Park) and the door is open.
Folding the rear seats
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
Before folding the rear seats, lower the
head restraint to the lowest positon and
store the seat belt buckles in the holders
and webbing in the guide.
If you want to use the rear seats, make
sure the seatbacks are upright and
securely locked in place. Always return
the head restraint and seatbelt to its
proper position.
For more details on how to fold and
unfold the rear seats, refer to the
preceding pages in the “Rear Seats”
section in this chapter.
OJX1039114LOJX1039114L
Second and third row seatback folding (if
equipped)
Second and third row seatback folding
can be done from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Seat → 2nd/3rd Row Seat Back Fold/
Unfold
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Safety System
3-22
OJX1039085OJX1039085
Second row center seatback manual
folding (5, 7-seater)
To fold the center seatback:
1. Pull up and hold the lever located
behind the seatback.
2. Fold the seatback forward.
OJX1039086OJX1039086
Second row seatback manual folding
(7-seater)
Use the folding strap (1), when the
folding switch or walk-in switch does not
work.
- Second row manual adjustment seat
When the strap (1) is pulled, the
seatback will fold and the seat will
slightly slide forward.
- Second row power adjustment seat
When the strap (1) is pulled, the
seatback will fold.
Armrest (second row)
4-seater4-seater
OJX1032142CNOJX1032142CN
5, 7-seater5, 7-seater
OJX1031044NOJX1031044N
The armrest is located in the center of
the rear seat. Pull the armrest down by
using the strap from the seatback to use
it.
03
3-23
Head Restraint
The vehicle’s front and rear (second row
and/or third row) seats have adjustable
head restraints. The head restraints
provide comfort for passengers, but
more importantly they are designed to
help protect passengers from whiplash
and other neck and spinal injuries during
an accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
WARNING
To help reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident, take the
following precautions when adjusting
your head restraints:
• Always properly adjust the head
restraints for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the head restraint removed or
reversed.
•
OHI039190NOHI039190N
Adjust the head restraints so the
middle of the head restraint is at the
same height as the height of the top
of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head restraint
position of the driver’s seat when the
vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to
the passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
body away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint locks
into position after adjusting it.
WARNING
OJX1039115OJX1039115
When sitting on the rear seat, do not
adjust the height of the head restraint
to the lowest position.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in the rear
seats, adjust the height of the head
restraint to the lowest position. The
rear seat head restraint can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
on the head restraints.
Safety System
3-24
Front seat head restraints
OJX1039063LOJX1039063L
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats
are equipped with adjustable head
restraints for passenger safety and
comfort.
OJX1039009OJX1039009
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
NOTICE
OHI038136OHI038136
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
03
3-25
OJX1039011OJX1039011
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
3. Press the head restraint release button
(3) while pulling the head restraint up
(4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat
with the head restraint removed.
OJX1039012OJX1039012
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the release
button (1).
3. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
4. Recline the seatback (4) with the
seatback angle switch (3).
WARNING
Always make sure the head restraint
locks into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.
Safety System
3-26
Second row seat head restraints
OJX1031129NOJX1031129N
* : if equipped
The second row seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating positions
for the passenger’s safety and comfort.
OJX1031042NOJX1031042N
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OJX1031043NOJX1031043N
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
2. Press the head restraint release button
(1) while pulling the head restraint up
(2).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into the
holes (3) while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
03
3-27
Third row seat head restraints
(7-seater)
OJX1039131LOJX1039131L
The third row seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating positions
for the passenger’s safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
Pull the head restraint up to the desired
position.
To lower the head restraint:
Push head restraint down to the desired
position.
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
Pull the head restraint up.
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into the
holes.
2. Push head restraint down to the
desired position.
OJX1039113LOJX1039113L
Third row seat head restraint folding
(infotainment system)
The third row seat can be folded
automatically from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Seat → 3rd Row Head Rest Fold
OJX1039045OJX1039045
• Before folding the third row head
restraint automatically, lower the head
restraint to the lowest position.
• Never fold the third row head restraint
manually.
• To use the third row head restraint,
unfold the head restraint manually.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Safety System
3-28
Seat Warmers
Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the seat warmers
OFF.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS
BURN, even at low temperatures and
especially if used for long periods of
time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the
seat is becoming too warm so they can
turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should
use extreme caution, especially the
following types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who
burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat
that insulates against heat when the
seat warmer is in operation, such as a
blanket or seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat, causing a
burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers
and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on seats equipped with seat
warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer.
Front seat warmers
OJX1039053LOJX1039053L
• While the engine is running, touch
either of the seat warmer icons
to warm the driver’s seat or front
passenger’s seat.
03
3-29
• Manual temperature control
Each time you touch the icon, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to
automatically control the seat
temperature in order to prevent
low temperature burns after being
manually turned ON.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
30 min 60 min
You may manually touch the icon to
increase seat temperature. However,
the seat temperature is automatically
adjusted again.
• Seat Heater Balance
You may lower the seat warmer
setting, or may turn the seat warmer
off for either the seatback or seat
cushion, when the seat warmer is on.
To use this function, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat →
Heated/Ventilated Features → Seat
Heater Balance
• When touching the icon for more than
1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the Engine Start/
Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Second row seat warmers (if
equipped)
Type AType A
OJX1039116OJX1039116
Type BType B
OJX1039056OJX1039056
• While the engine is running, press
either of the seat warmer switches to
warm the rear seat.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you press the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
Safety System
3-30
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to
automatically control the seat
temperature in order to prevent
low temperature burns after being
manually turned ON.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
30 min 60 min
You may manually push the switch to
increase seat temperature. However,
the seat temperature is automatically
adjusted again.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the Engine Start/
Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
•
4, 5-seater4, 5-seater
7-seater7-seater
OJX1030054N/OJX1030055NOJX1030054N/OJX1030055N
You can also adjust the rear seat
warmers from the front seats. With
the engine running, touch the seat
warmer icon on the climate control
system screen.
Air Ventilation Seats
The air ventilation seats are provided
to cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the surface
of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the air ventilation
seat is not needed, keep the air
ventilation seats OFF.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation
seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface
of the front seats and seatbacks;
this may cause the air vent holes
to become blocked and not work
properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers under
the seats. They may block the air
intake causing the air vents to not
work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may
damage the air ventilation seat.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart
the vehicle. If there is no change,
have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
3-31
Front air ventilation seats
(if equipped)
OJX1039057LOJX1039057L
• While the engine is running, touch
either of the air ventilation seat icons
to cool the driver’s seat or the front
passenger’s seat.
• Each time you touch the icon, the
airflow changes as follows:
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
• If the air ventilation seat is positioned
at HIGH, the airflow speed will
increase according to vehicle speed.
• Use the air ventilation seat with the
air conditioning on for more effective
ventilation.
• It may take 3~5 minutes after switch
operation to feel the temperature
change.
• When touching the icon for more than
1.5 seconds with the air ventilation
seat operating, the operation will turn
OFF.
• The air ventilation seats defaults to
the OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
Second row air ventilation seats (if
equipped)
OJX1039081OJX1039081
• While the engine is running, press
either of the air ventilation switches to
cool the seat.
• Each time you press the switch, the air
flow changes as follows:
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
• If the air ventilation seat is positioned
at HIGH, the airflow speed will
increase according to vehicle speed.
• Use the air ventilation seat with the
air conditioning on for more effective
ventilation.
• It may take 3~5 minutes after switch
operation to feel the temperature
change.
• When pressing the switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the air
ventilation seat operating, the air
ventilation seat will turn OFF.
• The air ventilation seat defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
Safety System
3-32
•
4, 5-seater4, 5-seater
7-seater7-seater
OJX1030058N/OJX1030059NOJX1030058N/OJX1030059N
You can also adjust the rear air
ventilation seat from the front seats.
With the engine running, touch the air
ventilation seat icon on the climate
control system screen.
03
3-33
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things not to do when using
seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make
sure all passengers have fastened their
seat belts before starting any trip. Air
bags are designed to supplement the
seat belt as an additional safety device,
but they are not a substitute. Most states
require all occupants of a vehicle to wear
seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is
moving. Take the following precautions
when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. If a child age 13
or older must be seated in the front
seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. And the child must always
be restrained in the seat properly.
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be
carried on an occupant’s lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is moving.
• Do not allow children to share a seat
or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back.
• Always wear both the shoulder
portion and lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt.
• Never wear a seat belt over fragile
objects. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the seat belt can damage it.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt will not
protect you properly in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing
or hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the
buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle interfering with the seat
belt latch mechanism, because any
materials in the buckle can cause the
seat belt no to be fastened securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted to
remove slack.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even
if damage to webbing or assembly is
not apparent
SEAT BELTS
Safety System
3-34
Seat Belt Warning Light
Driver’s seat belt warning
Instrument clusterInstrument cluster
OJX1039060OJX1039060
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position regardless of belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph
(9 km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h) the
warning light will continue to illuminate
and warning chime will sound until the
seat belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds (warning chime will sound in
three stages).
Front passenger’s seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warning
light will illuminate for approximately 6
seconds each time the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position regardless of
belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph
(9 km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h) the
warning light will continue to illuminate
and warning chime will sound until the
seat belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds (warning chime will sound in
three stages).
WARNING
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger’s
seat belt warning system. It is important
for the driver to instruct the passenger
to remain properly seated as instructed
in this manual.
Information
• Although the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger’s seat belt warning
may operate when luggage is placed on
the front passenger seat.
03
3-35
Rear passenger’s seat belt warning
(if equipped)
4-seater4-seater
OJX1031061LOJX1031061L
5-seater5-seater
OJX1039061OJX1039061
6-seater6-seater
OJX1031143OJX1031143
7-seater7-seater
OJX1039062OJX1039062
2nd row outboard seat and 3rd row seat
seatbelt
As a reminder to the rear seat
passengers, with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position, if the rear seat
passenger’s seat belt is not fastened, the
corresponding seat belt warning light
will illuminate for 70 seconds. But, if the
seatbelt is fastened after 6 seconds, the
corresponding seat belt warning light will
immediately turn off.
If the seat belt is fastened, and then
unfastened while driving below 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding seat
belt warning light will illuminate for 70
seconds.
If the seat belt is fastened, and then
unfastened while driving above 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding seat belt
warning light will blink and the warning
chime will sound for approximately 35
seconds.
Second row center seatbelt
With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, if the second row
center seat passenger’s seat belt is
not fastened, the corresponding seat
belt warning light will illuminate for 70
seconds. But, if the seatbelt is fastened
after 6 seconds, the corresponding seat
belt warning light will immediately turn
off.
If the seat belt is fastened, and then
unfastened while driving below 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding seat
belt warning light will illuminate for 70
seconds.
If the seat belt is fastened, and then
unfastened while driving above 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding seat belt
warning light will blink and the warning
chime will sound for approximately 35
seconds.
Safety System
3-36
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
OHI038182LOHI038182L
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident. Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it fits
snugly.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
Front Seat Belt – Driver’s 3point
system with emergency locking
retractor
OHI038140OHI038140
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle
(2). There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks into the buckle.
OHI038137OHI038137
You should place the lap belt (1) portion
across your hips and the shoulder belt (2)
portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion
is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips. If you lean forward in
a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend
and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
03
3-37
Information
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and
release it. After release, you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the four different
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
Front seatFront seat
OJX1039018OJX1039018
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
OHI038142OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Safety System
3-38
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3point
system with convertible locking
retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed
in the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible
retractor is also installed in the front
passenger seat position, NEVER place
any infant/child restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buckle.
There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks into the buckle. When
not securing a child restraint, the seat
belt operates in the same way as the
driver’s seat belt (Emergency Locking
Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts
to the proper length only after the lap
belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly across your
hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from
the retractor to allow the installation of
a child restraint system, the seat belt
operation changes to allow the belt to
retract, but not to extend (Automatic
Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the
“Using a Child Restraint System” section
in this chapter.
OHI038142OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides
the same level of protection for seated
passengers in either emergency
or automatic locking modes, the
emergency locking mode allows seated
passengers to move freely in their seat
while keeping some tension on the belt.
During a collision or sudden stop, the
retractor automatically locks the belt to
help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking
mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
the belt to fully retract.
03
3-39
Second row center seatbelt
(3-point rear center seat belt)
(5, 7-seater)
OJX1039015OJX1039015
1. Take out the buckle (2), which is
stored between the seat/seatback
cushions.
2. Insert the metal plate (1) into the
buckle (2), until it clicks.
You can make sure its secure
fastening by pulling the seatbelt
webbing. The buckle with 'CENTER'
mark should be used for the 3-point
seatbelt.
3. Restore the buckle between the seat/
seatback cushion after unfastening
the seatbelt.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
OJX1039118OJX1039118
[1] : Retractor pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with the driver’s
and front passenger’s and second row
outboard seat passengers pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner).
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is for
the seat belts to fit tightly against the
occupant’s body in certain frontal or
side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in crashes where
the frontal or side collision(s) is severe
enough, together with the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position.
In certain frontal collisions, the pre-
tensioner will activate and pull the seat
belt into tighter contact against the
occupant’s body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger’s seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system activates,
the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt (if
equipped with load limiter).
Safety System
3-40
WARNING
Pre-tensioner Seat Belts that
malfunction may not protect you
properly during an accident. Take the
following precautions:
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat
belt will not protect you properly in
an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident. A
pre-tensioner seat belt system is
designed to activate only once.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners by
yourself. This must be done by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated. When
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the pre-
tensioner can become hot and can burn
you.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
seat belt system. Therefore, have the
system serviced by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are shown
in the illustration:
ODN8H033057ODN8H033057
OJX1039123LOJX1039123L
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner
(3) SRS control module
(4) Rear retractor pre-tensioner (if
equipped)
03
3-41
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS
control module is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
cluster will illuminate for approximately
3~6 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position, and then it
should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will
illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light
does not illuminate, stays illuminated
or illuminates when the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air
bags as soon as possible.
Information
• Both the driver's and front passenger's
pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal or side
collisions or rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be inhaled for prolonged periods.
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the pre-
tensioner seat belts were activated.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt system may
be adversely affected by installing an
audio system to the center console or
welding/painting the frontal vehicle
body.
In this case, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The air bag warning light illuminates,
if there is a malfunction with the pre-
tensioner seat belt system.
• In following situations, immediately
have the air bag system and the pre-
tensioner seat belt system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
- The air bag warning light does not
illuminate at all after turning ON the
engine
- The air bag warning light remains
ON over 3~6 seconds after turning
ON the engine
Safety System
3-42
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
(if equipped)
The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat Belt is
to tighten the seat belt when a collision
is sensed, during emergency braking, or
when a loss of control is detected.
NOTICE
The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat
Belt is to tighten the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt when a collision is
sensed, during emergency braking, or
when a loss of control is detected.
Pre-Active Seat Belt operation
In order to help maximize the safety
of the driver and front passenger, Pre-
Active Seat Belt system may operate in
the situations below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle detects a collision
- The vehicle detects driving on a
frozen road
- Driving on a rough road with severe
impact
- Unstable rolling of the vehicle
occurs
• Slack removal
Tightens a loose seat belt if vehicle
speed is over 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
• Belt parking
Tightens a loose seat belt when the
seat belt is unfastened.
Warning message
OJX1059121LOJX1059121L
Check Pre-Active Seat Belt
The Pre-Active Seat Belt warning
message will appear if there is a problem
with your Pre-Active Seat Belt.
Have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products if the warning message
comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
When the Pre-Active Seat Belt warning
message disappears, the master warning
light (
) will illuminate.
03
3-43
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed
between your breasts and away from
your neck. Place the lap belt below your
belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your
hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded
part of the belly.
WARNING
• Pregnant women and patients are
more vulnerable to any impacts on
the abdomen during an abrupt stop
or accident. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to an unborn child during an
accident, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion of the
seat belt above or over the area of
the abdomen where the unborn child
is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have Child Restraint System
laws which require children to travel
in approved Child Restraint System
devices, including booster seats. The
age at which seat belts can be used
instead of Child Restraint System differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant and
Child Restraint System must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the “Child
Restraint Systems” section in this
chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and
small children in a Child Restraint
System appropriate for the child’s
height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to a child and other passengers,
NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. The violent
forces created during an accident will
tear the child from your arms and throw
the child against the interior of the
vehicle.
Safety System
3-44
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying
any Child Restraint System, make sure
that it has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
FMVSS 213.
The Child Restraint System must be
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the Child
Restraint System for this information.
Refer to “Child Restraint Systems”
section in this chapter.
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat should
always occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt
should lie across the upper thighs and
be snug across the shoulder and chest
to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. A child’s squirming could
put the belt out of position. In the event
of an accident, children are afforded
the best safety restrained by a proper
Child Restraint System in the rear seats.
Always have the LATCH system inspected
by your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an accident. An
accident can damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure the child
restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child must
be securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need to
be returned to an appropriate booster
seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure larger children’s
seat belts are worn and properly
adjusted.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to
use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific
recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
03
3-45
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by
reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve the
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should
be in an upright position when the car is
moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front or rear seats
are in a reclined position.
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always
sit well back in their seats with the
upright seatbacks and should be
belted properly.
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition,
care should be taken to assure that seat
belts and belt hardware are not damaged
by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
visible. Additional questions concerning
seat belt operation should be directed to
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Safety System
3-46
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the
vehicle. Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat. A child
riding in the front passenger seat can
be forcefully struck by an inflating air
bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
Children under age 13 should always
ride in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or
sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for a
Child Restraint System must use the seat
belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved Child Restraint Systems.
The laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat belts
can be used instead of Child Restraint
System differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and where
you are travelling.
Child Restraint Systems must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
You must use a commercially available
Child Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child Restraint Systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat
by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rearward-
facing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the seat
of the vehicle. Read and comply with
the instructions for installation and use
provided by the manufacturer of the
Child Restraint System.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always
take the following precautions when
using a Child Restraint System:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's
seat.
• Always properly secure the child
restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat
(as described in the child restraint
system manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall
be readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks" over
a seatback, it may not provide
adequate protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
check the child restraint system,
seat belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
03
3-47
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
has a label certifying that it meets
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a Child Restraint System based
on your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
• Select a Child Restraint System that
fits the vehicle seating position where
it will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the Child Restraint
System.
Child Restraint System types
There are three main types of Child
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,
forward-facing and booster Child
Restraint Systems.
They are classified according to the
child’s age, height and weight.
OJX1039016OJX1039016
Rearward-facing Child Restraint System
A rearward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint with the seating
surface against the back of the child.
The harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to keep
the child positioned in the Child Restraint
Systems and reduce the stress to the
fragile neck and spinal cord.
All children under the age of one year
must always ride in a rearward-facing
Child Restraint System. Convertible and
3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically
have higher height and weight limits for
the rearward-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rearward-facing
for a longer period of time.
Continue using Child Restraint Systems
in the rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rearward-facing Child
Restraint System, your child is ready for
a forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness.
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
Safety System
3-48
OJX1039119OJX1039119
Forward-facing Child Restraint System
A forward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint for the child’s body
with a harness. Keep children in a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness until they reach the top
height or weight limit allowed by your
Child Restraint System’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing Child Restraint System, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint
System designed to improve the fit of
the vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that it
fits properly over the lap of your child.
Keep your children in booster seats until
they are big enough to fit in a seat belt
properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie comfortable across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
belt should lie comfortable across the
shoulder and chest and not across the
neck or face. Children under age 13
must always be properly restrained to
minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your Child Restraint
System always:
• Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the
Child Restraint System.
• Read and follow the instructions
regarding child restraint systems in
this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions could increase the risk of
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an
accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a Child Restraint
System, the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper Child Restraint
System for your child and checking that
the Child Restraint System fits properly
on the seating position, there are three
general steps for a proper installation:
• Properly secure the Child Restraint
System to the vehicle. All Child
Restraint Systems must be secured
to the vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH
system.
03
3-49
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System in the vehicle,
push and pull the seat forward and
from side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A Child
Restraint System secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-side
movement can be expected.
When installing a Child Restraint
System, adjust the vehicle seat and
seatback (up and down, forward
and rearward) so that your child fits
in the Child Restraint System in a
comfortable manner.
• Secure the child in the Child
Restraint System. Make sure the
child is properly strapped in the Child
Restraint System according to the
Child Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions.
CAUTION
A Child Restraint System in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To prevent
burns, check the seating surface and
buckles before placing your child in the
Child Restraint System.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a Child
Restraint System during driving and in
an accident. This system is designed
to make installation of the Child
Restraint System easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your Child Restraint System. The LATCH
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the Child Restraint
System. The LATCH system eliminates
the need to use seat belts to secure the
Child Restraint System to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a Child Restraint System
with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle,
you must have a Child Restraint System
with LATCH attachments.
The Child Restraint System manufacturer
will provide you with instructions on how
to use the Child Restraint System with
its attachments for the LATCH lower
anchors.
Safety System
3-50
OJX1039063OJX1039063
LATCH anchors have been provided in
the left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown in
the illustration.
There are no LATCH anchors provided for
the center rear seating position.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a Child
Restraint System using LATCH anchors
in the rear center seating position.
There are no LATCH anchors provided
for this seat. Using the outboard seat
anchors can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision resulting
in serious injury or death.
OJX1039064 OJX1039064
[A] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator
[B] : Lower Anchor
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and right
rear seat backs to identify the position
of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.
WARNING
Before installing the Child Restraint
System, make sure that there are no
objects (for example, toy, pen, wire)
around the lower anchor area. Those
objects may damage either the seat belt
system or the Child Restraint System
during the installment procedure. If
necessary, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
3-51
Securing a Child Restraint System
with the “LATCH Anchors System”
To install a LATCH-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the rear
outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the
Child Restraint System and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the Child Restraint System on
the vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the Child
Restraint System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System’s manufacturer for
proper installation and connection of
the lower attachments on the Child
Restraint System to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts and retract the seat belt
webbing behind the child. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their neck
and the seat belt tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the Child Restraint
System.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb. (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child
restraint weight: Child weight + Child
restraint weight < 65 lb. (30kg).
Securing a Child Restraint System
seat with “Tether Anchor” system
OJX1039019LOJX1039019L
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether strap
be attached, attach and tighten the
top tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the rear of the seatbacks.
Safety System
3-52
OJX1039119OJX1039119
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the Child Restraint System
top-tether strap over the seatback.
Route the tether strap under the
head restraint and between the head
restraint posts, or route the tether
strap over the top of the vehicle
seatback. Make sure the strap is not
twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
top-tether strap according to the
instructions of your Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer to firmly
attach the Child Restraint System to
the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-
and-back and side-to-side.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single tether
anchor. This could cause the anchor
or attachment to come loose or
break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
top-tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
• Child Restraint System anchors are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
Child Restraint System.
Do not use them for adult seat belts,
harnesses, or for attaching other
items or equipment to the vehicle.
Securing a Child Restraint System
with a lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
Child Restraint Systems must be secured
to a rear seat with the lap part of a lap/
shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rearward-facing Child
Restraint System in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in serious
injury or death if the Child Restraint
System is struck by an inflating air bag.
03
3-53
OHI038145OHI038145
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency
conditions (emergency locking mode),
you must manually pull the seat belt all
the way out to shift the retractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode to secure a
Child Restraint System.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the
seat belt to loosen and compromise
the Child Restraint System. To secure a
Child Restraint System, use the following
procedure.
To install a Child Restraint System on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the Child Restraint System on a
rear seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the Child
Restraint System, following the Child
Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions. Make sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt, you
should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt –
Passenger's 3-point system" section in this
chapter.
OHI038146OHI038146
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct
“click” sound.
Information
Position the release button so that it is easy
to access in case of an emergency.
OHI038147OHI038147
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt
is fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
(child restraint) mode.
Safety System
3-54
OHI038148OHI038148
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retractor
is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
Child Restraint System while feeding
the shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
6. Push and pull on the Child Restraint
System to confirm that the seat belt
is holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps
2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the "Automatic Locking" mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode.
If your Child Restraint System
manufacturer instructs or recommends
you to use a tether anchor with the lap/
shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages
for more information.
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the “Automatic
Locking” mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car,
including manually pulling the seat belt
all the way out to shift the retractor to
the “Automatic Locking” mode.
To remove the Child Restraint System,
press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the Child Restraint System and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
WARNING
If a child restraint is installed in the
second row center seat, move the
second row seat far back as possible, to
minimize contact with the front center
side air bag.
3-55
03
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OJX1039065OJX1039065
1. Driver’s front air bag
2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
5. Driver’s knee air bag
6. Front center side air bag
Safety System
3-56
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the
driver’s seat and front passenger’s seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air
bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags
are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the
only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if
you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing
serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place
for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front
seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as
possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant
is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully
contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags
or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
center of the steering wheel and the chest.
03
3-57
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver’s and passenger’s front air
bags
Driver’s front air bagDriver’s front air bag
OJX1039021OJX1039021
Driver’s knee air bagDriver’s knee air bag
OJX1039022OJX1039022
Passenger’s front air bagPassenger’s front air bag
OJX1039023OJX1039023
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are
located in the center of the steering
wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash
pad below the steering wheel, and the
passenger’s side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle’s driver and front passengers with
additional protection than that offered
by the seat belt system alone in case of a
frontal impact of sufficient severity.
The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver’s and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine
if the driver and front passenger's seat
belts are fastened. These sensors provide
the ability to control the SRS deployment
based on whether or not the seat belts
are fastened, and how severe the impact
is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation within two
levels. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity, and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury in an
accident.
Safety System
3-58
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front air bags, take
the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags, while
still maintaining control of the
vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center
console.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad cover,
mobile phone holder, cup holder,
air fresheners or stickers) should
be placed over or near the air bag
modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, windshield glass,
and the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on the
front windshield and inside mirror.
Side air bags and front center side
air bag
Side air bagSide air bag
•• Front rowFront row •• Second rowSecond row
OJX1039073OJX1039073 OJX1039024OJX1039024
Front center side air bag (Driver’s seat)Front center side air bag (Driver’s seat)
OJX1039074OJX1039074
OJX1032075NOJX1032075N
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front and outboard second
row seat. Additionally, a front center
side air bag is provided in the inboard
side of the driver seatback. The purpose
of the air bag is to provide the vehicle’s
additional protection than that offered by
the seat belt alone.
03
3-59
The side air bags and the front center
side air bag are designed to deploy
during certain side impact collisions,
depending on the crash severity.
The front center side air bag, side and/
or curtain air bags and pre-tensioners on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags and the front center
side air bag are not designed to deploy in
all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating side air bag
and front center side air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to
minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat
covers. This could reduce or prevent
the effectiveness of the system.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
especially when air bag is inflated.
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air bag
inflates such as the door, side door
glass, front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between
the door and the seat. They may
become dangerous projectiles if the
side air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
• Do not cause impact to the doors
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON or START position as this
may cause the side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the system serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Safety System
3-60
Curtain air bags
OJX1039076OJX1039076
OJX1039077OJX1039077
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in
certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and/or curtain air bags and pre-
tensioners on both sides of the vehicle
may deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating curtain air bag,
take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep
occupants positioned properly.
• Properly secure Child Restraint
System as far away from the door as
possible.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects.
In an accident, it may cause vehicle
damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Do not attempt to open or repair
the side curtain bags yourself. If
necessary, have the air bag inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
3-61
How Does the Air Bag System
Operate?
OJX1030128NOJX1030128N
The SRS consists of the following
components:
(1) Driver’s front air bag module
(2) Passenger’s front air bag module
(3) Front center side air bag module
(4) Side air bag modules
(5) Curtain air bag modules
(6) Front retractor pre-tensioner
(7) Air bag warning light
(8) SRS control module (SRSCM) /
Rollover sensor
(9) Front impact sensors
(10)
Side impact sensors (acceleration)
(11)
Side impact sensors (pressure)
(12)
Driver’s knee air bag module
(13)
Occupant Classification System
(OCS)
(14)
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat
belt buckle sensors.
Information
Front passenger’s air bag OFF lamp is
located on the overhead console.
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON to
determine if a crash impact is severe
enough to require air bag deployment or
pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
air bag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the air bag symbol
depicted in the illustration. The system
checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light indicates that
there is a potential problem with your air
bag system, which could include your
side and curtain air bags used for rollover
protection.
Safety System
3-62
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag
may not inflate properly during an
accident, increasing the risk of serious
injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur,
your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately three to six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately three to six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle
is in motion.
• The light blinks when the engine is
running.
Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products inspect the SRS
as soon as possible if any of these
conditions occur.
During a moderate to severe frontal
collision, sensors will detect the
vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the control
unit will inflate the front air bags, at the
time and with the force needed.
The front air bags help protect the driver
and front passenger by responding to
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When
needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side impact
or rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position, and it can be
activated within about 3 minutes after
the engine is turned off.
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain
frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It is
much more likely that you will simply
see the deflated air bags hanging out
of their storage compartments after
the collision.
03
3-63
• In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, vehicles equipped with a
rollover sensor, side and curtain air
bags and front center side air bag will
inflate if the sensing system detects a
rollover.
When a rollover is detected, curtain
air bags will remain inflated longer to
help provide protection from ejection,
especially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which
to inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises and
broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the air bag.
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air bag.
The greatest risk is sitting too close to
the air bag. An air bag needs about 10
in. (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA
recommends that drivers allow at least
10 in. (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint in the
front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and
driver's seats as far to the rear as
possible while allowing you to
maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock
positions.
• Never place anything or anyone
between the air bag and the seat
occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
Safety System
3-64
Driver’s front air bag (1)Driver’s front air bag (1)
OHI038171LOHI038171L
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Driver’s front air bag (2)Driver’s front air bag (2)
OHI038172LOHI038172L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver’s or the front passenger’s forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
Driver’s front air bag (3)Driver’s front air bag (3)
OHI038173LOHI038173L
Passenger’s front air bagPassenger’s front air bag
ODN8039080LODN8039080L
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger’s air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects
(drink holder, CD holder, stickers,
etc.) on the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box where the
passenger’s air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid
air freshener near the instrument
cluster or on the instrument panel
surface.
03
3-65
What to Expect After an Air Bag
Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it
will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation
will not prevent the driver from seeing
out of the windshield or being able
to steer. Curtain air bags may remain
partially inflated for some time after they
deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the
following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as
soon as it is safe to do so after impact
to reduce prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage
area’s internal components
immediately after an air bag has
inflated. The parts that come into
contact with an inflating air bag may
be very hot.
• Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and mild
soap.
• Always have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace
the air bag immediately after
deployment. Air bags are designed to
be used only once.
Noise and smoke from inflating air
bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and may produce smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing because of the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. The
powder may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment,
seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is
the case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and seek medical attention
if the symptoms persist.
Occupant Classification System
(OCS)
OJX1030133NOJX1030133N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
the front passenger’s seat.
Safety System
3-66
Main components of the Occupant
Classification System
• A detection device located within the
front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to help determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
overhead console which illuminates
the words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicating the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
• The overhead console air bag
indicator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger’s front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk
of injury or death from an inflating air
bag to certain front passenger seat
occupants, such as children, by requiring
the air bag to be automatically turned
OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on the
seat, the occupant classification sensor
can detect it and cause the air bag to
turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For smaller adults it may turn
OFF, however, if the occupant does not
sit in the seat properly (for example, by
not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge
of the seat, or by otherwise being out of
position), this could cause the sensor to
turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the “PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF” indicator on the center fascia
panel. This system detects the conditions
1-4 in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the
passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the front
of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing thick clothes like ski wear or
hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion on
the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (for
example, notebook, satellite radio) on
the seat with inverter charging.
03
3-67
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
“PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Infant
*2
or child restraint
system with 12 months old
*3 *4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off On Activated
*1 :
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her
physique and posture.
*2 :
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has
outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 :
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 :
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12
months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger
seat. This is a normal condition.
Safety System
3-68
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when
it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of
serious injury or death:
OHI038163OHI038163
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback
pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger
seat.
OHI038156OHI038156
• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger
seatback.
OHI038155OHI038155
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of
the seat.
OHI038157OHI038157
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
OHI039192NOHI039192N
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
03
3-69
OHI038158OHI038158
• NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on
one side of the front passenger seat.
OJX1039069OJX1039069
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily
padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
OJX1039070OJX1039070
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets
and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
OJX1039071OJX1039071
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD
player, or conductive materials such as water bottles
on the passenger seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and
satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
OJX1039072OJX1039072
• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the
passenger seat, the air bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely
dried before driving the vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the
occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When replacing the seat, use original Genesis parts only. The OCS has been
developed based on using original Genesis Branded products seats only.
Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and
increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the
proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an
accident.
Safety System
3-70
OHI038118OHI038118
Proper seated position for OCS
If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is on when an adult is seated
in the front passenger seat, place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF
position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt
on, legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor). Restart the engine and
have the person remain in that position.
This will allow the system to detect the
person and to enable the passenger air
bag. If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to
move to the rear seat.
WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front passenger seat when the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
is illuminated. During a collision, the
air bag will not inflate if the indicator
is illuminated. Have your passenger
reposition themselves in the seat. If the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly
and the vehicle is restarted, have
the passenger move to the rear seat
because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator generally illuminates for
approximately 4 seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
or START position. But, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
or START position within 3 minutes after
the engine is turned OFF, the indicator
does not illuminate. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will
then classify the front passenger after
several more seconds.
03
3-71
Do not install a Child Restraint
System on the Front Passenger's
Seat
OHI039193NOHI039193N
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a
child or child restraint resulting in serious
or fatal injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rearward-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in the
front passenger's seat of the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag could
forcefully strike a child resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always properly restrain children in
an appropriate child restraint in the
rear seat of the vehicle.
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in
a Collision?
There are certain types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third
collisions in multiple impact accidents,
as well as low speed impacts. Damage to
the vehicle indicates a collision energy
absorption, and is not an indicator of
whether or not an air bag should have
inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and causing
serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags
or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors. If the
location or angle of the sensors is
altered, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or may not
deploy when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards or
replace the bumper with a non-
genuine part. This may adversely
affect the collision and air bag
deployment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF or ACC position and wait for
3 minutes when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent air bag
deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs performed
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
3-72
Safety System
OJX1039025/OJX1032026N/OJX1039027/OJX1039028/OJX1039078/OJX1039079OJX1039025/OJX1032026N/OJX1039027/OJX1039028/OJX1039078/OJX1039079
1. SRS control module / Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side impact sensor (Pressure)
4. Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
5. Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
03
3-73
Air bag inflation conditions
OJX1039030OJX1039030
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on the
severity of impact of the front collision.
OJX1039029OJX1039029
OJX1039080OJX1039080
Side and curtain air bags and front center
side air bag
Side and curtain air bags and the front
center side air bag are designed to
inflate when an impact is detected by
side collision sensors depending on the
severity of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.
Although the driver’s and front
passenger’s air bags are designed to
inflate in frontal collisions, they also may
inflate in other types of collisions if the
front impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact. Side and curtain air bags and the
front center side air bag are designed
to inflate in side impact collisions, but
they may inflate in other collisions if the
side impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
Safety System
3-74
Also, the side and curtain air bags and
the front center side air bag are designed
to inflate when a rollover is detected by a
rollover sensor.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OJX1039031OJX1039031
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
OJX1039032OJX1039032
Front air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants
are moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags
would not provide any additional benefit.
OJX1039033OJX1039033
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags and
front center side air bag may inflate
depending on the severity of impact.
03
3-75
OJX1039034OJX1039034
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
OJX1039035OJX1039035
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it
to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this “underride” situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.
OJX1039037OJX1039037
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, the side and curtain air bags
and front center side air bag may inflate
in a rollover situation, when it is detected
by the rollover sensor.
OJX1039036OJX1039036
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility poles
or trees, where the point of impact is
concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
Safety System
3-76
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position, or continuously remains on,
have the vehicle immediately inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Any work on the SRS system, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger’s panel, front seats and roof
rails be performed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or
wiring, including the addition of any
kind of badges to the pad covers or
modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near
the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, and the
front passenger’s panel above the
glove box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers with
a soft cloth moistened with plain
water. Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the
system.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed.
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions could
increase the risk of personal injury.
03
3-77
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the chance
of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front seats
could interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position may cause the air bags to
inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification
to your vehicle to accommodate a
disability, contact Genesis Customer
Care at 844 340-9741.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
Air Bag Warning Labels
OJX1030134NOJX1030134N
Air bag warning labels, required by the
U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached
to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the air bags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owners Manual.
4
Instrument Cluster ............................................................................................ 4-4
Instrument Cluster Control ..........................................................................................4-5
Instrument panel illumination
...................................................................................4-5
Gauges and Meters
......................................................................................................4-5
Speedometer
.............................................................................................................4-5
Tachometer
............................................................................................................... 4-6
Engine coolant temperature gauge (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)............................... 4-6
Fuel gauge
.................................................................................................................. 4-7
Outside temperature gauge
..................................................................................... 4-8
Odometer
.................................................................................................................. 4-9
Distance to empty
.................................................................................................... 4-9
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
................................................................ 4-10
Transmission Shift Indicator
...................................................................................... 4-10
Automatic transmission shift indicator
.................................................................. 4-10
Warning and Indicator Lights
..................................................................................... 4-11
Seat belt warning light
............................................................................................. 4-11
Air bag warning light
................................................................................................ 4-11
Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light
............................................................... 4-11
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light
.......................................................... 4-12
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light
......................... 4-12
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) warning light
............................................. 4-13
Charging system warning light
............................................................................... 4-13
Engine oil pressure warning light
........................................................................... 4-14
Engine coolant temperature warning light (for 8-inch cluster)
............................ 4-14
Low fuel level warning light
.................................................................................... 4-14
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
.......................................................................... 4-15
Master warning light
................................................................................................ 4-15
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light
........................................................ 4-16
Low tire pressure warning light
.............................................................................. 4-16
Forward Safety warning light
..................................................................................4-17
Lane Safety indicator light
......................................................................................4-17
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
.......................................................................4-17
LED headlight warning light
.................................................................................... 4-18
Icy road warning light
.............................................................................................. 4-18
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light
................................................... 4-19
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light
........................................... 4-19
Immobilizer indicator light
...................................................................................... 4-19
4. Instrument Cluster
4
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light .........................................................4-20
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) indicator light
.......................................................4-20
AUTO STOP indicator light
.......................................................................................4-21
Turn signal indicator light
.........................................................................................4-21
High beam indicator light
........................................................................................4-21
Low beam indicator light
.........................................................................................4-21
Light ON indicator light
...........................................................................................4-22
High Beam Assist indicator light
.............................................................................4-22
AUTO HOLD indicator light
.....................................................................................4-22
Cluster Display Messages
.......................................................................................... 4-22
Vehicle is on
.............................................................................................................4-22
Shift to P
...................................................................................................................4-22
Vehicle is in N. Press START button and shift to P
................................................. 4-22
Low key battery
....................................................................................................... 4-22
Press brake pedal to start engine
..........................................................................4-23
Key not in vehicle
....................................................................................................4-23
Key not detected
......................................................................................................4-23
Press START button again
......................................................................................4-23
Press START button with key
..................................................................................4-23
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
...................................................................................4-23
Shift to P or N to start engine
..................................................................................4-23
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
......................................... 4-24
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
.......................................................................4-24
Sunroof open indicator
........................................................................................... 4-24
Low tire pressure
.....................................................................................................4-24
Lights
........................................................................................................................4-25
Wiper
........................................................................................................................4-25
Low washer fluid
......................................................................................................4-26
Low fuel
....................................................................................................................4-26
Low engine oil
.........................................................................................................4-26
Engine overheated
................................................................................................... 4-27
Check haptic steering wheel system
..................................................................... 4-27
Check headlight
....................................................................................................... 4-27
Check turn signal
..................................................................................................... 4-27
Check headlight LED
.............................................................................................. 4-27
4
4. Instrument Cluster
Cluster Display ................................................................................................ 4-28
Cluster Display Control ..............................................................................................4-28
View Modes
................................................................................................................4-28
Driving Assist view
...................................................................................................4-29
Turn By Turn (TBT) view
...........................................................................................4-29
Utility view
................................................................................................................4-29
Additional information display
................................................................................ 4-33
Option Menu
............................................................................................................... 4-33
Service messages
....................................................................................................4-34
3D cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
.......................................................................4-34
Head-up display
......................................................................................................4-34
Driver Assistance settings
.......................................................................................4-34
Speed unit
..............................................................................................................4-35
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3-Inch 3D Cluster)
..................................................... 4-35
3D cluster setting
..................................................................................................... 4-35
Recommendations to optimize the 3D effect
.......................................................4-35
Vehicle Settings (Infotainment System) ........................................................ 4-38
Setting Your Vehicle ..................................................................................................4-38
4-4
Instrument Cluster
Information
Detailed information on 3D instrument cluster is provided later in this chapter.
8-inch8-inch
12.3-inch 3D12.3-inch 3D
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more information, refer to “Gauges and meters” section in this chapter.
OJX1041001N/OJX1041002NOJX1041001N/OJX1041002N
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. Cluster display
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
04
4-5
Instrument Cluster Control
Instrument panel illumination
OJX1049053OJX1049053
When the vehicle’s position lights or
headlights are on, press the illumination
control switch to adjust the brightness of
the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control
switch, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjusted.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss
of control and lead to an accident that
may cause death, serious injury, or
vehicle damage.
OJX1049003LOJX1049003L
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the
maximum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
8-inch8-inch
OJX1049060LOJX1049060L
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049040LOJX1049040L
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Instrument Cluster
4-6
Tachometer
8-inch8-inch
OJX1049031LOJX1049031L
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049041LOJX1049041L
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (RPM).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to help prevent lugging
and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may
cause severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
(for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
OJX1049043OJX1049043
This gauge indicates the temperature
of the engine coolant when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the
normal range area toward the “H (Hot)”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” section in chapter 8.
04
4-7
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant
reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
The engine coolant is under pressure
and could cause severe burn. Wait until
the engine is cool before adding coolant
to the reservoir.
Information
OJX1049061LOJX1049061L
For 8-inch instrument cluster, you can
check the engine coolant temperature in
the Utility view on the cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
Fuel gauge
8-inch8-inch
OJX1049032OJX1049032
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049044OJX1049044
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in
the tank.
Instrument Cluster
4-8
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the “E
(Empty)” level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damaging
the catalytic converter.
Outside temperature gauge
8-inch8-inch
OJX1040072NOJX1040072N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1040073NOJX1040073N
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
Note that the temperature indicated on
the instrument cluster may not change
as quickly as the outside temperature
(there may be a slight delay before the
temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature
unit from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → General Settings → Unit →
Temperature Unit → °F/°C
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while pressing
the OFF button on the climate control
unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the
instrument cluster and climate control
screen will change.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
04
4-9
Odometer
8-inch8-inch
ORG3040034NORG3040034N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040035NORG3040035N
The odometer indicates the total
distance that the vehicle has been
driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should be
performed.
Distance to empty
8-inch8-inch
ORG3040036NORG3040036N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040037NORG3040037N
• The distance to empty is the
estimated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
Instrument Cluster
4-10
Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted,
the distance to empty function may not
operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 2.4 gallons
(9 liters) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The distance to empty may vary
significantly based on driving
conditions, driving habits, and
condition of the vehicle.
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch 3D
cluster)
OJX1040074NOJX1040074N
The average fuel economy (1) and instant
fuel economy (2) is displayed at the
bottom of the cluster.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy, select between 'After Ignition'
or 'After Refueling' from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Information
For 8-inch instrument cluster, you can
check the fuel economy in the Utility view
on the cluster.
Refer to ”View Modes” section in chapter
4.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
8-inch8-inch
ORG3040039NORG3040039N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040040NORG3040040N
This indicator informs the current gear
engaged.
04
4-11
Warning and Indicator Lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF
after starting the engine. If any light is still
ON, this indicates a situation that needs
attention.
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to “Seat Belts”
section in chapter 3.
Air bag warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates
for about 6 seconds and then turns
off when all checks have been
performed.
• The air bag warning light will remain
illuminated if there is a malfunction
with the Safety Restraint System (SRS)
air bag operation.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Parking brake & Brake fluid
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The parking brake & brake fluid
warning light illuminates for about 3
seconds and will then turn off once
the parking brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to “Brake Fluid” section in
chapter 9). After adding brake fluid,
check all brake components for fluid
leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or
if the warning light remains on, or if
the brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Instrument Cluster
4-12
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking system. This means you
still have braking on two wheels even if
one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal travel
and greater pedal pressure is required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short
a distance with only a portion of the
brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional engine
braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning
light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake
& Brake Fluid warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid level is
low.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even if
there is a malfunction with the ABS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) system
warning light
When the ABS warning and
Parking Brake warning lights are on
simultaneously, it may indicate a
problem with the Electronic Brake Force
Distribution system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
04
4-13
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally
and you may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When the ABS warning light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the MDPS warning
light may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS) warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The motor driven power steering
warning light illuminates for about 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the motor driven power steering.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Charging system warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system.
If there is a malfunction with either the
alternator or electrical charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there
may be a problem in the electrical
charging system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Instrument Cluster
4-14
Engine oil pressure warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” section in
chapter 9). If the level is low, add oil
as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
Continued driving with the warning light
on may cause engine failure.
Information
When engine oil pressure decreases due to
insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light will illuminate. In
addition, the enhanced engine protection
system which limits engine power will
be activated. If the engine oil pressure is
restored, the Engine Oil Pressure warning
light and the enhanced engine protection
system will turn off. However, for gasoline
2.5 turbo and 3.5 turbo engine, when the
engine oil pressure is restored, the warning
light and the enhanced engine protection
system will turn off after the engine is
restarted.
NOTICE
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light is illuminated
while the engine running, severe
damage could result.
Engine coolant temperature
warning light (for 8-inch
cluster)
The warning light illuminates:
When the temperature of the engine
coolant is extremely high.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “Overheating” section
in chapter 8.
NOTICE
If the Engine Coolant Temperature
warning light illuminates, it indicates
overheating that may damage the
engine.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below “E
or 0” can cause the engine to misfire
and damage the catalytic converter.
04
4-15
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
CAUTION
• Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause
damage to the emission control
system which could affect drivability
and/or fuel economy.
• If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to
lack of engine oil, engine power
will be limited. If such condition
continues repeatedly, the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp will
illuminate.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Master warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction in operation
in any of the following systems:
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- LED headlight malfunction
(if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control radar blocked (if
equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
- Electronic Limited Slip Differential
(e-LSD) malfunction (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the cluster display.
Instrument Cluster
4-16
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The EPB warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light comes on to indicate that
ESC is not working properly. This does
not indicate malfunction of EPB.
Low tire pressure warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The low tire pressure warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated. (The
location of the underinflated tires are
displayed on the cluster display.)
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second
intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
04
4-17
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
Forward Safety warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Forward Safety warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)”
section in chapter 7.
Lane Safety indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are satisfied.
• [White] When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are not satisfied.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with Lane Keeping Assist.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
warning light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
AWD system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to "All Wheel
Drive (AWD)" section in chapter 6.
Instrument Cluster
4-18
LED headlight warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The LED headlight warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the LED headlight.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This warning light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlight warning light on or blinking
can reduce LED headlight life.
Icy road warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside
temperature gauge is approximately
below 40°F (4°C), the Icy Road warning
light and Outside Temperature Gauge
blinks and then illuminates. Also, the
warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy Road
Warning function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Cluster →
Content Selection → Icy Road Warning
Information
• If the Icy Road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
04
4-19
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
While ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in
chapter 6.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) OFF indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate ESC system by
pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in
chapter 6.
Immobilizer indicator light
This indicator light illuminates for up to
30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key
in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC or ON position.
- Once the smart key is detected, you
can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected, you
cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the
vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Instrument Cluster
4-20
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select AWD Lock mode by
pressing the AWD LOCK button.
The AWD LOCK mode transfers portion
of the drive torque to the front wheels
for increased traction on wet pavement,
snow covered roads or when driving off
road.
CAUTION
Do not use the AWD lock mode on
dry paved roads. Doing so can cause
abnormal noise or vibration, and may
damage AWD system.
For more details, refer to "All Wheel
Drive (AWD)" section in chapter 6.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The downhill brake control indicator
light illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks:
When Downhill Brake Control system is
operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow:
Whenever there is a malfunction with
Downhill Brake Control system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Downhill
Brake Control (DBC)“ section in chapter
6.
04
4-21
AUTO STOP indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the engine enters the Idle Stop
mode of ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
This indicator light blinks:
When the engine automatically starts,
the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster
will blink for 5 seconds.
For more details, refer to "ISG (Idle Stop
and Go) system" section in chapter 6.
Information
When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS or Parking
brake warning light) may turn on for a
few seconds. This happens because of
low battery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal
indicator stalk.
If any of the following occur, there may
be a malfunction with the turn signal
system.
- The turn signal indicator light
illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in the
high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Low beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on.
Instrument Cluster
4-22
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the parking lights or headlights
are on.
High Beam Assist indicator
light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the high-beam is on with the light
switch in the AUTO position.
• White: When High Beam Assist is
ready to operate.
• Green: When High Beam Assist is
operating.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
will switch the high beam to low beam
automatically.
For more details, refer to “High Beam
Assist (HBA)” section in chapter 5.
AUTO HOLD indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate Auto Hold
by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with Auto Hold activated.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with the Auto Hold
function.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB)” section in chapter
6.
Cluster Display Messages
Vehicle is on
This message is displayed if you open the
driver’s door when the gear is in P (Park)
and the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON or START position.
Turn the engine off before leaving the
vehicle.
Shift to P
This message is displayed if you try to
turn off the vehicle without the gear in
the P (Park) position.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position.
Vehicle is in N. Press START button
and shift to P
This message is displayed if you try to
turn off the vehicle with the gear in N
(Neutral).
To turn off the vehicle:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
The button will change to the ON
position.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
again, then the vehicle will turn off.
Low key battery
This message is displayed if the battery
of the smart key is discharged while
changing the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
04
4-23
Press brake pedal to start engine
This message is displayed if the Engine
Start/Stop button changes to the ACC
position twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing the brake
pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal and then pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
This message is displayed if the smart
key is not in the vehicle when you leave
the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON or Start position.
Always turn off the engine before leaving
your vehicle.
Key not detected
This message is displayed if the smart
key is not detected when you press the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again
This message is displayed if you were
unable to start the vehicle when the
Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button
again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Press START button with key
This message is displayed if you press
the Engine Start/Stop button while the
warning message “Key not detected” is
displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
This message is displayed if the brake
switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new
one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
position.
Shift to P or N to start engine
This message is displayed if you try to
start the engine in any other position
except P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Information
You can start the engine with the gear in
N (Neutral). But, for your safety, start the
engine with the gear shifted to P (Park).
Instrument Cluster
4-24
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices
This message is displayed if the 12V
battery voltage is weak due to any
non-factory electrical accessories (ex.
dashboard camera) while parking. Be
careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the message appears after removing
the non-factory electrical accessories,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
OJX1049005OJX1049005
This warning is displayed if any door or
hood or liftgate is left open. The warning
will indicate which door are open in the
display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should
confirm that the door/hood/liftgate is
fully closed.
Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
OJX1049006OJX1049006
This warning is displayed if you turn off
the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leaving
your vehicle.
Low tire pressure
OJX1089031LOJX1089031L
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
04
4-25
Lights
OJX1049007LOJX1049007L
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Wiper/Lights
Display
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Wiper
OJX1049008LOJX1049008L
This indicator displays which wiper speed
is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Wiper/Lights
Display
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Instrument Cluster
4-26
Low washer fluid
This message is displayed if the washer
fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This message is displayed if the fuel tank
is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the low
fuel level warning light in the cluster will
come on.
It is recommended to look for the nearest
fueling station and refuel as soon as
possible.
Low engine oil (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed when
the engine oil level should be checked.
If this warning message is displayed,
check the engine oil level as soon as
possible and add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little
by little into a funnel.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to "Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities“ section in chapter 2.)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on
the dipstick.
WARNING
When the engine oil level warning
message is displayed, it is necessary to
check whether maintenance schedule
(Engine oil replacement) in owner's
manual has been followed before, and
if not followed, the engine oil must be
replaced first.
Information
After adding engine oil, if you travel
approximately 18~37 miles (30~60 km)
after the engine warms up, the warning
message should disappear.
If the warning message remains on, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
04
4-27
Engine overheated
This message is displayed when the
engine coolant temperature is above
approximately 248°F (120°C). This means
that the engine is overheated and may
be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
“Overheating” section in chapter 8.
Check haptic steering wheel system
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the haptic steering wheel
system. Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Check headlight
This message is displayed if the
headlights are not operating properly. A
lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check turn signal
This message is displayed if the turn
signal lights are not operating properly. A
lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the LED headlight. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Instrument Cluster
4-28
Cluster Display Control
OJX1049037OJX1049037
The cluster display modes can be changed by using the control switches.
Switch Operation Function
Press MODE button for changing View modes
,
Scroll
UP, DOWN switch for changing items in Utility view and
Option menu
OK
Press SELECT/RESET switch for entering Option menu
Press and hold
SELECT/RESET switch for retrieving assist information or
resetting the selected item
View Modes
View modes Explanation
Driving Assist
Driving Assist view displays the status of the vehicle’s Driver
Assistance systems.
Turn by Turn Turn By Turn view displays the state of the navigation.
Utility
Utility view displays driving information such as the trip distance,
fuel economy and etc.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
CLUSTER DISPLAY
04
4-29
OJX1040075NOJX1040075N
Driving Assist, Turn by Turn, Utility view
modes are displayed in the center (A) of
the instrument cluster.
Driving Assist view
OJX1079018OJX1079018
The status of Smart Cruise Control, Lane
Following Assist, Highway Driving Assist,
etc., is displayed when Driving Assist
view is selected.
For more details, refer to each system
information section in chapter 7.
Turn By Turn (TBT) view
OJX1049064LOJX1049064L
Turn-by-turn navigation, distance/time
to destination information is displayed
when Turn by Turn view is selected.
Utility view
In the Utility view, using the
, (UP,
DOWN) switch, you may change through
items in the following order.
ORG3040042NORG3040042N
Fuel economy (for 8-inch cluster)
Average fuel economy (1) and instant fuel
economy (2) are displayed.
Instrument Cluster
4-30
• Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the Average Fuel Economy is
displayed.
• Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between ‘After
Ignition’ or ‘After Refueling’ from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
- After Ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After Refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
after adding 2.4 gallons (9 liters) of
fuel or more and after driving speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
à For 12.3-inch 3D instrument cluster,
you can check the fuel economy in
the center bottom of the cluster.
OJX1040076NOJX1040076N
Drive info
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and total driving time (3) are
displayed.
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the engine
has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than 1
second when ‘Drive Info’ is displayed.
OJX1040078NOJX1040078N
Since refueling
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and total driving time (3) after the
vehicle has been refueled are displayed.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Since Refueling’ is
displayed.
04
4-31
OJX1040077NOJX1040077N
Accumulated info
Accumulated trip distance (1), average
fuel economy (2), and total driving time
(3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.
OIK047151NOIK047151N
Digital speedometer
Digital speedometer display shows the
speed of the vehicle.
OJX1069044OJX1069044
Auto stop (if equipped)
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
system.
For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
OJX1070067LOJX1070067L
Attention level
The driver’s attention level is shown
based on the driver’s driving pattern.
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)" section in
chapter 7.
Instrument Cluster
4-32
OJX1049015LOJX1049015L
Tire pressure
The tire pressure of each tire is displayed.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
OJX1049061LOJX1049061L
Engine temperature (for 8-inch cluster)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
display shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the engine is
running.
à For 12.3-inch 3D instrument cluster,
you can check the engine temperature
in the bottom right side of the cluster.
Select contents
You can select the items to be displayed
in Utility view.
OJX1049026LOJX1049026L
1. Press and hold the OK switch on the
steering wheel.
ORG3040046NORG3040046N
2. Use the
, (UP, DOWN) switch
to change items, and press the OK
switch to select or deselect the item.
3. After selecting the items to be
displayed in the Utility view, press the
(MODE) button to exit the ‘Select
Contents’ display.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not
adjust the setting while driving the
vehicle which may lead to an accident.
04
4-33
Additional information display
OJX1040079NOJX1040079N
Drive info
Drive information is displayed for 4
seconds after the engine is turned off.
OJX1040045NOJX1040045N
Driving assist information
The current operation conditions of
Manual Speed Limit Assist, Cruise
Control, Smart Cruise Control, Lane
Following Assist, Highway Driving Assist,
etc., is displayed.
Option Menu
Press the OK switch to enter Option
menu.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not
adjust the setting while driving which
may lead to an accident.
Information
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Menu Explanation
Service
messages
To check vehicle
warning messages.
3D cluster (for
12.3-inch 3D
cluster)
To activate or
deactivate 3D effect.
Head-up display
To activate or
deactivate head-up
display.
Driver Assistance
settings
To directly display
“Driver Assistance”
menu on the
infotainment system
screen
Speed unit
To set speed unit
between km/h and
MPH.
Instrument Cluster
4-34
Service messages
OJX1049020LOJX1049020L
When Service Messages menu is
selected, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel to check vehicle warning
messages.
3D cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
OJX1049021LOJX1049021L
When 3D Cluster menu is selected, press
the OK switch on the steering wheel. You
may select or deselect 3D cluster effect
by pressing the OK switch.
Head-up display (if equipped)
OJX1049022LOJX1049022L
When Head-Up Display menu is selected,
press the OK switch on the steering
wheel. You can select or deselect head-
up display by pressing the OK switch.
Driver Assistance settings
OJX1049023LOJX1049023L
When Driver Assistance Settings menu
is selected, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel. The ‘Driver Assistance’
menu will be displayed on the
infotainment system screen.
04
4-35
Speed unit (if equipped)
OJX1049024LOJX1049024L
When the Speed Unit menu is selected,
press the OK switch on the steering
wheel. You can change the speed unit
setting between MPH and km/h for the
cluster.
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3-
Inch 3D Cluster)
3D cluster setting
To use the 3D cluster, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position,
and then select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ 3D Cluster Depth → Medium/Light' in
infotainment system screen.
To use the cluster 2D, select 'Off'.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Recommendations to optimize the
3D effect
ORG3040031NORG3040031N
• Adjust the height of the seat and
steering wheel so that the instrument
cluster and camera module can be
seen at a glance.
• The optimal distance to maximize the
3D effect is 30 in. (75 cm). Adjust the
distance between the driver’s seat and
the instrument cluster.
• Hold the steering wheel with both
hands and drive in an upright position.
Instrument Cluster
4-36
Information
• When your face gets too close or far to
the instrument cluster, or the camera
on the instrument cluster is blocked by
the steering wheel or other objects, the
3D cluster changes to 2D automatically.
However if the object blocking the
camera is removed, the cluster changes
back to 3D automatically.
• If outside temperature is below 39°F
(4°C), it may change to 2D about 1 to
10 minutes.
• Two red lights may appear on the
camera in the following conditions
when:
- The outside brightness is dim or
driving at night
- The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
- The camera case of the instrument
cluster is partially damaged
CAUTION
• It may sometimes be difficult to
read information on the 3D cluster
in the following situations. You must
change the cluster to 2D for safe
driving.
- The driver is wearing sunglasses,
special glasses, infrared cutoff
glasses, refracting glasses or thick
glasses
- The driver has heavy eye makeup
(eyeliner, mascara, color makeup,
false eyelash) or eye piercing
- The driver’s view is blocked by his/
her hair, etc.
- The driver is winking or wearing an
eye patch on one eye
- The driver’s face is covered
partially by a mask, muffler, hood,
etc.
- The driver’s view is blocked by
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
- Light from outside, sunlight or
infrared LED light of the camera
is reflected on the glasses or
sunglasses
- The driver turns or lowers his/her
head so that the face or an eye is
hidden from the camera
- The driver shakes his/her head
up and down, or adverse road
conditions cause excessive vehicle
vibrations while driving
- The driver is too tall or short
- More than two people are
looking at the instrument cluster
simultaneously from the driver’s
seat
- The driver’s eyesight of both eyes
are severely different
- The driver has a severe headache
• Do not look toward the camera
within 8 in (20 cm) for longer than a
minute.
• If you use the 3D cluster while your
vehicle is stopped, it can cause eye
strains or dizziness.
• People who are pregnant, elderly or
has motion sickness, have to avoid
using the cluster in 3D.
04
4-37
WARNING
• You should not use the 3D cluster if
you or any of your family members
or relatives has a history of epilepsy,
convulsions, etc. Flashing or
flickering lights or specific or regular
patterns shown on the cluster may
stimulate epilepsy, convulsions, etc.
• You should not use the 3D effect
immediately if you feel any of the
following symptoms:
Haziness, unconsciousness,
disorientation, nausea, headache,
fatigue, dizziness, etc.
NOTICE
OJX1070030LOJX1070030L
[A] : Interior view camera
• Do not apply any impact on the
surface of the instrument cluster,
camera or around the area of the
camera. If the interior view camera
is damaged, the system may not
operate properly.
• Do not place a mobile phone or an
object in front of the camera. The
surface of the instrument cluster or
the camera might be damaged due
to an impact while driving.
• Do not place anything on the camera
or in front of the camera while
driving. The interior view camera
may not operate properly.
• When cleaning the instrument
cluster or camera, wipe with a soft
and clean cloth to prevent damages
on the surface of the cluster or
camera lens. In addition, you should
not use sharp tools near the cluster
or camera, or use chemicals to clean
the cluster or camera.
• Always keep the interior view camera
clean and dry.
Instrument Cluster
4-38
OJX1050236NOJX1050236N
Vehicle Settings in the infotainment
system provides user options for a
variety of settings including door lock/
unlock features, convenience features,
driver assistance settings, etc.
Vehicle Settings menu
- Driver Assistance
- Drive Mode
- Active Sound Design
- Head-Up Display
- Cluster
- Climate
- Seat
- Lights
- Door/Liftgate
- Digital key
- Convenience
- Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not operate the Vehicle Settings
while driving. This may cause
distraction resulting in an accident.
Setting Your Vehicle
OJX1059237OJX1059237
1. Press the SETUP button on the main
keyboard.
OJX1050238NOJX1050238N
2. Select ‘Vehicle’ to change the Vehicle
Settings.
OJX1059239NOJX1059239N
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
5
Accessing Your Vehicle ..................................................................................... 5-5
Smart Key ...................................................................................................................... 5-5
Immobilizer System
....................................................................................................5-12
Genesis Digital Key .......................................................................................... 5-13
Digital Key (Smart Phone) ...........................................................................................5-13
Digital Key (Card Key)
................................................................................................. 5-20
Personalized User Profile and Vehicle Settings
........................................................5-23
Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance
....................................................................5-26
Limitations of the System
..........................................................................................5-26
Door Locks ........................................................................................................5-27
Operating Door Locks From Outside the Vehicle .................................................... 5-27
Operating Door Locks From Inside the Vehicle........................................................5-29
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
...............................................................5-31
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
..............................................................................5-32
Electronic Child Safety Lock
......................................................................................5-32
Theft-Alarm System ........................................................................................ 5-34
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
............................................................................ 5-35
System Setting............................................................................................................5-35
System Operation
.......................................................................................................5-35
System Precautions
....................................................................................................5-35
Integrated Memory System.............................................................................5-37
Storing Memory Positions ......................................................................................... 5-37
Recalling Memory Positions
......................................................................................5-38
Resetting the System
.................................................................................................5-38
Seat Easy Access
........................................................................................................5-39
Smart Posture Care System ...........................................................................5-40
Steering Wheel
.................................................................................................5-41
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) ...................................................................... 5-41
Tilt / Telescopic Steering
...........................................................................................5-42
Horn.............................................................................................................................5-43
Heated Steering Wheel
............................................................................................. 5-44
5. Convenience Features
5
Mirrors ............................................................................................................. 5-45
Inside Rearview Mirror ...............................................................................................5-45
Side View Mirrors
.......................................................................................................5-54
Reverse Parking Aid
...................................................................................................5-56
Windows .......................................................................................................... 5-57
Power Windows ..........................................................................................................5-58
Panoramic Sunroof ..........................................................................................5-61
Power sunshade .........................................................................................................5-62
Tilt open/close
............................................................................................................5-62
Slide open/close
.........................................................................................................5-63
Resetting the Sunroof
............................................................................................... 5-64
Sunroof Open Warning
..............................................................................................5-65
Exterior Features ............................................................................................. 5-66
Hood ........................................................................................................................... 5-66
Power liftgate
.............................................................................................................5-67
Resetting the power liftgate
...................................................................................... 5-72
Emergency liftgate safety release
............................................................................. 5-72
Smart Liftgate
............................................................................................................. 5-73
Fuel Filler Door
........................................................................................................... 5-75
Head-Up Display (HUD).................................................................................. 5-78
Head-Up Display Settings ......................................................................................... 5-78
Head-Up Display Information
...................................................................................5-78
Precautions While Using the Head-Up Display
........................................................5-79
Lighting ............................................................................................................ 5-80
Exterior Lights ........................................................................................................... 5-80
Interior Lights
.............................................................................................................5-83
Welcome System
........................................................................................................5-87
High Beam Assist (HBA) .................................................................................5-88
High Beam Assist Setting ......................................................................................... 5-88
High Beam Assist Operation
..................................................................................... 5-89
High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations
...................................................... 5-89
Wipers and Washers ........................................................................................5-91
Front Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 5-91
Front Windshield Washers
.........................................................................................5-92
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
..............................................................................5-93
5
Automatic Climate Control System ...............................................................5-94
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ..................................................................... 5-97
Manual Temperature Control Mode
......................................................................... 5-98
System Operation
..................................................................................................... 5-106
System Maintenance
............................................................................................... 5-108
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging ......................................................... 5-110
To Defog Inside Windshield ...................................................................................... 5-110
To Defrost Outside Windshield
..................................................................................5-111
Defogging Logic
.........................................................................................................5-111
Rear Window Defroster............................................................................................. 5-112
Climate Control Additional Features .............................................................5-113
Auto Defogging System ............................................................................................ 5-113
Auto Dehumidify
....................................................................................................... 5-114
Recirculating Air When Washer Fluid Is Used
......................................................... 5-115
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
............................................................................... 5-115
Recirculation Mode Plus
........................................................................................... 5-116
Storage Compartment ....................................................................................5-117
Center Console Storage ............................................................................................ 5-117
Glove Box
................................................................................................................... 5-117
Sunglass Holder
........................................................................................................5-118
Storage Tray
............................................................................................................... 5-118
Interior Features ..............................................................................................5-119
Cup Holder .................................................................................................................5-119
Sunvisor
.................................................................................................................... 5-120
Rear Mirror
................................................................................................................. 5-121
Power Outlet
.............................................................................................................. 5-121
USB Charger
..............................................................................................................5-122
AC Inverter
.................................................................................................................5-123
Wireless Smart Phone Charging System
................................................................ 5-124
Clock
..........................................................................................................................5-127
Coat Hook
..................................................................................................................5-127
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
...................................................................................................5-127
Rear Side Window Sunshades
................................................................................. 5-128
Cargo Net Holder
..................................................................................................... 5-130
Cargo Security Screen
............................................................................................. 5-130
5. Convenience Features
5
Exterior Features ............................................................................................5-133
Roof Side Rails .......................................................................................................... 5-133
Infotainment System .....................................................................................5-134
USB Port .................................................................................................................... 5-134
Antenna
..................................................................................................................... 5-134
Steering Wheel Remote Controls
............................................................................ 5-134
Infotainment System
................................................................................................ 5-136
Voice Recognition
.................................................................................................... 5-136
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
..............................................................................5-137
Lexicon Premium Sound System
.............................................................................5-137
05
5-5
Smart Key
Type AType A
OJX1059006OJX1059006
Type BType B
OJX1059005OJX1059005
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses a
Smart Key, which you can use to lock or
unlock the driver and passenger doors or
the rear liftgate.
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open/close
4. Panic
5. Remote start
6. Lamp on
7. Forward/Backward (Remote Entry/
Exit Parking function)
Locking your vehicle
OJX1059001OJX1059001
To lock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the
liftgate are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
3. Touch the touch sensor on the door
handle (the engraved part) or press
the Door Lock button (1) on the smart
key. The hazard warning lights will
blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door handle.
Information
• The side view mirror will fold if
‘Enable on Door Unlock’ is selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome Mirror/
Light → Enable on Door Unlock
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
• The door handle touch sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• Touching the door handle touch sensor
does not unlock the doors. To unlock
the doors, refer to the following page.
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Convenience Features
5-6
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the door handle touch sensor if any
of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is from
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except for
the liftgate.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could press the
Engine Start/ Stop button and may lock
the doors, operate power windows or
other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.
Unlocking your vehicle (When the
Two Press Unlock feature is off)
OJX1059002OJX1059002
To unlock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Put your hand in the door handle or
press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key. All doors will unlock
and the hazard warning lights will
blink two times.
3. After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
Unlocking your vehicle (When the
Two Press Unlock feature is on)
To unlock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Put your hand in the door handle or
press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key.
3. The driver’s door will unlock.
4. If you touch the door unlock sensor
inside of the front door handle to
unlock the doors within 4 seconds,
all of the doors will unlock. When the
doors unlock, the hazard warning
lights will blink two times and the
chime will sound.
5. After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
05
5-7
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door
only, or unlocking all the doors with one
press may be adjusted in the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to press
the door unlock button once for driver
door only and twice for unlocking all the
doors.
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door → Two
Press Unlock
The Two Press Unlock feature can also be
enabled or disabled by pressing the door
lock and unlock buttons simultaneously
on the Key:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
button and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard warning
lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press
Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to
enable/disable the mode again.
Information
• If you press the front passenger outside
door handle with the smart key in your
possession, all the doors will unlock.
• The Two Press Unlock feature is off
when the vehicle is first delivered. To
use the feature, enable the feature from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
Information
• The side view mirror will unfold if
‘Enable on Door Unlock’ is selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome Mirror/
Light → Enable on Door Unlock
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
• The door handle touch sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• The doors may lock or unlock if the
touch sensor of the outer door handle is
recognized while washing your car or
due to heavy rain.
• To prevent unintentional door lock or
unlock:
Press the lock button on the smart
key and immediately press the unlock
button along with the lock button
for more than 4 seconds. The hazard
warning lights will blink four times.
At this time, the doors will not lock or
unlock even though the touch sensor is
touched on the outside door handle.
To deactivate the function, press the
door lock or unlock button on the
smart key.
• During a car wash or rain, in order
to minimize unintentional operation
of the touch sensor, the touch sensor
may become insensitive. This is not a
malfunction.
• The doors may not lock or unlock in
the following situations:
- If the touch sensor is touched with
gloves on
- If the door is suddenly approached
Convenience Features
5-8
Opening the liftgate
OJX1059012LOJX1059012L
To open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press either the liftgate open/close
button on the vehicle or press and
hold the Liftgate Unlock button (3)
on the smart key for more than one
second. The hazard warning lights will
blink two times and the liftgate will
open.
Information
The liftgate open/close button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28 in. (0.7 m) from the liftgate.
Panic
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for
more than one second. The horn sounds
and hazard warning lights will blink for
about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic
mode, press any button on the Smart
Key.
Remotely starting vehicle
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button (5) on the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the
smart key within 32 ft. (10 m) from the
vehicle.
2. Press the Remote Start button (5) for
more than 2 seconds within 4 seconds
after pressing the door lock button.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the engine will start.
4. To turn off the remote start function,
press the Remote Start button (5)
once.
Information
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you enter the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get
on the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• The Remote Start button (5) may not
operate if the smart key is not within
32 ft. (10 m).
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the
engine hood or liftgate is opened.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
• Do not operate remote start in closed
areas where there is no adequate
ventilation for the engine exhaust.
05
5-9
Turning on the lights
If the light button (6) is pressed, the
headlights and tail lights will turn
on. However, it works only when the
following conditions are satisfied:
• The vehicle is turned off
• The doors are locked
• The light control switch is in the AUTO
headlight position (Headlights and tail
lights will turn on when it is dark) or in
the headlight position
Remotely moving vehicle Forward
or Backward (if equipped)
With the smart key, the driver can move
the vehicle forward or backward using
the Forward or Backward button (7) on
the smart key.
For more details, refer to “Remote
Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)” section in
chapter 7.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
Information
If the smart key is not moved for some
time, the detection function for smart key
operation will pause. Lift the smart key to
activate the detection again.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool,
dry place to avoid damage or
malfunction. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart key
to malfunction which may not be
covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from extreme
temperatures.
Convenience Features
5-10
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver’s door by using the mechanical
key.
To remove the mechanical key from the
smart key:
OJX1059007OJX1059007
1. Place a soft cloth over the groove (A),
and pry open the smart key cover.
OJX1050004LOJX1050004L
2. Press the mechanical key and remove
it from the smart key.
3. After use, reinstall the mechanical key
and smart key cover in the reverse
order of removal.
See "Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle" section to access
vehicle with mechanical key.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of three Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining keys to your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products or
tow the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a mobile phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly,
open and close the door with the
mechanical key. If you have a problem
with the smart key, contact an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such
as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping
the smart key and your mobile phone in
the same location such as pants or jacket
pocket to avoid interference between the
two devices.
05
5-11
NOTICE
• Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to the
key surface.
• Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If the
smart key is left near the vehicle, the
vehicle battery may be discharged.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working properly,
try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
OJX1059007OJX1059007
1. Place a soft cloth over the groove (A),
and pry open the smart key cover.
OJX1059008OJX1059008
2. Remove battery cover using a phillips
screwdriver.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and smart
key cover in the reverse order of
removal.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage, or you feel
your smart key is not working correctly,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON
BATTERY.
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours. Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part
of the body, seek immediate medical
attention.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
Convenience Features
5-12
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system helps protect
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ON position, the
immobilizer system indicator should
come on briefly, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, the system does
not recognize the coding of the key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position, then press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position
again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may
not recognize your smart key if another
smart key device is nearby or a metal
object such as a key chain is causing
interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
start. Remove any metal objects or
additional keys near the smart key before
attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be kept
confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give years
of trouble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to moisture,
static electricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer system malfunction could
occur.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
05
5-13
Genesis digital key provides convenience
to the driver, which the driver can use to
lock or unlock the driver and passenger
doors or the liftgate and turn on the
engine.
Digital Key (Smart Phone)
How to register Digital Key (Smart
phone)
To use the smart phone as a digital key
follow the following procedure.
This service is only available for Android
smart phones that has passed the internal
usability test. The driver can confirm
supported/compatible devices on our
website (https://owners.genesis.com).
In case of iPhone, Apple does not assist
any of the NFC services. (Services are
expected to be provided according to
policy change.)
Genesis Digital Key App
1. Search ‘Genesis Digital Key’ from
the Google Play Store and download
the app. Please refer to the detailed
manual of the digital key app or
Genesis website. The option can be
found under the following app menu:
Menu → Application Info → Tutorial.
Please read the manual before using
the app.
2. After downloading the app, sign up for
a Genesis account and service.
Smart phone set up
• The driver can use the Digital Key NFC
(Near Field Communication) feature
after enabling it on the smart phone’s
settings menu. To change the NFC
setting of the smart phone, please
refer to the smart phone manual or
contact the customer service center
of smart phone manufacturers.
• The driver should unlock and turn on
the smart phone screen. (Unlock the
screen lock such as password, pattern
or fingerprint, etc.)
Smart phone registration
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during digital key
registration.
2. Open Genesis Digital Key App in the
vehicle owner’s smart phone and
activate the digital key registration
screen after selecting the vehicle to
register.
ORG3050221NORG3050221N
3. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Enable Digital Key’.
GENESIS DIGITAL KEY
Convenience Features
5-14
OJX1052011NOJX1052011N
[A] : In-vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
4. After ‘Enabling Digital Key’ is selected,
place the backside of the smart phone
on the in-vehicle authentication pad.
ORG3050222N ORG3050222N
5. Select ‘Smartphone Key → Save’
menu on the infotainment system
screen. The saving process will begin
automatically.
6. When the digital key (smart phone) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
7. Remove the smart phone from the
pad and complete the saving process
under the guidance of the smart
phone screen.
Information
• Vehicle
When there is a digital key (smart
phone) already saved in the vehicle, the
‘Save’ menu is disabled. If you want to
save a digital key again, refer to “How
to delete Digital Key (Smart phone)”
and follow the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
• Smart phone
The digital key cannot be saved again
while the vehicle’s digital key is saved
in the owner’s smart phone. Save the
digital key after deleting the digital key
from the Digital Key App.
• During the digital key saving process,
the process will cancel when:
- The smart phone is removed from
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad)
- Changing the infotainment system or
instrument cluster screen
- The vehicle is turned off
- The gear is shifted
- Saving digital key that does not
belong to the vehicle owner
- The smart phone screen is locked or
turned off
- NFC setting of your smart phone is
off (saving process will not begin)
- There is no smart key (saving process
will not begin)
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
05
5-15
How to use the Digital Key (Smart
phone)
Smart phone touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the smart phone on the door
handle without activating the Digital
Key App. Also, the engine can be started
by placing the smart phone on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
OJX1059225OJX1059225
[A] : Door handle authentication pad
[B] : NFC antenna (backside of the smart phone) (The
antenna position differs depending on models.)
• Locking/Unlocking the doors
- If the driver touches the smart
phone NFC antenna to the driver’s
or passenger’s door handle
authentication pad for more than
2 seconds, the door will lock or
unlock.
- If Two Press Unlock function is
set, only the driver’s door will be
unlocked by touching the smart
phone on the driver’s door handle.
Touch the smart phone once more
within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
- After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
- If the smart phone digital key does
not operate, move the smart phone
more than 4 in. (0.1 m) from the
door handle authentication pad and
try it again.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the smart phone NFC antenna if
any of the following occur:
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position
- Any of the doors are open except for
the engine hood or liftgate
• Starting the engine
1. After placing your registered
smart phone on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad), depress the brake
pedal and press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
2. After starting the engine, the digital
key data will be automatically
updated. It will take 5 to 20
seconds. After that, the smart
phone will automatically go into
the wireless charging mode. Once
the engine is started, you can
remove the smart phone from the
pad.
For more details, refer to the
“Engine Start/Stop Button”
section in chapter 6.
Information
To lock/unlock the doors and/or start the
engine with the smart phone Digital Key,
always turn on and unlock the smart
phone screen.
Convenience Features
5-16
Information
• After the battery has been reconnected
or the battery has been recharged,
it will take time for the digital key
(smart phone) to operate due to remote
security update. When locking or
unlocking the door with the smart
phone NFC antenna, touch and hold
the smart phone on the door handle
until the door(s) is locked or unlocked.
• If the mobile data connection of the
smart phone is weak, remote security
information update may fail. At this
time, use the card key to lock or unlock
the doors, or start the engine.
When you are in a place where the
mobile data connection of your smart
phone is available, place your smart
phone on the in-vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charger pad) and start
your vehicle, or touch the digital key on
the door handle to lock or unlock the
door, the remote security information
will be automatically updated. Even
though the engine is not started, wait
until the remote security information
is updated and the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad) changes to charging mode.
WARNING
The engine can be started when the
registered smart phone is placed on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who
are not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death.
In addition, always have the registered
smart phone with you to prevent
vehicle theft when leaving the vehicle.
Digital key App remote control
Various control functions such as Door
Lock/Unlock, Remote Start, Panic and
Liftgate Open/Close are available using
the Digital Key App. To use the Digital
Key App functions, the smart phone’s
Bluetooth must be activated, and must
be approximately within 32 ft. (10 m)
from the vehicle.
• Connecting Digital Key App with the
vehicle
1. Open the Genesis Digital Key App
in the smart phone. Select the
vehicle you want to control from
the vehicle list in the App.
2. Approach the vehicle with
the Genesis Digital Key App
opened. The Digital Key App will
automatically connect with the
vehicle.
3. When the connection is complete,
the icons in the Digital Key App will
become active.
05
5-17
• Controlling the vehicle with Digital
Key App
ExampleExample
ORG3050010LORG3050010L
Press the icons to remotely control the
vehicle.
1. Lock Doors
2. Unlock Doors
3. Panic On
4. Panic Off
5. Remote Engine On
6. Remote Engine Off
7. Open/Close Liftgate
8. Remote Parking
For details on how to use Remote
Parking, see "Remote Smart
Parking Assist (RSPA)" section in
chapter 7.
The icon will be highlighted or an
alarm and vibration will also be
provided when the selected icon
function is being performed.
After the Digital Key App and vehicle
are connected, if Digital Key App
remote control is not used over 5
minutes, the connection between
the app and vehicle will disconnect
automatically.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using Genesis Digital Key APP if any of
the following occurs:
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON position
- Door(s) is open
• Remotely starting vehicle with the
Digital Key App
1. Press the Door Lock button in
Genesis Digital Key App.
2. Press the Remote Engine On icon
within 4 seconds.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the engine will start.
- Unless the driver puts the
registered digital key (smart
phone) on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) when the Remote
Start function is on, the engine
will turn off.
- If the driver does not get in the
vehicle within 10 minutes after
the engine is remotely started,
the engine will turn off.
Convenience Features
5-18
CAUTION
• If the vehicle windows are tinted
with a film containing metallic
substances, it may cause poor
Bluetooth connection and poor
performance of the Digital Key App.
• If multiple users use the digital key
at the same time, the functions of
the Digital Key App may not work
properly. Only the necessary user
should operate the Digital Key App
remote control.
• When using the Digital Key App
remote control, the driver (the
remote control user) should leave
the vehicle after checking that the
doors are locked. When the doors are
locked, the chime will sound and the
hazard warning lights will blink once.
• The remote functions of the Digital
Key App enables the vehicle to be
controlled when the user is within
operating range. If the digital key
is out of the operating range, the
remote control function may not
operate properly.
• If the smart phone is moved away
from the vehicle while the smart
phone and the vehicle is connected,
Digital Key App remote control may
not operate properly.
• When using Digital Key App
remote control via Bluetooth,
communication may be slow or the
operating range may be reduced in
the following circumstances:
- Smart phone mobile data is weak
- Bluetooth connection is weak due
to many Bluetooth devices
- There is an object such as metal or
concrete between the vehicle and
smart phone
- The smart phone is wrapped in
your hand or other electronic
devices that cause interference is
placed near the smart phone
• If you use a smart phone cover that
uses wireless communication or is
made of metal, the digital key NFC
function may not work properly.
Remove the smart phone cover
before using the digital key NFC
function.
• If Digital Key App remote control
does not operate properly, use the
smart phone’s NFC function to lock
and unlock the doors.
05
5-19
How to delete Digital Key (Smart
Phone)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital
key (smart phone) deleting process.
ORG3050223N ORG3050223N
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Smartphone key → Delete’. The
‘Delete’ menu will be disabled if there
is no digital key (smart phone) saved.
3. When the digital key (smart phone) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
4. Go to ‘Initialize Digital Key’ menu
in the Digital Key App and select
the vehicle to delete the digital key
information.
What to do when user changes
smart phone or deletes app
If the driver changes his/her smart phone
or has deleted the Genesis Digital Key
App, refer to the following to set up the
Genesis Digital Key App again.
Smart phone change
Follow the procedure below to use the
digital key in your new smart phone.
1. Install the Genesis Digital Key App and
log in.
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, first delete the previous digital
key (Digital Key → Smartphone key →
Delete), and then save the digital key
again.
3. If you have shared the digital key with
others, you will need to re-share the
digital key.
Smart phone reset/App delete & reinstall/
App data delete
Follow the procedure below to use the
digital key when the smart phone was
reset, the app was deleted and then
reinstalled, or the app data was deleted.
1. Install the Genesis Digital Key App and
log in.
2. Input the PIN number for user
verification. If PIN is correct, digital
key data will be downloaded to the
user’s smart phone and you can use
the digital key without any further
registration or sharing procedure.
Smart phone operability with Digital Key
The Digital Key App may not be available
on some smart phones. Check for
available smart phone models on the
Genesis website. The smart phone NFC
antenna location guide can be confirmed
on the Genesis website or contact the
smart phone manufacturer’s customer
service center.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-20
Digital Key (Card Key)
How to register Digital Key (Card
Key)
To use the card key as a digital key,
follow the following procedure.
For Android smart phones
1. Install Genesis Digital Key App in the
main user’s smart phone and register
the digital key (smart phone). Refer
to “How to register Digital Key (Smart
Phone)”.
1-1. Open Genesis Digital Key
App, and then select ‘Menu →
Settings → Card Key Registration
Authentication’. Follow the digital
key authentication procedure
according to the app.
- Bluetooth authentication:
Before starting the process, the
driver needs to make sure to
check whether the Bluetooth
connection is working
properly. Then select ‘Menu
→ Settings → Card Key Enroll
Authentication’ in the top right
corner of the Digital Key App.
The card saving process should
be completed within 5 minutes
after the authentication
process is done in the vehicle.
- NFC authentication: After
selecting NFC authentication,
touch the smart phone on the
driver’s or passenger’s outside
door handle.
1-2. Get in the vehicle with the smart
key.
Except Android smart phones
1. Get in the vehicle with two smart keys.
OJX1052011NOJX1052011N
[A] : In-vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
2. Place the NFC card key on the in-
vehicle authentication pad.
ORG3050224NORG3050224N
3. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Card Key → Save’. The saving
process will begin automatically.
4. When the digital key (card key) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
05
5-21
Information
• When there is a digital key (card key)
already saved in the vehicle, the ‘Save’
menu is disabled. If you want to save
a digital key again, refer to “How to
delete Digital Key (Card key)” and
follow the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
• When registering a digital key (card
key), authentication is required once
through a smart phone. Complete the
registration within 5 minutes after
authentication.
• To register the digital key (card key),
the smart key must be in the vehicle.
• The registered digital key (card key)
cannot be used for another vehicle.
• The previously saved digital key (card
key) cannot be used if a new digital key
(card key) is registered.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
How to use the Digital key (Card key)
Card key touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the card key on the door
handle. Also, the engine can be started
by placing the card key on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
OJX1059226 OJX1059226
[A] : Door handle authentication pad,
[B] : Card key NFC antenna
• Locking/Unlocking the doors
- If the driver touches the card key
on the driver’s or passenger’s door
handle authentication pad for more
than 2 seconds, the door will lock or
unlock.
- If Two Press Unlock function is
set, only the driver’s door will be
unlocked by touching the card key
on the driver’s door handle. Touch
the card key once more within 4
seconds to unlock all doors.
- After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the NFC antenna if any of the
following occur:
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position
- Any of the doors are open except for
the engine hood or liftgate
Convenience Features
5-22
• Starting the engine
After placing your registered card
key on the in-vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charger pad), depress
the brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/ Stop button.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter
6.
WARNING
The engine can be started when the
registered card key is placed on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who
are not aware of the system since it
can result in serious injury or death. In
addition, always have the registered
card key with you to prevent vehicle
theft when leaving the vehicle.
CAUTION
• The digital key (card key) may not
work under the following conditions:
- The card key is not touching
the center of the door handle
authentication pad or in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) correctly.
- The card key is used overlapped
with NFC-enabled cards such as
credit card or smart phone
If the card key does not work, move
the card key approximately 4 in. (10
cm) away from the authentication
pad and then touch it again.
• The card key can be damaged by
impacts. If the key is damaged,
replace the card key with a new one
and register it again.
• Long-time exposure to high
temperature may cause the card
key to malfunction. Be careful not to
expose the key to direct sunlight or
high temperature.
• Leaving the digital key (card key)
on the in-vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charging pad) while
driving may cause the digital key
(card key) to malfunction. Remove
the digital key (card key) from the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) after starting the
vehicle.
• Remove the digital key (card key)
from the smartphone before
charging the smartphone. If the
digital key (card key) is placed
between the smartphone and the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) while the smartphone
is being charged, the digital key (card
key) may malfunction. For example,
when charging smartphone while
the digital key (card key) is attached
to the back of the smartphone case.
05
5-23
How to delete Digital Key (Card key)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital
key (card key) deleting process.
ORG3050225NORG3050225N
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Card Key → Delete’. The ‘Delete’
menu will be disabled if there is no
digital key (card key) saved.
3. When the digital key (card key) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Personalized User Profile and
Vehicle Settings
When the registered digital key is
linked with user profile, the vehicle will
automatically operate (door lock/unlock
with digital key, etc.) according to the
user profile setting. User profile linking
and personalization are available for a
total of two drivers.
Linking / Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1. Select ‘Setup → User Profile → Profile
Settings → Link Digital Key (Smart
phone)’ on the infotainment system
settings menu.
2. Unlock the smart phone, enable the
NFC feature, and place it on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) according to the
message on the infotainment system
screen.
3. User profile linking will start with
the message ‘Linking… Pressing any
button will cancel linking the Digital
K e y ’.
4. If you select ‘Link’, the registered
phone number’s digital key and the
user profile will link. Select ‘Link’
according to the instruction.
5. When the process is complete, the
message ‘Digital Key Link Complete.’
will appear on the infotainment
system screen.
How to unlink user profile
1. Unlink digital key in the User Profile
settings. Unlinking is possible only
when user profile is linked.
2. When unlinking is complete, the
message ‘Digital key is unlinked.’ will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
Convenience Features
5-24
Information
• Use profile cannot be linked to
both Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are
connected to a single smart phone.
Personalization will operate with the
recently linked user profile, and the
previously linked user profile will be
automatically canceled.
• User profile can be linked when digital
key is enabled (Set up→ Vehicle →
Digital Key → Enable Digital Key).
The linked user profile information is
maintained even when the digital key
function is disabled.
User profile can be linked to a smart
phone with the Digital Key App
installed.
• User profile can be linked when
a digital key is registered on the
smartphone and the vehicle. The smart
phone with another vehicle’s digital key
cannot be linked.
• If you remove the smart phone from the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) before completing the
user profile link, the linking process
will not be completed normally.
• To unlink the user profile, the smart
phone does not need to be on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
• Once the user profile linked digital
key in the smart phone is deleted, the
digital key should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user profile
again.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
digital key works under the following
conditions:
• Touch the driver’s door handle with
the profile linked smart phone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization
does not operate when locking or
unlocking the front passenger door.).
• When the remote door unlock with
the profile linked smartphone digital
key app works, the user profile linked
with digital key can be changed
manually from the infotainment
system settings.
Information
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows.
Item
Personalization
operation
Initial value Guest
Profile linked smart
phone key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked
smart phone key
Recently activated
profileNFC card key
Smart key
• The personalization function using
the digital key can be operated
after linking the digital key in the
infotainment system profile menu.
• The personalization function works
only when the engine is OFF or when
the engine is started remotely. If
the engine is not started remotely,
personalization function does not
work with the digital key.
05
5-25
Vehicle personalization with digital key
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
System Personalization Item
Vehicle settings
Head-Up Display
(HUD)
Position adjustment of image, Information display
selection
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
Instrument Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume,
Welcome sound
Seat/Mirror/
Steering wheel
Seat position, O/S mirror position, Steering wheel
position, Easy Access
Smart heating wire/ventilation On/Off
Door Automatic door lock/unlock, Two Press Unlock
Smart phone
wireless charging
Wireless charging On/Off
Air conditioning
Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/
Automatic ventilation/Window defroster On/Off
Infotainment
system menu
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system
Recent destination
User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connection
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning Operating condition
Latest operation setup of the following functions:
Temperature (AUTO), air flow direction, air
volume, air conditioner, air intake control, SYNC,
Front windshield defroster, OFF
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key in the vehicle after locking or unlocking the doors or
starting the vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked with the central
door lock. Have the digital key with you at all times.
Information
The infotainment system may change after software updates. For more information, refer
to the user’s manual provided in the infotainment system and the quick reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-26
Used Vehicle/Digital Key
Maintenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If any of the digital key devices
(smartphone key, card key) are registered
in the vehicle, the message ‘Digital key(s)
active’ will appear on the instrument
cluster once when the vehicle is turned
on after unlocking the vehicle door.
When purchasing a used car, be sure to
check the message and delete the smart
phone key and card key registered by
the previous user. Please let us know
the purchase of a used vehicle through
Genesis Customer Care.
Check whether the card key that came
with the used vehicle operates properly.
If the card key does not work properly,
delete the card key and register the
smartphone key, and then re-register the
card key.
Digital key maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key
System repaired or replaced, the
registered smart key/card key can be
deleted. In this case, you should delete
the digital key on the smart phone and
re-register the key.
Limitations of the System
• Genesis Digital Key App on the
smartphone and card key may not
work if any of the following occurs:
- The Digital Key App in the
smartphone is deleted (reinstall the
app)
- Account log information of Genesis
Digital Key App is expired (required
to re-log in)
- When you try to log in from
another smart phone instead of the
registered smart phone with same
user account
- Smart phone rooting or app hacking
is detected
- Smart phone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged
- Smartphone’s screen is off or
locked
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in the
smartphone settings
- Smartphone’s mobile network
setting is off or airplane mode is
activated
- A credit card is overlapped in the
back of your smart phone, or metal
or thick smart phone case is used
- Using the card key with other cards,
or using it in a wallet or card holder
- There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
• The vehicle may not be controlled
by the smart phone if any of the
following occurs:
- Basic and necessary functions of
the smart phone are operating
(general call, urgent call, audio or
NFC payment)
- Using wireless earphone
05
5-27
Operating Door Locks From
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
OJX1059013OJX1059013
After pulling the door handle (1), turn the
key (2) toward the front of the vehicle to
lock (A) or turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock (B).
If you lock the driver’s door with a
mechanical key, the driver’s door will
lock. If you unlock the driver’s door with
a mechanical key, the driver’s door will
unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
NOTICE
Do not apply excessive force on the
door and door handle. It may damage
the door and door handle.
Information
When the keyhole freezes and does not
open, lightly tap or indirectly warm (for
example, hand temperature) the keyhole.
Smart key
LockLock
OJX1059001OJX1059001
Touch the touch sensor on the front
outside door handle (the engraved part)
while carrying the Smart Key with you or
press the Door Lock button on the Smart
Key, all doors will lock.
UnlockUnlock
OJX1059002OJX1059002
Put your hand in the front outside door
handle while carrying the Smart Key with
you or press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
For more details, refer to “Smart Key” in
the previous pages.
DOOR LOCKS
Convenience Features
5-28
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.
Power Door Latch (if equipped)
OJX1059010OJX1059010
If a door isn’t closed completely but is
closed to the first detent position, the
door will close automatically.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of injury:
• Before closing the door, check there
are no obstructions in the path of the
door.
• Keep your fingers away from the
edge of the door or they may become
trapped when the power door latch
operates.
Resetting the power door latch
The power door latch may need to be
reset after the battery is discharged or
disconnected or a related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected.
To reset the power door latch, perform
the following steps:
1. Close the door to the first detent
positon.
2. Open the door.
When this is complete, the power door
latch is reset.
If the power door latch do not operate
properly after resetting, have the vehicle
immediately inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
05
5-29
Operating Door Locks From
Inside the Vehicle
With the door handle
OJX1059009OJX1059009
Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when
the door is locked, the door will unlock
and open.
Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is locked, the door will
unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled
once more, the door will open.
If any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch is pressed.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously pulling
on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
With the central door lock switch
Driver’s doorDriver’s door
OJX1059015OJX1059015
Front passenger’s doorFront passenger’s door
OJX1059016OJX1059016
Driver and passenger door
The driver and passenger side door
armrest is equipped with a central door
lock switch. The lock switch is indicated
by a
symbol. The unlock switch is
indicated by a symbol.
When the lock switch (1) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock switch (2) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will unlock.
If any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch (1) is pressed.
Convenience Features
5-30
OJK050063OJK050063
Rear door
When the lock switch (1) is pressed (door
indicator light ON), all the vehicle doors
will lock.When the unlock switch (2) is
pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock.
Information
If all doors are locked with the rear door
lock button, and the electronic child safety
lock button (if equipped) in the driver’s
seat is turned ON (indicator light ON), the
rear doors cannot be opened. If you want
to open the rear doors:
• Unlock the door with the smart key
from outside.
• Unlock the door with Genesis
Connected Service using your
smartphone.
• Press the electronic child safety lock
button on the driver’s door to turn
it off (indicator light OFF), then
unlock the doors with the driver’s or
passenger’s central door lock switch.
(Electronic child lock OFF → Door
unlocked)
• Press the electronic child safety lock
button on the driver’s door to turn it
off (indicator light OFF), then pull the
rear inner door handle twice.
In case of an emergency
OJX1059014LOJX1059014L
In case of emergency such as when the
battery is discharged, the only way to
lock the door(s) is with the mechanical
key from the outside key hole.
Doors without an outside key hole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key into the emergency
door lock hole and turn the key to the
lock position.
3. Close the door securely.
Information
If the electrical power door lock switch
does not operate (ex. dead car battery) and
the liftgate is closed, you will not be able to
open the liftgate until power is restored.
05
5-31
WARNING
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion. If the doors
are unlocked, the risk of being
thrown from the vehicle in a crash is
increased.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver’s or passenger’s door while
the vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not leave the elderly, children or
animals unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become extremely
hot, causing death or serious injury
to the elderly, unattended children
or animals who cannot escape from
the vehicle. Children might operate
features of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases
the potential risk to you or others from
someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, shift the gear
to the P (Park) position, engage the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position,
close all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the key with you.
CAUTION
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time
while the weather is very hot or cold,
there are risks of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the
outside when someone is in the vehicle.
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock
Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features
that will automatically lock or unlock
your vehicle based on settings you select
in the infotainment system screen.
Auto LOCK Enable on speed
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be locked automatically when the
vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
Auto LOCK Enable on shift
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be locked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the
engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK On Shift to P
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted back into P (Park) while
the engine is running.
Convenience Features
5-32
Auto UNLOCK Vehicle off
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is turned off.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Additional unlock safety feature air
bag deployment
As an additional safety feature, all doors
will be automatically unlocked when an
impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
(if equipped)
OJX1059274LOJX1059274L
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or
similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the
lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion,
they could fall out of the vehicle. The
rear door safety locks should always
be used whenever children are in the
vehicle.
Electronic Child Safety Lock (if
equipped)
OJX1059017OJX1059017
When the electronic child safety lock
button is pressed and the indicator
light on the button illuminates, the rear
doors cannot be opened from inside the
vehicle.
• The rear door window cannot be
opened or closed while the electronic
child safety lock button is in the LOCK
position (indicator light ON).
For more details, refer to “Windows”
section in this chapter.
• Electronic child safety lock does not
automatically turn on unless the driver
presses the electronic child safety
lock button.
• If 3 minutes passes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the
ACC or ON, the indicator on the
button turns off, and the driver cannot
turn off electronic child safety lock by
pressing the button. To turn off the
function, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position, and then
press the electronic child safety lock
button.
05
5-33
• If the power is supplied again after
removing the battery or battery is
discharged while the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK
position, press the button once more
to match the state of the indicator on
the electronic child safety lock button
and actual status of the electronic
child safety lock function.
• If the airbag is activated while the
electronic child safety lock button
is in the LOCK position (indicator
light ON), the rear doors will unlock
automatically.
• Vehicles equipped with the electronic
child safety lock feature is not
provided with a manual child safety
lock.
WARNING
If children accidentally opens the rear
door while the vehicle is in motion, they
could fall out of the vehicle. Electronic
child safety lock should always be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
NOTICE
Child safety lock failure
OJX1059018LOJX1059018L
When electronic child safety lock does
not work even though the button is
pressed, the message will be displayed
and an alarm will sound. If this occurs,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer Genesis Branded
products.
Safe Exit Assist (if equipped with
electronic child safety lock)
Safe Exit Assist helps prevent the rear
occupant from opening the rear door.
When an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected after the vehicle
stops, the rear doors will not unlock even
when the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button.
For more details, refer to “Safe Exit
Assist (SEA)” section in chapter 7.
Convenience Features
5-34
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn will sound and
the hazard warning lights will blink
continuously if any of the following
occur:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without using
the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then
the system resets. To turn off the alarm,
unlock the doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the
doors and the liftgate. For the system to
activate, you must lock the doors and
the liftgate from outside the vehicle with
the smart key or by touching the touch
sensor on the outside of the door handle
with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the liftgate, or the hood
without using the smart key will cause
the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the
hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully
closed. If the system will not set, check
the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are
fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
when the system is armed, the alarm
will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the doors by using the
mechanical key and start the engine by
directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking
the vehicle, but neither a door or the
liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the
doors will re-lock and the system will
rearm automatically.
• It is not recommended to install any
secondary aftermarket theft-alarm
systems into the vehicle factory
electrical system.
05
5-35
Rear Occupant Alert is provided to help
prevent the driver from leaving the
vehicle with the rear passenger left in the
vehicle.
System Setting
To use Rear Occupant Alert, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Rear Occupant Alert
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
System Operation
• First alert
When you open the front door after
opening and closing the rear door and
turning off the engine, the ‘Check rear
seats’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
• Second alert
After the first alert, the second alert
operates when any movement is
detected in the vehicle after the
driver’s door is closed and all the
doors are locked. The horn will sound
for approximately 25 seconds. If
the system continues to detect a
movement, the alert operates up to 8
times.
Unlock the doors with the smart key
to stop the alert.
• The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 8 hours after the door is
locked.
• The second alert is activated only after
the prior activation of the first alert.
System Precautions
• Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the
alert may operate by the sensor
detecting an unintended movement
(for example, wind or bugs).
•
ClusterCluster Steering wheelSteering wheel
OJX1059019LOJX1059019L OJX1059021OJX1059021
If you do not want to use Rear
Occupant Alert, press the OK button
on the steering wheel when the first
alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing
so will deactivate the second alert one
time.
• An alert can occur if the there is an
impact on the roof.
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the boxes or objects. Or, the alert may
operate if the boxes or objects fall off.
• The sensor may not operate normally
if the senor is obscured by foreign
substances.
• The alert may operate if movement
in the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
• The alert may operate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surrounding
vibration or noise.
• If the vehicle is started remotely (if
equipped with Remote Start), inside
movement detection will stop.
Convenience Features
5-36
WARNING
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
Rear Occupant Alert, always make sure
to check the rear seat before you leave
the vehicle.
Rear Occupant Alert may not operate
when:
• Movement does not continue for
a certain period of time or the
movement is small.
• The rear passenger is covered with
an object such as a blanket.
• Always be cautious of the
passenger’s safety as the detection
function and second alert may
not operate depending on the
surrounding environment and
certain conditions.
05
5-37
OJX1059020OJX1059020
Integrated Memory System for the
driver’s seat is provided to store and
recall the following memory settings with
a simple button operation.
• Driver’s seat position
• Steering wheel position (power
adjustment)
• Outer side view mirror position
• Head-Up Display (HUD) position (if
equipped)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
Integrated Memory System while the
vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If Integrated Memory System does
not operate normally, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Storing Memory Positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat position, outer
side view mirror position, steering
wheel position and head-up display
height/brightness to the desired
position.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you ‘Press
button to save settings’ on the cluster
display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1
or 2) within 4 seconds. The system
will beep twice when the memory has
been successfully stored.
5. ‘Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved’ will
appear on the cluster display. The
message appears only for the driver’s
seat position memory setting.
INTEGRATED MEMORY SYSTEM
Convenience Features
5-38
Recalling Memory Positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1
or 2). The system will beep once, and
then the driver’s seat position, outer
side view mirror position, steering
wheel position and head-up display
height/brightness will automatically
adjust to the stored positions.
3. ‘Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied’ will
appear on the cluster display.
Information
• If you press the SET button or the
corresponding button which the
setting is being recalled, the setting will
temporarily deactivate. If you press the
other buttons, the setting of the pressed
button will activate.
For example, if you press the SET
button or number 1 button with the
number 1 setting in operation, the
setting will temporarily deactivate. If
you press the number 2 button, the
number 2 setting will activate.
• If you adjust the seat, side view mirror,
steering wheel or head-up display while
recalling the stored positions, the pre-
set settings will become ineffective.
Resetting the System
Take the following procedures to reset
Integrated Memory System, when it does
not operate properly.
Resetting Integrated Memory
System
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver’s
door with the vehicle shifted to P
(Park).
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and seatback
to the foremost position.
3. Press the SET button and push
forward the driver’s seat switch
simultaneously (about two seconds).
4. Release the SET button and the
driver’s seat switch when a beep
sounds.
While resetting Integrated Memory
System
1. Resetting starts with a notification
sound.
2. The driver’s seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position with
the notification sound.
3. The driver’s seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notification
sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notification
sound may stop.
• The memory button is pressed.
• The seat control switch is operated.
• The driving speed exceeds
2 mph (3 km/h).
• The driver’s door is closed.
05
5-39
NOTICE
• While Integrated Memory System
is being reset, if the resetting
and notification sound stops
incompletely, restart the resetting
procedure again.
• Make sure that there is no objects
around the driver’s seat in advance
of resetting the Integrated Memory
System.
Seat Easy Access
Seat easy access will move the driver’s
seat and steering wheel automatically as
follows:
• Exiting the vehicle:
The driver’s seat, steering wheel and
seat bolster will move as follows when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position with the gear in P (Park)
and the driver’s door open.
- Driver seat: Moves rearward
depending on the distance selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system.
- Steering wheel: Moves upward
- Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted
to the default position.
However, the driver’s seat may not
move rearward if there is not enough
space between the driver’s seat and
the rear seats.
Also, on a regular basis, the steering
wheel will also move forward to adjust
its location by itself.
• Entering the vehicle:
The driver’s seat, steering wheel and
seat bolster will move as follows
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ACC, ON or START
position or while carrying the smart
key, the driver’s door is closed with
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position.
- Driver seat: Moves back to its
original position.
- Steering wheel: Moves back to its
original position.
- Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted
to the default position.
• You can set the Seat Easy Access
function from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Driver seat
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat →
Seating Easy Access → Driver Seat
Easy Access → Normal/Extended/Off
- Steering wheel
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat
→ Seating Easy Access → Steering
wheel easy access
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-40
The Smart Posture Care system
automatically provides a healthy posture
(position) for the driver’s back, and sets
the steering wheel, side view mirrors,
head-up display positions according to
the driver’s body measurements.
Information
If the Seat Posture Care system does
not operate normally, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OJX1079170LOJX1079170L
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park) while
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
2. Select ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat
→ Smart Posture Care → Enter Driver’s
Information’ from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system screen.
3. Enter information (Height, Sitting
height, Weight) in the infotainment
system screen.
4. After entering the driver’s information,
press ‘Posture Analysis → Adjust
Posture → Save Current Posture’. The
driver’s seat, steering wheel, side view
mirror and head-up display will be
adjusted.
5. Save the adjusted seat position in
‘Settings 1’ or ‘Settings 2’.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
05
5-41
STEERING WHEEL
Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS)
The system assists you with steering the
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or
if the power steering system becomes
inoperative, you may still steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
CAUTION
If Motor Driven Power Steering does not
operate normally, the
warning light
and the message ‘Check motor driven
power steering’ will illuminate on the
instrument cluster. You may steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering efforts. Take the vehicle to an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products and have the system checked
as soon as possible.
Information
The following symptoms may occur during
normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
This happens as the system performs
the MDPS system diagnostics. When
the diagnostics are completed, the
steering wheel effort will return to its
normal condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
may have to put more steering effort.
However, it is a temporary condition so
that it will return to normal condition
after charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
MDPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
• When you operate the steering wheel
in low temperatures, abnormal noise
may occur. If the temperature rises, the
noise will disappear. This is a normal
condition.
• When an error is detected from MDPS,
the steering effort assist function will
not be activated in order to prevent
accidents. Instrument cluster warning
lights may be on or the steering effort
may be high. If these symptoms occur,
drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon
as it is safe to do so. Have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Convenience Features
5-42
Tilt / Telescopic Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to a
comfortable position, adjust the steering
wheel so that it points toward your chest,
not toward your face. Make sure you can
see the instrument cluster warning lights
and gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the steering
wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Manual adjustment
OJX1059024LOJX1059024L
To adjust the steering wheel angle and
height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance
forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not
engage completely. This may occur when
the gears of the locking mechanism do not
completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down
on the lock-release lever, readjust the
steering wheel again, and then pull back
up on the release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Power adjustment
OJX1059024OJX1059024
To change the steering wheel angle and
height:
• Push the switch (1) up and down to
adjust the angle (2).
• Push the switch forward or rearward
to adjust the height (3).
NOTICE
Do not adjust the steering wheel
longer than necessary when the
engine is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary battery drain.
05
5-43
Resetting steering wheel power adjustment
If adjustment is no longer possible within
the operable range while adjusting the
steering wheel position (angle or height),
reset as follows.
1. From the position the steering wheel
has stopped, push the control switch
(1) for 10 seconds in the direction you
were adjusting the steering wheel.
The steering wheel will move in the
direction the control switch is pushed.
2. Continue pushing the switch (1) for
at least 2 seconds after the steering
wheel has stopped. Resetting will be
complete after the operational range
is recognized.
If the adjustment is still not possible
after resetting the steering wheel
power adjustment, have the system
inspected by authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Horn
OJX1059025OJX1059025
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area is
pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely or hit it
with your fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
Convenience Features
5-44
Heated Steering Wheel
(if equipped)
OJX1059023OJX1059023
While the engine is running, touch the
heated steering wheel icon to warm the
steering wheel.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you touch the icon, the
temperature setting of the steering
wheel changes as follows:
OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
• Automatic temperature control
The heated steering wheel starts to
automatically control the steering
wheel temperature after being
manually turned ON.
- When HIGH (
) is manually
selected:
The heated steering wheel
automatically changes to the LOW
position after 30 minutes. You can
turn off the heated steering wheel
by touching the icon to the OFF
position.
- When LOW (
) is manually
selected:
The heated steering wheel will not
be controlled manually.
• The heated steering wheel defaults to
the OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory
on the steering wheel. The cover or
accessory could cause damage to the
heated steering wheel system.
05
5-45
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the rearview
mirror so that the view through the rear
window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
head restraints which could interfere
with your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an
accident or deployment of the air bag,
do not modify the rearview mirror and
do not install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving.
This may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened
with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass
cleaner directly on the mirror as this
may cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
ORG3050208NORG3050208N
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
MIRRORS
Convenience Features
5-46
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™
(NVS
®
) Mirror (if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces
glare by monitoring light levels in the
front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
object that obstructs either light sensor
will degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
For more information regarding NVS®
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles
traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System
provides a convenient way to replace
up to three hand held radio-frequency
transmitters used to activate compatible
devices such as gate operators, garage
door openers, entry door locks, security
systems, and home lighting.
NOTICE
HomeLink® operates while the ignition
switch is in the ACC or ON position
for safety reasons. It is to prevent
unintentional security problems from
happening when the vehicle is parked
outside the garage.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure people and objects are out
of the way of the device to prevent
potential harm or damage. Do not
use the HomeLink® with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse features required
by U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door that cannot detect an
object - signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
For more information, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or
call Home-Link customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a new
battery be replaced in the handheld
transmitter of the device being trained
to HomeLink® for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio
frequency.
1. Programming HomeLink
®
The following steps show how to
program HomeLink. If you have any
questions or are having difficulty
programming your HomeLink buttons,
refer to the HomeLink website or call the
HomeLink customer support toll-free
number. Do this, before going back to
the dealer who sold you the car.
05
5-47
• Visit the HomeLink website at: www.
homelink.com. Then at the top of the
page, choose your vehicle make. Then
watch the You Tube video, and/or
access additional website information.
• If you choose to access the website
via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
• Or, call HomeLink customer support
at 1-800-355-3515 (Please have the
vehicle make/model AND the opener
device make/model readily available.)
1) Programming Preparation
OJX1050293NOJX1050293N
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the handheld transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
3. Place the ignition switch to the ACC
(Accessory) position for programming
of HomeLink.
2) Programming a New HomeLink®
OJX1050294NOJX1050294N
1. Press and release the HomeLink
button (1), (2) or (3), you would like
to program. The HomeLink indicator
light (7) will flash orange slowly (if
not, perform the steps of “Erasing
HomeLink Buttons” section, and start
over).
OJX1050295NOJX1050295N
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 – 3 inches (2 – 8cm) away
from the HoleLink buttons.
Convenience Features
5-48
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7)
is flashing orange, press and hold the
hand-held remote button. Continue
pressing the handheld remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the handheld
remote button.
4. Wait until your garage door comes
to a complete stop, regardless of
position, before proceeding to the
next steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink
button you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly
flashes green, firmly press, hold
for two seconds and release the
HomeLink button up to three times
in a row slowly to complete the
programming process. Do not press
the HomeLink button rapidly. At
this point if your device operates,
programming is complete. If the
device does not operate, continue
with step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
“Learn”, “Smart”, “Set” or “Program”
button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit (see
the device’s manual to identify this
button). The name and color of the
button may vary by manufacturer.
ODL3A040504ODL3A040504
à A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the “Learn”,
“Smart”, “Set” or “Program” button.
You now have up to 30 seconds in
which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release,
the HomeLink button up to three
times in a row slowly. Do not press
the HomeLink button rapidly. As soon
as you see the garage door start to
move, stop pressing any buttons
until a few seconds after the garage
door has come to a complete stop,
regardless of position. At this point,
programming is complete and your
device should operate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
05
5-49
3) Two-Way Communication
Programming (For select garage door
openers)
If your garage door opener has the
‘myQ’ logo on its side, your opener
likely has Two-Way Communication
capability. HomeLink has the capability
to establish Two-Way Communication
with your garage door opener. HomeLink
can receive and display “closing”
or “opening” status messages from
compatible garage door openers. At
any time, Home-Link can also recall
and display the last recorded status
communicated by the garage door
opener to indicate your garage door
being “closed” or “opened”.
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-
way-Communication. If your garage
door opener has this functionality, AND
the Two-Way Communication indicators
(4), (6) in the mirror appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, then
no further steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while
the garage door is opening/closing, use
the following instructions to enable this
functionality.
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
seconds, then release. Confirm that
the garage door is moving. AFTER it
stops, you will have one minute to
complete the following steps:
à A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the “Learn” button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the garage
door opener). If there is difficulty
locating this button, reference the
device’s owner’s manual.
3. Press and release the “Learn” button.
4. A light on your garage door opener
may flash, and your Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) in
your vehicle may flash, confirming
completion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the programmed
HomeLink button to activate
your garage door. The Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6)
flash in orange when the door is
moving. Do not make any additional
button presses until AFTER the garage
door has come to a complete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality,
it is possible for HomeLink to stop
functioning the garage door shortly
after initial programming, IF the Two-
Way Communication Programming
wasn’t properly completed. This
usually happens after the first 10 times
a programmed HomeLink button is
pressed. If you experience this, completing
the “Programming a New HomeLink
Button” and “Two-Way Communication
Programming” will restore door
operation.
Convenience Features
5-50
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to “time-
out” (or quit) after a couple seconds of
transmission, which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal
during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the
programming procedures, replace
“Programming a New HomeLink Button”
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release (“cycle”)
your device’s handheld remote every two
seconds until the HomeLink indicator light
(7) changes from orange to green. You may
now release the hand-held remote button.
Then proceed with “Programming a New
HomeLink Button” step 4.
2. Operating HomeLink
®
1) Operating HomeLink®
OJX1050294NOJX1050294N
1. Press and release the desired
programmed HomeLink button (1, 2
or 3).
Information
The HomeLink indicator (7) should
light green, solid or flashing, and your
programmed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not
successful, and you’ll need to reprogram
the button.
2) Two-Way Communication Display
Behavior
ORG3050212NORG3050212N
1. Press and release one of the
programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2
or 3).
OJX1050296NOJX1050296N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener
has Two-Way Communication
functionality.
05
5-51
• If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“Closing”.
• The indicator (4) turns solid green
once the garage door has closed.
• If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“Opening”.
• The indicator (6) turns solid green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
• If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last known
status of the garage door for a few
seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way
Communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
press the buttons “1 and 2” OR “2 and 3”
simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “closed”
properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “open” properly.
3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single
HomeLink® Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid green. Release the
button as soon as the HomeLink
indicator light (7) begins to flash
orange, usually about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the
“Programming a New HomeLink
Button” section.
Information
If you do not complete the re-
programming of a new device to the
button, it will revert to the previously
stored programming.
2) The following instructions will erase
ALL HomeLink® programming from
ALL buttons:
OJX1050297NOJX1050297N
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid Orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Release the buttons once the
HomeLink indicator light (7) changes
to Green and flashes rapidly.
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons
(1), (2) and (3) are cleared of any
programming.
Convenience Features
5-52
Information
HomeLink
®
and the HomeLink
®
House
logo are registered trademarks of Gentex
Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark of
The Chamberlain Group, Inc.
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules
part 15 and Innovation, Science, and
Economic Development Canada RSS-
210. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) This
device must accept any interference that
may be received including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: The transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and
ISED rules. Changes or modifications
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
device.
This equipment complies with FCC
and ISED radiation exposure limits set
forth for an uncontrolled environment.
End Users must follow the specific
operating instructions for satisfying RF
exposure compliance. This transmitter
must be at least 20cm from the user and
must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux
règlements de la FCC, section 15, et
au CNR-210 d’Innovation, Sciences et
Dhveloppement économique Canada. Le
fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne
doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles
et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interférence reçue, y compris celle qui
pourrait entraîner un dysfonctionnement.
MISE EN GARDE : L’émetteur a subi des
tests et est conforme aux règlements de
la FCC et d’ISDE. Les changements ou
modifications non approuvés explicitement
par la partie responsable de la conformité
pourraient rendre caduque l’autorisation de
l’utilisateur de se servir du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
d’ISDE établies pour un environnement
non contrôlé. Les utilisateurs finaux doivent
respecter les instructions d’utilisation
spécifiques pour satisfaire aux exigences
de conformité aux expositions de RF.
L’émetteur doit se trouver à 20 cm au
minimum de l’utilisateur et ne doit pas
être situé au même endroit que tout autre
émetteur ou antenne ni fonctionner avec
un autre émetteur ou antenne.
Méjico
La operación de este equipo está sujeta
a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es
posible que este equipo o dispositivo
pueda no causar interferencia dañina, y
(2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede causar
su operación no deseada.
05
5-53
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
OOS040475NOOS040475N
Convenience Features
5-54
Side View Mirrors
OJX1059027OJX1059027
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand side view mirrors.
The mirrors can be adjusted with the
mirror adjustment control switch. The
side view mirrors can be folded to help
prevent damage when going through
an automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or look
back directly to determine the actual
distance of other vehicles prior to
changing lanes.
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors
to your desired position before you begin
driving.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view
mirrors while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
• Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
Adjusting the side view mirrors
OJX1059028OJX1059028
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (Left side) or R
(Right side) button (1) to select the
side view mirror you would like to
adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch (2) to position the selected
mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, press both L and
R button off (indicator light off) to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
05
5-55
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer than
necessary, because this can damage
the motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand, because this
can damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
OJX1059029OJX1059029
Folding button
The side view mirrors can be folded or
unfolded by pressing the button.
Infotainment system setting
• Enable on door unlock
If ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Welcome
Mirror/Light → Enable on Door Unlock’
is selected from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen,
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the touch sensor on the outside
door handle.
• Enable on driver approach
If ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Welcome Mirror/Light → Enable on
Driver Approach’ is selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen, the mirror will unfold
when the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
NOTICE
The electric type side view mirror
operates even though the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unnecessary
battery discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.
NOTICE
Do not fold the electric type side view
mirror by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
Convenience Features
5-56
Reverse Parking Aid (if equipped)
OJX1059022LOJX1059022L
When the gear is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s)
will rotate downwards to aid with driving
in reverse.
The state of the side view mirror button
(1) determines whether or not the mirrors
will move:
How it works
• When the L or R button (1) is pressed
(indicator lights ON), both side view
mirrors will move.
• If the L and R buttons (1) are not
pressed (indicator lights OFF), both
outer side view mirrors will not move.
The side view mirrors will automatically
revert to their original positions if any of
the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position or
the ACC position.
• The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
• The side view mirror adjustment
button is not selected.
Reverse parking aid user settings
mode
You may change the angle of the side
view mirror if it is difficult to see the rear
view with the basic downward mirror
angle provided when reversing.
When the vehicle is first delivered, the
set downward angle of the left and right
side view mirror are different to ensure
driver visibility.
1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped.
2. Depress the brake pedal and shift
the gear to R (Reverse). When L (Left)
or R (Right) button is pressed, both
side view mirror angle will move
downward to the basic set position.
3. Press either L or R button to select
the side view mirror you would like
to adjust. Then press “▼, ▲, ◄, ►”
switch to adjust the side view mirror
to the desired angle.
4. After adjusting the angle to save the
adjusted side view mirror angle, shift
the gear to another position other
than R (Reverse), or change the L and
R buttons to the neutral position (L
and R buttons are not pressed).
5. Set the other side view mirror
following the above procedure 1 to 4.
Resetting reverse parking aid user settings
mode
To change the side view mirror angle
back to the basic angle, shift the gear to
R (Reverse), and adjust the mirror angle
higher than when the gear is in P (Park),
N (Neutral) and D (Drive).
NOTICE
When changing the angle of both side
view mirrors, it is recommended to
change the angle one side at a time
following the procedure 1 to 4.
05
5-57
OJX1051030NOJX1051030N
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
Convenience Features
5-58
Power Windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must be
in the ON position to be able to raise
or lower the windows. Each door has a
Power Window switch to control that
door’s window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock button which can block the
operation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 3 minutes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front doors are
opened, the Power Windows will not
operate even within the 3 minute period.
Window opening and closing
OJX1059031OJX1059031
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window
switch when you want the window to
stop.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers or
lifts the window even when the switch
is released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
Resetting the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t
activate while resetting the power
window system.Make sure body parts
or other objects are safely out of the
way before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
05
5-59
Automatic reverse
OJX1059032OJX1059032
If a window senses any obstacle while
it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm) to
allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then lower
approximately 12 in. (30 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not
operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the second
detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction.
Power window lock button
OJX1059033LOJX1059033L
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock button.
When the power window lock button is
pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger
power window.
• Note that the front passenger control
is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the driver
master control can still operate all the
power windows.
Convenience Features
5-60
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock button in the
LOCK position. Serious injury or death
can result from unintentional window
operation by a child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
individual door window switch in
opposite directions at the same time.
If this is done, the window will stop
and cannot be opened or closed.
05
5-61
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located
on the overhead console.
OJX1050036NOJX1050036N
The sunroof can only be opened, closed,
or tilted when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front door is
opened, the sunroof cannot be operated
even within the 3 minute period.
WARNING
• Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result
in loss of control and an accident
that may cause injury, or property
damage.
• Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or
when there is luggage on the roof.
Convenience Features
5-62
Power sunshade
OJX1052037NOJX1052037N
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically slides open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically closes.
However, if the sunroof glass is open,
the glass will close first.
To stop the power sunshade at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direction.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sunshade
by hand as such action may damage
the power sunshade or cause it to
malfunction.
Information
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
are normal due to material characteristic.
Tilt open/close
OJX1052038NOJX1052038N
• Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open. However, if
the power sunshade is closed, the
sunshade will open first.
• Push the sunroof switch upward
or forward when the sunroof glass
is tilt opened, the sunroof glass
automatically closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
05
5-63
Slide open/close
OJX1052307NOJX1052307N
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass opens. However, if the power
sunshade is closed, the power
sunshade will open first.
Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass closes. However, if the sunroof
glass is closed, the power sunshade
will close.
• Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the second detent
position, the power sunshade and
sunroof glass operate automatically
(auto slide feature).
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Automatic reverse
ODH043039ODH043039
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstacle while it is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction
then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding power sunshade or
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are
out of the way before operating the
sunroof. Body parts or objects may
get caught causing injuries or vehicle
damage.
• Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The power sunshade or
sunroof glass may reverse direction,
but there is a risk of injury.
Convenience Features
5-64
NOTICE
• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
• Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
• Dust accumulated between the
sunroof and roof panel can make
noise. Open the sunroof and remove
dust regularly using a clean cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered
with snow or ice. The sunroof may
not work properly and may break if
opened by force.
• Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
• Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle
suddenly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the Sunroof
OJX1051308NOJX1051308N
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be required
include:
• When the 12-volt battery is either
disconnected or discharged
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade and
sunroof glass is open, push the switch
forward until the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the power
sunshade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade and sunroof glass
move slightly. Then release the switch.
05
5-65
5. Once again push and hold the sunroof
switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass slide open
and close. Do not release the switch
until the operation is completed.
If you release the switch during
operation, start the procedure again
from step 2.
Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may
not operate normally.
Sunroof Open Warning
OJX1049006 OJX1049006
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warning
will appear on the cluster display. Close
the sunroof securely when leaving your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Also, leaving the sunroof open when the
vehicle is unattended may invite theft.
Convenience Features
5-66
Hood
Opening the hood
OJX1052041NOJX1052041N
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking
brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
OJX1059042 OJX1059042
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push up the secondary
hood release lever (1) inside of the
hood center and lift the hood (2).
After the hood has been lifted halfway,
it will raise completely by itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine room
area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other
combustible material is removed
from the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and
correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 in. (30 cm) from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then double
check to be sure the hood is secure.
If the hood can be raised slightly, it is
not securely locked. Open it again and
close it with more force.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
all obstructions are removed from
around the hood opening.
• Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. Check there is no
hood open warning light or message
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Driving with the hood opened may
cause a total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood in the raised position, as vision
is obstructed, which might result in
an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
EXTERIOR FEATURES
05
5-67
Power liftgate (if equipped)
Power liftgate operating conditions
The power liftgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the engine
running. However, the power liftgate will
operate regardless of the gear position
when the engine is off. Also, the liftgate
can be opened only when vehicle speed
is below 1.8 mph (3 km/h)
For safety, before attempting to open or
close the liftgate, make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park).
WARNING
• Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. Children
may operate the power liftgate.
Doing so can result in injury to
themselves or others and can
damage the vehicle.
•
OJX1051327LOJX1051327L
Make sure that there are no people
or objects in the path of the power
liftgate or smart liftgate prior to use.
Serious injury, damage to the vehicle
or damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the liftgate
occurs.
NOTICE
• Do not close or open the liftgate
manually. This may cause damage to
the power liftgate. If it is necessary
to close or open the liftgate manually
when the battery is discharged or
disconnected, do not apply excessive
force.
• Do not operate the power liftgate
more than 10 times continuously
when the engine is not running. Use
the power liftgate with the engine
running when the power liftgate is
used repeatedly to prevent battery
discharge.
• Do not leave the power liftgate open
for a long period of time. This may
drain the battery.
• Do not apply excessive force when
the power liftgate is operating. Doing
so could result in vehicle damage.
Convenience Features
5-68
•
OJX1059267LOJX1059267L
Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
support struts at any time. Damage to
the liftgate support struts could result.
Deformation of the liftgate support
struts may cause vehicle damage and
personal injury may occur.
• Do not modify or repair any part of the
power liftgate by yourself. This must
be done by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products .
• Do not operate the power liftgate
under the following conditions.
The power liftgate may not operate
properly.
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
- Parking on an uneven road such as a
slope, etc.
• Close the liftgate completely and lock
all doors and liftgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
• Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power liftgate outside
open/close button. The liftgate may
open unintentionally.
Information
• If the liftgate is not fully closed and
vehicle speed is at or above 3 km/h (1.8
mph), a warning will sound 10 times.
Immediately park the vehicle at a safe
place, close the liftgate, and check
that the liftgate open warning on the
instrument cluster is turned off.
• In cold and wet climates, the outside
power liftgate open/close button may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power
liftgate open/close button or use the
power liftgate open/close button on the
smart key or the instrument panel.
• Operating the power liftgate more
than 5 times continuously could cause
damage to the operating motor. If
this occurs, the power liftgate will not
operate to prevent the motor from
overheating. If any of the power liftgate
buttons are pressed to try to open the
liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times,
but the liftgate will remain closed.
Allow the power liftgate system to cool
for about 1 minute before operating the
system again.
05
5-69
Operating the power liftgate
Power liftgate open/close button (Smart
key, Instrument panel)
Type AType A Type BType B
OJX1059043LOJX1059043L OJX1059256LOJX1059256L
OJX1059044 OJX1059044
Press the power liftgate open/close
button for 1 second. The liftgate opens or
closes with a warning sound.
While the liftgate is opening or closing,
press the button to stop liftgate
operation.
If the smart key is not within operation
range (approximately 32 ft. (10 m)) from
the vehicle, liftgate operation will stop
with a warning sound for 5 seconds.
Power liftgate open/close button (Outside
the power liftgate)
OJX1059045LOJX1059045L
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button to open
the liftgate.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
liftgate open/close button with the smart
key in your possession.
If the liftgate is unlocked, the liftgate
will open or close with a warning sound
when the power liftgate open/close
button is pressed without carrying the
smart key.
Convenience Features
5-70
Power liftgate open/close button (Inside
the power liftgate)
OJX1059046LOJX1059046L
Press the power liftgate open/close
button. The liftgate opens or closes with
a warning sound.
Power liftgate lock button (Inside the
power liftgate)
OJX1059047LOJX1059047L
Press the power liftgate lock button
while carrying the smart key. The liftgate
closes and locks with a warning sound.
Additionally, all doors will lock.
The liftgate can be closed and locked,
and all doors locked only when the
button is pressed while the engine is off.
Automatic reverse
During power liftgate operation if the
power liftgate senses any obstacle,
the liftgate will stop or will fully open.
The automatic reverse feature may
not operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the liftgate is almost fully
closed near the latched position.
• The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object
or part of your body in the path of
the power liftgate to make sure the
automatic reverse feature operates.
Serious injury, or damage to the vehicle
or object may occur.
Information
The power liftgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to
open or close the liftgate. If this occurs,
carefully open or close the liftgate
manually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power liftgate automatically
again.
05
5-71
Setting the power liftgate
To use each feature, you must select the
opening speed or opening height from
the settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the feature.
Power liftgate opening speed
To adjust the power liftgate speed,
select ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door/
liftgate → Power liftgate Opening Speed
→ Fast/Slow’ in the infotainment system.
(Default setting is ‘Fast’.)
Power liftgate opening height
To adjust the power liftgate opening
height, select ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Door/liftgate → Power liftgate Opening
Height → Full Open/Level 3/Level 2/Level
1/User Height Setting’ in the infotainment
system.
User height setting
1. Position the liftgate manually to the
height you prefer.
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
button located inside the liftgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If ‘User Height Setting’ is selected for
the power liftgate opening height, the
power liftgate will automatically open
to the height manually set by you.
Information
• If the power liftgate opening height
has not been manually set, the power
liftgate will fully open when ‘User
Height Setting’ from the infotainment
system is selected.
• If one of the height setting (Full Open/
Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is selected from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system, and then ‘User Height Setting’
is selected, the liftgate will open to the
height manually set by you.
• The power liftgate opening speed
and opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile.
If the User Profile is changed, power
liftgate opening speed and opening
height settings will change accordingly.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-72
Resetting the power liftgate
In some circumstances resetting the
power liftgate operation may need to
be performed. Some instances where
resetting the power liftgate may be
required include:
• When the 12-volt battery is recharged
• When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
• When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
OJX1059268LOJX1059268L
1. With the engine off or running, put the
gear in P (Park).
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
inner button (A) and outer button (B)
simultaneously until a chime sounds.
3. Slowly close the liftgate manually.
4. Press the power liftgate open/close
outer button. The power liftgate will
open with a chime sound.
Wait until the liftgate fully opens to
complete resetting. If the liftgate
stops before it is fully open, resetting
cannot be completed.
Information
If the power liftgate does not operate
properly after the above procedure, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Emergency liftgate safety
release
OJX1059049LOJX1059049L
To unlock and open the liftgate manually
from inside the cargo area perform the
following procedure:
1. Remove the cover at the bottom of
the liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate.
3. Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully aware
of the location of the emergency
liftgate safety release latch in the
vehicle and how to open the liftgate
if you are accidentally locked in the
cargo area.
• No one, including animals, should
be allowed to occupy the cargo area
of the vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous location in
the event of an accident.
• Use the release latch for
emergencies only. Use extreme
caution, especially while the vehicle
is in motion.
05
5-73
Smart Liftgate
OJX1059050LOJX1059050L
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened with hands-
free activation using the smart liftgate
system.
Using smart liftgate
The hands-free smart liftgate system
can be opened automatically when the
following conditions are met:
• The smart liftgate option is enabled in
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
• The smart liftgate is activated and
ready 15 seconds after all the doors
are closed and locked.
• The smart liftgate will open when
the smart key is detected in the area
behind the vehicle for 3 seconds.
Information
The smart liftgate will NOT operate when:
• A door is not locked or closed.
• The smart key is detected within
15 seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked.
• The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and within 60 in. (1.5 m)
from the front door handles (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome Light).
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Settings
To use smart liftgate, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door/
Liftgate → Smart Liftgate
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
2. Detect and Alert
The smart liftgate detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 in. (50-
100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are
positioned in the detecting area and
are carrying the smart key, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the chime
will sound to alert you that the smart
liftgate will open.
Convenience Features
5-74
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you
do not want the liftgate to open. If you
have unintentionally entered the detecting
area and the hazard warning lights and
chime starts to operate, move away from
the area behind the vehicle with the smart
key. The liftgate will remain closed.
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink
and the chime sounds 6 times, the
smart liftgate will open.
Deactivating smart liftgate
Type AType A Type BType B
OJX1059215OJX1059215
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open/close
4. Panic
If you press any button on the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart liftgate will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the smart liftgate for
emergency situations.
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the smart liftgate will be
deactivated temporarily. But, if you do
not open any door for 30 seconds, the
smart liftgate will be activated again.
• If you press the liftgate open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
• The smart liftgate will still be activated
if you press the door lock button (1) or
liftgate open/close button (3) on the
smart key as long as the smart liftgate
is not already in the Detect and Alert
stage.
• In case you have deactivated the
smart liftgate by pressing the smart
key button and opened a door, the
smart liftgate can be activated again
by closing and locking all doors.
Detecting area
OJX1050051NOJX1050051N
• The smart liftgate detecting area
extends approximately 20~40 in.
(50~100 cm) behind the vehicle. If
you are positioned in the detecting
area and are carrying the smart key,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound for about 3
seconds to alert you that the liftgate
will open.
05
5-75
• The alert stops once the smart key is
moved outside of the detecting area
within the 3 second period.
Information
• Smart liftgate may not operate
properly if any of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a mobile phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• Smart liftgate detecting area may
change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline
or slope.
- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite side.
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
OJX1059052OJX1059052
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver’s door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o’clock position.
OJX1059053LOJX1059053L
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
access the fuel tank cap.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn
it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
Convenience Features
5-76
Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on the
door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
Information
The fuel filler door will not close if the
driver’s door is locked. If you lock the
driver’s door while fueling, unlock it
before closing the fuel filler door.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
guidelines may result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if
available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-
up of static electricity by touching
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe
distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source,
with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
• Do not go back into the vehicle
once you have begun refueling.
You can generate a buildup of
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any item
or fabric capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. If you must re-enter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle
or other gasoline source, with your
bare hand.
05
5-77
• When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact
between your bare hand and the
vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete.
• Use only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to carry and
store gasoline.
• When refueling, always shift the
gear to the P (Park) position, set
the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling,
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
immediately contact the manager
of the gas station and then contact
the local fire department. Follow any
safety instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and
burns. Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according
to the “Fuel Requirements” section in
suggested in chapter 1.
NOTICE
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
fuel spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
Genesis cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the fuel
system or emission control system.
Convenience Features
5-78
OJX1051054NOJX1051054N
The Head-Up Display is a feature that
allows the driver to view information
projected onto a transparent screen
while still keeping their eyes on the road
ahead while driving.
Head-Up Display Settings
OJX1079242LOJX1079242L
• Head-up display can be enabled from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Head-
Up Display → Enable Head-Up
Display
• After turning on the head-up
display, you can change the settings
of ‘Display Control’ and ‘Content
Selection’ of the Head-Up Display.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Head-Up Display Information
OJX1051326NOJX1051326N
1. Turn by Turn (TBT) navigation
2. Traffic signs or speed limit
3. Speedometer
4. SCC set speed
5. SCC vehicle distance
6. Lane Following Assist
7. Lane Safety
8. Blind-Spot Safety
9.
Highway Auto Speed Change
10.
Highway Driving Assist
11.
Surrounding vehicles
05
5-79
Precautions While Using the
Head-Up Display
• It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the Head-Up Display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver’s seat
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses
- An object is located above the
Head-Up Display cover
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
- The driver wears glasses
- The driver wears contact lenses
When it is difficult to read the Head-
Up Display information, adjust the
image height or brightness level from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
• For your safety, make sure to stop the
vehicle before adjusting the settings.
• Do not tint the front windshield glass
or add other types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the Head-Up Display
image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on the
windshield glass.
• When replacing the front windshield
glass, replace it with a windshield
glass designed for Head-Up Display
operation. Otherwise, duplicated
images may be displayed on the
windshield glass.
WARNING
Blind-Spot Collision Warning on the
Head-Up Display are supplemental. Do
not solely depend on them to change
lanes. Always take a look around before
changing lanes.
Information
Head-up Display includes GPL, LGPL,
MPL and other open source license
softwares. All license notices including
related source code are provided at http://
www.mobis.co.kr/opensource/list.do.
If the driver requests on-board software
open source code via MOBIS_SSrequest@
mobis.co.kr within 3 years after buying
this product, a CD-ROM or other storage
device will be sent with the minimum cost
covering storage device cost and delivery
cost.
Convenience Features
5-80
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
OJX1059057OJX1059057
1. OFF
2. AUTO headlight
3. parking light
4. Headlight
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when :
• The headlights are ON.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The vehicle is turned off.
OJX1059059OJX1059059
AUTO headlight
The parking light and headlight will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight as
measured by the ambient light sensor (1)
at the upper end of the windshield glass.
Even with the AUTO headlight feature
in operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the headlights when
driving at night or in a fog, driving in the
rain, or when you enter dark areas, such
as tunnels and parking facilities.
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on the
sensor (1) located at the upper end of
the windshield glass.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle window is tinted or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the AUTO headlight
system may not work properly.
LIGHTING
05
5-81
OJX1059058OJX1059058
Parking light ( )
The parking light, license plate light and
instrument panel light are turned ON.
OJX1059060OJX1059060
Headlight ( )
The headlight, Parking light, license
plate light and instrument panel light are
turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in
the ON position to turn on the headlight.
High beam operation
OJX1059062OJX1059062
To turn on the high beam headlight, push
the lever away from you. The lever will
return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlight, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams
will turn on.
OJX1059061OJX1059061
To flash the high beam headlight, pull the
lever towards you, then release the lever.
The high beams will remain ON as long
as you hold the lever towards you.
Convenience Features
5-82
Turn signals and lane change signals
OJX1059065OJX1059065
To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a left turn or up for a right turn in
position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and will
require replacement.
One touch turn signal
To use One Touch Turn Signal push the
turn signal lever up or down to position
(B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or
7 times.
You can enable the One Touch Turn
Signal function or choose the number
of blinking by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Lights → One Touch Turn Signal
(or One-touch indicator) → 3 flashes/5
flashes/7 flashes/Off’ in the infotainment
system screen.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged.
The system automatically turns off the
parking light when the driver turns the
vehicle off and opens the driver-side
door.
With this feature, the parking lights will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
However, the parking lights stay ON even
when the driver-side door is opened
if the headlight switch is turned to the
parking light or AUTO (if equipped)
position after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
turn the parking lights OFF and ON
again using the headlight switch on
the steering column after the engine is
turned off.
05
5-83
Headlight delay function
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC position or the OFF position with
the headlights ON, the headlights (and/
or parking lights) remain on for about 5
minutes. However, if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds. Also,
with the vehicle off if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights (and/
or parking lights) are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking lights)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the smart key twice or turning
the headlight switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can enable the headlight delay
function by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Lights → Headlight Delay (or
Headlight time-out)’ in the infotainment
system screen.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver
door, the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlight
delay function does not turn OFF
automatically.
This may cause the battery to
discharge. To avoid battery discharge,
turn OFF the headlights manually from
the headlight switch before exiting the
vehicle.
Headlight moisture removal
function
Moisture may temporarily build up inside
of the headlight when the headlights
are on; the fan inside the headlight will
begin to circulate air inside to remove
the moisture. If moisture is not removed,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior lights
may obscure your view and cause an
accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is
turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior light AUTO cut
The interior lights will automatically go
off approximately 20 minutes after the
vehicle is turned off and the doors are
closed. If a door is opened, the lamp
will go off 25 minutes after the vehicle
is turned off. If the doors are locked by
the smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm system,
the lights will go off five seconds later.
Convenience Features
5-84
Front lamps
OJX1050201NOJX1050201N
Front map lamp ( ):
Touch either icons to turn the map lamp
on or off. This light produces a spot
beam for convenient use as a map lamp
at night or as a personal lamp for the
driver and the front passenger.
Door lamp (
):
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the front or rear doors are opened.
When doors are unlocked by the smart
key, the front and rear lamps come on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as
any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds when the
door is closed. However, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
or all doors are locked, the front and rear
lamps will turn off. If a door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position or the OFF position,
the front and rear lamps will stay on for
about 5 minutes.
Room lamp (
)
Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.
Rear lamps
22
ndnd
row room lamp (without sunroof), row room lamp (without sunroof),
33
rdrd
row room lamp (Type A) row room lamp (Type A)
OJX1059202OJX1059202
33
rdrd
row room lamp (Type B) row room lamp (Type B)
OJX1059248OJX1059248
•
: Touch the icon to turn
either lamp on or off.
•
: Touch the icon to turn the mood
lamp on or off.
22
ndnd
row personal lamp (with sunroof) row personal lamp (with sunroof)
OJX1059224OJX1059224
•
: Press the button to turn the
lamp on or off.
05
5-85
Vanity mirror lamp
OHI048428OHI048428
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror lamp.
Rear mirror lamp (if equipped)
OHI048430OHI048430
Press the cover and it will slowly open
and the mirror lamp will turn on.
Glove box lamp
OJX1059070OJX1059070
The glove box lamp turns on when the
glove box is opened.
Door handle lamp/Mood lamp/Door
courtesy lamp (if equipped)
OJX1059227OJX1059227
• Door handle lamp (1): The lamp turns
on when the tail lights are on.
• Mood lamp (2): The lamp turns on
when ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Lights → Ambient Light’ is selected
from the infotainment system screen.
• Door courtesy lamp (3): The lamp
turns on when a door is open and
turns off when the door is closed.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-86
Cargo area lamp
OJX1059069LOJX1059069L
The lamp turns on when the liftgate is
opened.
Puddle light
OJX1059071OJX1059071
Welcome light
When all doors (and liftgate) are closed
and locked, the puddle light will turn on
for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by
the smart key or when you put your hand
in the outside door handle with the smart
key in possession.
For more details, refer to “Welcome
System” in this chapter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position and the driver’s door is
opened, the puddle light will turn on for
30 seconds. If the driver’s door is closed
within the 30 second period, the puddle
light will turn off after 15 seconds. If the
driver’s door is closed and locked, the
puddle light will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Light Escort Light will turn
on only the first time the driver’s door is
opened after the engine is turned off.
Interior Lights Always On
The Interior Lights Always On function
turns on the interior button lights
regardless of the day or night condition.
You can enable the Interior Lights Always
On function by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Lights → Interior Light Always
On’ in the infotainment system.
After the function is enabled, the Interior
button lights are turned on or off in the
following situations:
• When all doors are closed and locked,
if you unlock the door, the interior
button lights will illuminate for
approximately 5 minutes.
• When the vehicle is turned off, the
interior button lights are turned on for
approximately 5 minutes. At this time,
if you open and close the door or lock
the doors, the interior button lights
are turned off immediately.
05
5-87
Welcome System
OJX1059056OJX1059056
Welcome system helps keep the driver
visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.
Puddle light and door handle light
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the puddle light
and door handle lamp will turn on for
approximately 15 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When you put your hand in the
outside door handle with the smart
key in possession.
- If ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome Mirror/
Light → Enable on Driver Approach’ is
selected from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen, the
lamps will turn on when the vehicle
is approached with the smart key in
possession.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Headlight and parking light
When the light switch is ON, and all
the doors (and liftgate) are closed and
locked, the headlight and parking light
will turn on for approximately 15 seconds
if the door unlock button is pressed
on the smart key. Note that if the light
switch is in the AUTO position, the
headlight and position light will turn on
only when it is dark outside.
Select ‘Setup → Lights → Headlight Delay’
from the Settings menu to turn on this
function.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the
position and all doors (and liftgate)
are closed and locked, the room lamp
will come on for 30 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When you put your hand in the
outside door handle while carrying the
smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
lamps will turn off immediately.
Convenience Features
5-88
OJX1059063OJX1059063
High Beam Assist will automatically
adjust the headlight range (switches
between high beam and low beam)
depending on the brightness of detected
vehicles and certain road conditions.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
• Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
• For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
High Beam Assist Setting
OJX1059234LOJX1059234L
With the engine on, select ‘Lights → High
Beam Assist’ from the Settings menu to
turn on High Beam Assist and deselect to
turn off the function.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
05
5-89
High Beam Assist Operation
Display and control
• After selecting ‘High Beam Assist’
in the Settings menu, High Beam
Assist will operate by following the
procedure below.
- Place the headlight switch in
the AUTO position and push
the headlight lever towards the
instrument cluster. The High Beam
Assist (
) indicator light will
illuminate on the cluster and High
Beam Assist will be enabled.
- When High Beam Assist is enabled,
high beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
When vehicle speed is below
15 mph (25 km/h), high beam will
turn off.
- The High Beam (
) indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster when
high beam is on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating,
if the headlight lever or switch is used,
High Beam Assist operates as follow:
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will turn on
without High Beam Assist canceled.
When you let go of the headlight
lever, the lever will move to the
middle and the high beam will turn
off.
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by High Beam Assist, low beam
will turn on and High Beam Assist
will turn off.
- If the headlight switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlight/parking light/off), High
Beam Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating,
high beam switches to low beam if
any of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlight of an oncoming
vehicle is detected.
- When the tail light of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlight or tail light of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light
is bright enough that high beams
are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
High Beam Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
High Beam Assist malfunction
OJX1059235LOJX1059235L
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check High Beam Assist
(HBA) system’ warning message
will appear and
warning light will
illuminate on the cluster display. Have
the function inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Convenience Features
5-90
Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work properly
in the following situations:
• Light from an oncoming or front
vehicle is not detected because of
lamp damage, or because it is hidden
from sight, etc.
• Headlight of an oncoming or front
vehicle is covered with dust, snow or
water.
• A front vehicle’s headlights are off but
the fog lamps are on, etc.
• There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle’s lamp.
• Headlights have been damaged or not
repaired properly.
• Headlights are not aimed properly.
• Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
• Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
• There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
• There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
• The road conditions are bad such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or
is being towed.
• Light from an oncoming or front
vehicle is not detected due to
obstacles in the air such as exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, or water spay
or blizzard on the road, or fogging in
the lamp, etc.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
WARNING
• At times, High Beam Assist may not
work properly. High Beam Assist is
for your convenience only. It is the
responsibility of the driver for safe
driving practices and always check
the road conditions for your safety.
• When High Beam Assist does not
operate normally, change the
headlight position manually between
high beam and low beam.
05
5-91
WIPERS AND WASHERS
OJX1059066OJX1059066
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release. The
wipers will operate continuously
if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
AUTO : The rain sensor located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it rains,
the faster the wiper operates.
When the rain stops, the wiper
stops. To vary the speed setting,
turn the speed control knob.
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice
before using the wiper and washer, it may
damage the wiper and washer system.
AUTO (Automatic) control
OJX1059073OJX1059073
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls the
wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be
automatically controlled depends on
rainfall.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the
sensitivity control knob.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the wiper will operate
once to perform a self-check of the
system. Set the wiper to the OFF position
when the wiper is not in use.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from the
windshield wipers, when the engine
is running and the windshield wiper
switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
Convenience Features
5-92
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to
stop the auto wiper operation. The
wiper may operate and be damaged
if the switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system components
could occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor,
temporary malfunction could occur
according to sudden ambient light
change made by stone and dust
while driving.
Front Windshield Washers
OJX1059067OJX1059067
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles. The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the lever. If
the washer does not work, you may need
to add washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
Recirculating air when washer fluid
is used
When washer fluid is used, in order to
reduce any objectionable scent of the
washer fluid from entering the cabin,
recirculation mode and air conditioning
are automatically activated depending
on the outside temperature. If you
select fresh mode while the function is
operating, the function will resume after
a certain amount of time. It may not work
in some conditions such as cold weather
or engine OFF.
For more details, refer to “Climate
Control Additional Features” section in
this chapter.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent
the washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is
dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.
05
5-93
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
OJX1059270LOJX1059270L
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the
rear wiper and washer.
HI - High wiper speed
LO - Low wiper speed
OFF - Off
OJX1059068OJX1059068
Push the lever away from you to spray
rear washer fluid and to run the rear
wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
operation will continue until you release
the lever.
Auto rear wiper
The rear wiper will operate while the
vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper
ON by selecting the function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-94
Information
Use a clean soft microfiber cloth to gently wipe any finger prints off the touch screen.
Front seatFront seat
Front seat controlFront seat control
OJX1050150N OJX1050150N
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Driver’s temperature control
2. Passenger’s temperature control
3. Fan speed control
4. Driver’s mode selection
5. Passenger’s mode selection
6. AUTO (automatic control)
7. OFF (system off)
8. Front windshield defroster
9. Air intake control
10.
SYNC
11.
Rear window defroster
12.
A/C (air conditioning)
13.
Rear temperature control
05
5-95
Information
Use a clean soft microfiber cloth to gently wipe any finger prints off the touch screen.
Rear seat control and display modeRear seat control and display mode
OJX1050151NOJX1050151N
1. Temperature control
2. Mode selection
3. AUTO
4. OFF
5. 3rd ON (third row climate control ON)
(only for 6, 7-seater)
Convenience Features
5-96
Information
Temperature and Mode selection (air flow direction) can be controlled from the rear seat.
However, if ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Climate → Climate Features → Lock the Rear
Climate Control’ is selected, the rear climate control can be operated only from the front
seat. Deselect ‘Lock the Rear Climate Control’ before using it from the rear seats.
Second row seat (if equipped)Second row seat (if equipped)
Third row seat (6, 7-seater) (if equipped)Third row seat (6, 7-seater) (if equipped)
OJX1050152N/OJX1059153OJX1050152N/OJX1059153
1. Fan speed control
2. Temperature control
3. OFF (system off)
4. AUTO (automatic control)
5. Mode selection
05
5-97
Automatic Temperature Control
Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button.
The mode selection, fan speed,
air intake and air-conditioning will
be controlled automatically by the
temperature setting you select.
2. When the climate control system is
being automatically controlled, fan
speed range can be selected (Low/
Medium/High).
OJX1059246OJX1059246
- HIGH: Use when quick heating or
cooling is preferred with higher fan
speed capability.
- MEDIUM: Use when medium fan
speed is preferred for cooling or
heating with moderate fan speed
capability.
- LOW: Use when low fan speed is
preferred for cooling or heating with
lower fan speed capability.
3. Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
After the interior has cooled
sufficiently, adjust the knob to
a higher temperature set point
whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any function of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’
sign will illuminate on the climate
information screen once again.)
- Fan speed control icon or knob
- A/C (air conditioning) icon
The selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the
efficiency of the climate control, use the
AUTO button and all temperatures set in
SYNC to 72 °F (22 °C).
To change the temperature unit from °F
to °C or °C to °F:
Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
while pressing the OFF button.
Convenience Features
5-98
Information
OJX1059073OJX1059073
Never place anything near the ambient
light/solar sensor to ensure better control
of the heating and cooling system.
Manual Temperature Control
Mode
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected will
be controlled automatically.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh or
Recirculation mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to revert
back to full automatic control of the
system.
The climate control system settings
will be maintained, even when the
vehicle is turned OFF. However, the
climate control system settings will be
initialized when the battery has been
discharged, or when the cables have
been disconnected.
In this case, adjust the climate control
system settings again.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature
control, operate the system in the
following method to improve heating.
• Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
• Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
• After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
05
5-99
Mode selection
Front rowFront row
Front seat controlFront seat control
22
ndnd
row seat control row seat control
OJX1059155L/OJX1050156NOJX1059155L/OJX1050156N
Front seat mode selection
• Touch the arrows on the climate
control information screen to select
air flow direction.
• Press the SYNC button and when the
indicator light on the button turns off,
the air flow direction of the driver’s
seat, passenger seat, and rear seat
can be controlled independently.
However, passengers and rear seats
cannot select
.
• Touch REAR (1) to control the second
row seat mode selection from the
front seats.
• You may select 2~3 modes at the
same time.
Second rowSecond row
OJX1059157OJX1059157
Third rowThird row
OJX1059158OJX1059158
Rear seat mode selection
• Press the button to select the
direction of the air flow to the desired
position.
• You may select 2 modes at the same
time.
Convenience Features
5-100
OJX1052159N
Air flow direction
The mode selection Icon or button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
05
5-101
• Front seat
Defrost (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield.
Face-level (B, D, E, H)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Floor-level (A, C, F, G)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
• Rear seat
Face-level (E, H)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
Floor-level (F, G)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor.
Information
Two to three air flow modes can be
selected at the same time.
Convenience Features
5-102
Front windshield defroster
OJX1059160OJX1059160
Defrost-level (A, D)
Press the button, and the indicator light
on the button will illuminate and the
windshield defroster indicator will appear
on the climate control information
screen.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
When Defogging logic is enabled, Fresh
mode is selected and air conditioning
is selected according to outside
temperature.
Press the button again, the indicator light
will turn off and the previous settings will
be selected.
Instrument panel vents
Front seatFront seat
OJX1059161OJX1059161
Second rowSecond row
OJX1059162OJX1059162
Third rowThird row
OJX1059210LOJX1059210L
The instrument panel vent air flow can be
directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can also be CLOSED using
the vent adjustment lever.
Move the lever to
position to close,
and to
position to open. However, the
third row air vent cannot be closed.
05
5-103
Temperature control
Front rowFront row
Front seat controlFront seat control
22
ndnd
row seat control row seat control
OJX1050163NOJX1050163N OJX1050164NOJX1050164N
Second rowSecond row Third rowThird row
OJX1050165NOJX1050165N OJX1059166OJX1059166
Turn the knob to the right to increase the
temperature. Turn the knob to the left to
decrease temperature.
Also, touch the
or icon to select
the temperature for second row seats
from the front row.
The set temperature can be increased or
decreased by increments of 1°F (0.5°C)
for each incremental location. When set
to the lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously
to quickly cool the interior of the vehicle
initially. After interior temperature has
been cooled down sufficiently, press the
AUTO button and set the temperature to
72 °F (22 °C).
SYNC
OJX1059167OJX1059167
Adjusting the temperature and air flow
direction equally
Press the SYNC button (indicator light
ON), the rear seat’s temperature and air
flow direction will be adjusted same as
the driver’s control.
Adjusting the temperature and air flow
direction independently
Press the SYNC button (indicator
light OFF), the front and rear seat’s
temperature and air flow direction will be
adjusted independently.
Convenience Features
5-104
Air intake control
OJX1059168OJX1059168
The air intake control button is used to
select either Fresh mode (outside air) or
Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode
is selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be recirculated through the
system and heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected,
air enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh
mode is recommended. Use Recirculation
mode temporarily only when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the air
conditioning ON can cause fogging of the
windshield. In addition, prolonged use of
the air conditioning ON in Recirculation
mode may result in excessively dry,
dehumidified air in the cabin and may
promote formation of musty vent odor due
to stagnant air.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode for a prolonged period of
time may cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This may lead
to loss of vehicle control which may
lead to an accident.
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode with the air conditioning OFF
may allow humidity to increase
inside the cabin. This may cause
condensation to accumulate on the
windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle with
the windows up and either the
heater or the air conditioning ON for
prolonged periods of time. Doing so
may increase the levels of carbon
dioxide in the cabin which may lead
to serious injury or death.
05
5-105
Fan speed control
Front rowFront row
Front seat controlFront seat control
OJX1059169LOJX1059169L
Second rowSecond row Third rowThird row
OJX1059170OJX1059170 OJX1059171OJX1059171
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by touching the
or icon, or
by turning the fan speed control knob.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF icon or button turns off
the fan.
Information
To help improve microphone voice input
sound, fan speed may automatically be
reduced for a couple of minutes when you
activate voice recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge.
Operate the fan when the engine is
running.
Air conditioning
OJX1059172LOJX1059172L
Touch the A/C icon to manually turn the
air conditioning on (indicator light ON)
and off.
Convenience Features
5-106
OFF mode
Front rowFront row
Front seat controlFront seat control
22
ndnd
row seat control row seat control
OJX1059174OJX1059174 OJX1050173NOJX1050173N
Second rowSecond row Third rowThird row
OJX1059175OJX1059175 OJX1059176OJX1059176
Touch the OFF icon or press the OFF
button to turn the climate control system
off. You can still operate the mode and
air intake buttons as long as the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Front
Defrost
mode.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the Recirculation
mode. Return the control to the to
Fresh mode when the unpleasant air
outside has diminished. This will help
keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to Fresh mode and the
fan speed to the desired position, turn
on the air conditioning system, and
adjust the temperature control to the
desired temperature.
05
5-107
Air conditioning
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle air
conditioning system is filled with
R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin
is reached, change the air intake
control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the lowest
position, then set the fan speed control
to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the engine temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures
can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air
conditioning system off if the engine
temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from
Recirculation mode to Fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system
performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to
fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection to the
position and fan speed control to the
lowest speed.
Convenience Features
5-108
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
OHI048581LOHI048581L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the maintenance
schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent cabin air filter
inspections and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
have the system inspected at an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning
system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
05
5-109
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
WARNING
Since the refrigerant is mildly
flammable and operated
at high pressure, the air
conditioning system should
only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. It
is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
OJX1050072NOJX1050072N
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
OHYK059001OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
Convenience Features
5-110
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the
position during
cooling operation in extremely humid
weather. The difference between the
temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility could cause
an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the mode
selection button to the
position
and fan speed control knob to a lower
speed.
• For maximum defrost performance,
set the temperature control to the
highest temperature setting and
the fan speed control to the highest
setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold
after starting, then a brief engine warm
up period may be required for the
vented air flow to become warm or hot.
To Defog Inside Windshield
OJX1050178NOJX1050178N
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. Fresh mode will be selected
automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control
is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control
indicator light is illuminated, press the
button once to enable Fresh mode
(indicator light OFF).
If the
position is selected, the fan
speed is automatically increased.
05
5-111
To Defrost Outside Windshield
OJX1050179NOJX1050179N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. Fresh mode will be selected
automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control
is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control
indicator light is illuminated, press the
button once to enable Fresh mode
(indicator light OFF).
If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
Defogging Logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning are controlled
automatically according to certain
conditions such as
positions. To
cancel or reset the defogging logic, do
the following.
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button (
) or
(
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within
3 seconds.
The air intake control button indicator
will blink 3 times to indicate that the
defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the
defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Convenience Features
5-112
Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear window
defroster conducting elements bonded
to the inside surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to clean
the window.
OJX1059180OJX1059180
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center control
panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
approximately 20 minutes or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the side
view mirror defrosters, they will operate
at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster.
05
5-113
Auto Defogging System
OJX1059073OJX1059073
Auto defogging helps reduce the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indicator
will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging
System will be enabled. The following
steps will be performed automatically:
Step 1) Air conditioning will turn ON.
Step 2) Air intake control will change to
Fresh mode.
Step 3) Mode will change to defrost to
direct airflow to the windshield.
Step 4) Increasing air flow toward
the windshield (Step could be
changed according to the outside
temperature)
If the air conditioning is off or
Recirculation mode is manually selected
while Auto Defogging System is ON, the
Auto Defogging System indicator will
blink 3 times to signal that the manual
operation has been canceled.
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Convenience Features
5-114
Turning the Auto Defogging System
ON or OFF
Climate control system
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
turned off, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on
the climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
turned on, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
6 times without a signal.
Infotainment system
Auto Defogging System can be turned
on and off by selecting ‘Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Climate → Defog/
Defrost Options → Auto Defog’ from the
infotainment system screen.
Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto Defogging System, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When Auto Defogging System is
operating, fan speed adjustment,
temperature adjustment, and air intake
control selection are all disabled.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the windshield
glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
Auto Dehumidify (if equipped)
To increase cabin air quality and help
reduce windshield misting, Recirculation
mode switches off automatically after
about 5 to 30 minutes, depending on the
outside temperature, and the air intake
will change to Fresh mode.
Turning Auto Dehumidify ON or OFF
Climate control system
To turn the Auto Dehumidify feature
on or off, select Face level (
) mode
and press the air intake control (
)
button at least five times within three
seconds. When Auto Dehumidify is
turned on, the air intake control button
indicator will blink 6 times. When turned
off, the indicator will blink 3 times.
Infotainment system
Auto Dehumidify can be turned on and
off by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Climate → Automatic Ventilation →
Auto Dehumidify’ from the infotainment
system screen.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
05
5-115
Recirculating Air When Washer
Fluid Is Used
Recirculation mode automatically
activates to help reduce any
objectionable scent of the washer
fluid from entering the cabin when the
windshield washer is used.
Turning Activate upon Washer Fluid
Use ON or OFF
Climate control system
To turn the Activate upon Washer Fluid
Use feature on or off, select Floor level
(
) mode, and then press the air
intake control (
) button four times
within two seconds while pressing the
A/C icon.
When Activate upon Washer Fluid Use
ON is turned on, the air intake control
button indicator will blink 6 times. When
turned off, the indicator will blink 3
times.
Infotainment system
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use can be
turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Climate → Recirculate
Air → Activate upon Washer Fluid Use
(or Interlocking washer fluid)’ from the
infotainment system screen.
However, in cold weather to prevent
the windshield from fogging up, the
Recirculation mode may not be selected.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
(if equipped)
When the is sunroof opened, Fresh mode
will be automatically selected. At this
time, if you press the air intake control
button, Recirculation mode will be
selected but will change back to Fresh
mode after 3 minutes. When the sunroof
is closed, the air intake position will
return to the original position that was
selected.
Convenience Features
5-116
Recirculation Mode Plus (if
equipped)
• To prevent the inflow of polluted
air into the vehicle when passing
through tunnel, this function
automatically closes the windows and
switches the climate control system
to Recirculation mode for about 7
seconds before entering a tunnel
based on the map information of
the navigation and the speed of the
vehicle.
• The windows automatically closes
before entering a tunnel and area
requiring air recirculation. The
windows open to the previous
position after passing the area. If the
power window switch is operated
before the window opens, the
window does not open to the previous
position.
• To use this feature, it must be enabled
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle → Climate →
Recirculate Air → Recirculation Mode
Plus
Operating Condition
• Type of road: Freeway, highway,
expressway
• Vehicle status: One or more of the
windows are opened or fresh mode is
selected.
Information
• The activation time for the
recirculation mode may differ
depending on the gap between the GPS
data and vehicle speed.
• The function will not activate again
when tunnels exist continuously.
• When entering a tunnel, recirculation
mode may cause fogging of the
windshield. Press the windshield
defrosting button.
• After exiting the tunnel, fresh mode
may be selected depending on the air
condition inside the vehicle.
• The function does not operate in
tunnels within 50m in length.
• The function may not activate if the
GPS is not working properly.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user’s manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
05
5-117
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items
may catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items may fly out of the compartment
and may cause an injury if they strike
the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
Center Console Storage
FrontFront
OJX1059074OJX1059074
Second row (4-seater)Second row (4-seater)
OJX1052074CNOJX1052074CN
To open:
Press the button.
Glove Box
OJX1059075OJX1059075
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Convenience Features
5-118
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt.
Sunglass Holder
OJX1050203NOJX1050203N
To open:
Push and release the cover and the
holder will slowly open. Place your
sunglasses in the compartment door
with the lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is closed
while driving.
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses
inside the sunglass holder. Such
objects can be thrown from the
holder in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injuring the
passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder while
the vehicle is moving. The side view
mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by
an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly into a
sunglass holder. It may cause personal
injury if you try to open it forcibly when
the glasses are jammed in holder.
Storage Tray
Second row (5, 7-seater)Second row (5, 7-seater)
OJX1051245NOJX1051245N
Third row (7-seater)Third row (7-seater)
OJX1059245OJX1059245
To open:
Press the button.
NOTICE
Be careful not to open the storage tray
manually as it may break the tray.
05
5-119
Cup Holder
FrontFront
OJX1052076NOJX1052076N
Second row (4-seater)Second row (4-seater)
OJX1052315CNOJX1052315CN
Second row (5, 7-seater)Second row (5, 7-seater)
OJX1051316NOJX1051316N
Third row (7-seater)Third row (7-seater)
OJX1051206NOJX1051206N
[A] : Press
Cups or small beverages cups may be
placed in the cup holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
result in the event of a sudden stop
or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.
INTERIOR FEATURES
Convenience Features
5-120
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your drink.
If liquid spills, it may get into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/electronic
parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not
use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
Sunvisor
OHI048444OHI048444
To use the sunvisor, pull it rearward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from
the side window, pull it rearward, release
it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2) towards the window.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward
(4) as needed (if equipped). Use the
ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover securely
and return the sunvisor to its original
position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror
on the sunvisor can be used for toll
road tickets or self parking tickets. Use
caution when inserting tickets into the
ticket holder to avoid damage. Refrain
from putting several tickets in the ticket
holder as this could also damage the
retaining tab.
05
5-121
Rear Mirror (if equipped)
OHI048562OHI048562
To open:
Press the cover and it will slowly open
and the mirror lamp will turn on.
To close:
Push back into position.
NOTICE
Make sure to close the rear mirror
cover after use. If not, the rear mirror
lamp remains ON, possibly draining the
battery or damaging the rear mirror.
Power Outlet
FrontFront
OJX1052082NOJX1052082N
Second rowSecond row
OJX1059080OJX1059080
Third row (7-seater)Third row (7-seater)
OJX1059081LOJX1059081L
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180 watts with the engine
running.
Convenience Features
5-122
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.)
into a power outlet or touch the power
outlet with a wet hand.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the power
outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12 volts electric accessories
which are less than 180 watts in
electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/
electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
USB Charger (if equipped)
FrontFront
OJX1052084NOJX1052084N
Second rowSecond row
OJX1059085OJX1059085
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electrical devices
using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON or START position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
05
5-123
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging
method, may not be properly re-
charged. In this case, use an exclusive
charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media In the
infotainment system.
NOTICE
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running. Using USB charger
for prolonged periods of time with
the engine off could cause the
battery to discharge.
• To prevent damage to the USB
charger:
- Do not insert foreign objects or
spill liquid into the outlet. The
USB charging terminal may be
damaged.
- Do not use devices with current
consumption exceeding 2,100 mA
(2.1 A).
AC Inverter (if equipped)
OJX1050086NOJX1050086N
The AC inverter supplies 115 volts
(150 watts) electric power to operate
electric accessories or equipment.
Information
OJX1070288LOJX1070288L
• Rated voltage : AC 115 volts
• Maximum electric power : 150 watts
• In order to avoid an electrical system
failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to
read owner’s manual before use.
• Be sure to close the cover except the
time of use.
WARNING
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal
injuries:
• Do not use a heated electric device
such as a coffeepot, toaster, heater,
iron, etc.
• Do not insert foreign objects into the
outlet and do not touch the outlet as
you may get shocked.
• Do not let children touch the AC
inverter.
Convenience Features
5-124
NOTICE
• To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the AC
inverter while the engine is not
running.
• When not using the AC inverter,
make sure to close the AC inverter
cover.
• After using an electric accessory
or equipment, pull the plug out.
Leaving the accessory or equipment
plugged in for a long time may cause
battery discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment the power consumption
of which is greater than 115 volts
(150 watts).
• Some electric accessories or
equipment can cause electronic
interference. It may cause excessive
audio noise and malfunctions in
other electric systems or devices in
the vehicle.
• Do not use broken electric
accessories or equipment, which
may damage the AC inverter and
electrical systems of the vehicle.
• Do not use two or more electric
accessories or equipment at the
same time. It may cause damage to
the electrical systems of the vehicle.
• When the input voltage is lower,
outlet LED will blink and the AC
inverter will turn off automatically. If
the input voltage goes up to normal,
the AC inverter will turn on again.
Wireless Smart Phone Charging
System (if equipped)
FrontFront
OJX1052083NOJX1052083N
Second row (4-seater)Second row (4-seater)
OJX1052318CNOJX1052318CN
[A] : Indicator light, [B] : Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes
equipped with a wireless smart phone
charger.
The system is available when all doors
are closed, and when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON (or START)
position.
05
5-125
Charging smart phone
The wireless smart phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
smart phones (
). Read the label on
the smart phone accessory cover or
visit your smart phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your smart
phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled smart phone
on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place
the smart phone on the center of the
charging pad.
2. The indicator light is orange when the
smart phone is charging. The indicator
light will turn blue when phone
charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle → Convenience →
Wireless Charging
If your smart phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
smart phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for 10
seconds if there is a malfunction in the
wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your smart phone again.
The system warns you with a message
on the cluster display if the smart phone
is still on the wireless charging unit after
the vehicle is turned OFF and the front
door is opened.
For some manufacturer’s smart phones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smart phone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the smart
phone and not a malfunction of the
wireless charging.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-126
NOTICE
• The wireless smart phone charging
system may not support certain
smart phones, which are not verified
(
).
• When placing your smart phone on
the charging pad, position the phone
in the middle of the mat for optimal
charging performance. If your smart
phone is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some cases
the smart phone may experience
higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless charging
may stop temporarily when the
smart key is used, either when
starting the vehicle or locking/
unlocking the doors, etc.
• When charging certain smart
phones, the charging indicator may
not change to blue when the smart
phone is fully charged.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop, when temperature
abnormally increases inside the
wireless smart phone charging
system. The wireless charging
process restarts, when temperature
falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop when there is
any metallic item, such as a coin,
between the wireless smart phone
charging system and smart phone.
• When charging some smart phones
with a self-protection feature,
the wireless charging speed may
decrease and the wireless charging
may stop.
• If the smart phone has a thick cover,
the wireless charging may not be
possible.
• If the smart phone is not completely
contacting the charging pad,
wireless charging may not operate
properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets may
be damaged if left with the smart
phone during the charging process.
• When any smart phone without
a wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to the
vehicle discerning compatibility of
the object placed on the charging
pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
the smart phone in any way.
Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position, the charging also stops.
05
5-127
Clock
The clock can be set from the
infotainment system.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock
while driving. Doing so may result in
distracted driving which may lead to
an accident involving personal injury or
death.
Coat Hook
OJX1059087OJX1059087
These hooks are not designed to hold
large or heavy items.
WARNING
OJX1059088OJX1059088
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp
or breakable objects in the clothes
pockets. In an accident or when the
curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet
keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners
over the floor mats. If using All Weather
mats, remove the carpeted floor mats
before installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
Convenience Features
5-128
WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure to remove a protective
film attached on the carpet
before attaching a floor mat on
the front floor carpet. Otherwise,
the floor mat may move freely on
the protective film and it could
result in unintentional braking or
accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (for example, all-weather
rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that the Genesis floor
mat designed for use in your vehicle be
installed.
Rear Side Window Sunshades
(if equipped)
Use the rear side window sunshade to
block external light coming through the
rear window glass.
Manual sunshades
OJX1050089LOJX1050089L
1. Lift the sunshade by the handle (1).
2. Hang the sunshade on both sides of
the hook (2). If the sunshade is hung
on one side of the hook, the sunshade
may be wrinkled.
NOTICE
• Do not hang any other object except
the rear side window sunshade on
the hooks.
• If you pull the rear side window
sunshade or apply force to return
the sunshade to its original position
after use, you may find the sunshade
wrinkled or out of shape. To lower
the sunshade, be sure to put the
handle downward and slowly return
the sunshade to its original position.
• Sunshades may not work properly if
foreign objects (coins, toys, cookies,
etc.) are stuck in the door. Be careful
that the foreign objects do not get
into the door.
05
5-129
Power sunshades
Driver’s window switchDriver’s window switch
OJX1059214LOJX1059214L
Rear window switchRear window switch
OJX1051213NOJX1051213N
To raise:
1. Close the window by pulling up the
power window switch.
2. To unfold the sunshade, pull up the
power window switch once more.
To lower:
1. If you want to open the shaded
window, push down the power
window switch one time to store the
sunshade.
2. Push down the power window switch
one more time to open the window.
Also, if the window is closed, press and
hold the smart key door lock button to
raise the rear side window sunshade.
Information
If the upward or downward movement of
the sunshade is blocked by an object or
part of the body, the sunshade will detect
the resistance and will stop movement and
move downward or upward.
NOTICE
• Do not apply excessive external force
on the rear side window sunshade
while operating. It may cause a
malfunction.
•
OJX1059228OJX1059228
If excessive force is applied on the
antenna rod (1), the sunshade may
deform and malfunction.
Resetting the rear side window
sunshades
If the sunshade is not operating normally,
it must be reset as follows:
1. Start the engine.
2. Continue pulling up on the power
window switch for at least 10 seconds.
If the rear side window sunshade does
not work properly after following the
above procedure, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Convenience Features
5-130
Cargo Net Holder (if equipped)
OJX1059090LOJX1059090L
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located in
the luggage board to attach a cargo net.
Make sure the cargo net is securely
attached to the holders in the luggage
board.
If necessary, contact your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products to
obtain a cargo net.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch
the cargo net. ALWAYS keep your face
and body out of the cargo net’s recoil
path. DO NOT use the cargo net when
the strap has visible signs of wear or
damage.
Use the cargo net to keep only light
items from shifting in the cargo area.
Cargo Security Screen
(if equipped)
OJX1059263LOJX1059263L
Use the cargo security screen to cover
items stored in the cargo area.
Using the cargo security screen
OJX1059264LOJX1059264L
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards
the rear of the vehicle by the handle
(1).
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the guide
(3).
Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with the
handle in the center to prevent the guide
pin from falling out of the guide.
05
5-131
When the cargo security screen is not in
use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen
rearward and up to release it from the
guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.
Information
The cargo security screen may not
automatically slide back in if the cargo
security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull
the cargo screen out all the way and then
slowly allow the screen to retract back in.
NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen may
be damaged or malformed, do not put
luggage on it when it is used.
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the cargo
security screen. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area. It is designed for cargo
only.
• Maintain the balance of the vehicle
and locate the weight as forward as
possible.
Removing the cargo security screen
OJX1059265LOJX1059265L
1. Push one side of the cargo screen
inward to compress the spring and
release the screen from the vehicle.
2. While the spring is compressed, pull
out the cargo security screen.
3. Open the cargo tray and keep the
cargo security screen in the tray.
Removing the cargo security screen
from the cargo tray
OJX1059271LOJX1059271L
1. Pull up the screen board.
Convenience Features
5-132
OJX1050272NOJX1050272N
2. Push in the guide pin.
OJX1059273LOJX1059273L
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull out
the cargo security screen.
05
5-133
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof Side Rails
OJX1059091OJX1059091
If your vehicle comes with roof side rails,
then roof side rails crossbars can be
installed on top of your vehicle.
The roof side rails crossbars are an
accessory and are available at your local
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof side rails in such a way
that it could interfere with sunroof
operation.
NOTICE
• When carrying cargo on the roof side
rails, take the necessary precautions
to make sure the cargo does not
damage the roof of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects on the
roof side rails, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof length or
width.
WARNING
• The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof side rails. Distribute the
load as evenly as possible onto the
roof side rails and secure the load
firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess
of the specified weight limit on the
roof side rails may damage your
vehicle.
ROOF SIDE
RAILS
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
• The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto
the roof side rails. Avoid sudden
starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt
maneuvers or high speeds that may
result in loss of vehicle control or
rollover resulting in an accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof side rails. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden upward
pressure on items loaded on the
roof side rails. This is especially true
when carrying large, flat items such
as wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off the
roof side rails and cause damage to
your vehicle or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make sure
the items on the roof side rails are
securely fastened.
Convenience Features
5-134
NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may not function
properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from
contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage or
discoloration.
USB Port
OJX1052096NOJX1052096N
You can use an USB cable to connect
audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the portable audio device’s power
source.
Antenna
OJX1059092OJX1059092
The shark fin antenna will receive AM,
FM broadcast and SXM channel signals
and transmit data.
Steering Wheel Remote Controls
OJX1059093OJX1059093
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
05
5-135
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1)
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll up to
increase volume.
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll down to
decrease volume.
Information
You can set the volume level of each
source (FM, AM, SXM, USB, BT, etc.)
individually by adjusting the VOLUME
scroll.
Then the infotainment system saves the
last volume level of each source in the
system sound settings.
If you change the source, the volume will
revert to the previously set volume for that
source.
SEEK/PRESET (
/ ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down and held for 0.8 second or more,
it will function in the following modes:
•
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
•
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down, it will function in the following
modes:
•
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN button.
•
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio or MEDIA modes.
MUTE (
) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Convenience Features
5-136
Infotainment System
FrontFront
OJX1052097NOJX1052097N
Second row (If equipped)Second row (If equipped)
OJX1051040NOJX1051040N
Second row (4-seater) (If equipped)Second row (4-seater) (If equipped)
OJX1052317NOJX1052317N
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
Voice Recognition
OJX1059094OJX1059094
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
05
5-137
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
OJX1059095OJX1059095
OJX1050207NOJX1050207N
(1) Call / Answer / Call end button
(2) Microphone
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
CAUTION
To avoid driver distractions, do not
excessively operate the device while
driving the vehicle which may lead to
an accident.
Lexicon Premium Sound System
(if equipped)
CAUTION
Lexicon premium sound system is
equipped with door speaker grills made
of stainless steel. The grill surface can
be heated when the vehicle is exposed
to hot weather for a long period of time.
Keep away from the speaker grill when
it is hot.
6
Before Driving ................................................................................................... 6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle ......................................................................................... 6-5
Before Starting
.............................................................................................................6-5
Engine Start/Stop Button .................................................................................6-6
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions ............................................................................6-7
Starting the Engine
..................................................................................................... 6-8
Turning Off the Engine
................................................................................................ 6-9
Remote Start ....................................................................................................6-10
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
.......................................................................................6-11
Operating Conditions ..................................................................................................6-11
Deactivating Conditions
............................................................................................. 6-11
System Operation
........................................................................................................ 6-11
Automatic Transmission ..................................................................................6-12
Automatic Transmission Operation ........................................................................... 6-12
Cluster Display Messages
.......................................................................................... 6-18
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)
.......................................................................... 6-21
Good Driving Practices
.............................................................................................. 6-21
Braking System ............................................................................................... 6-23
Power-Assist Brakes ...................................................................................................6-23
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................................................................6-23
High Performance Brake............................................................................................6-24
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
.................................................................................. 6-24
Auto Hold
....................................................................................................................6-28
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
....................................................................................6-32
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
.............................................................................6-33
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
...................................................................... 6-36
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
...................................................................................6-37
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
................................................................................... 6-37
Good Braking Practices
............................................................................................ 6-40
6. Driving Your Vehicle
6
All Wheel Drive (AWD) .....................................................................................6-41
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation ............................................................................. 6-42
Emergency Precautions
............................................................................................ 6-44
Electronic Limited Slip Differential ................................................................6-46
Drive Mode Selection ................................................................................................ 6-46
Warning Messages
.................................................................................................... 6-46
Electronic Control Suspension ....................................................................... 6-47
System Malfunction ...................................................................................................6-47
Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview ........................... 6-47
System Malfunction .................................................................................................. 6-48
Limitations of the System
......................................................................................... 6-48
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) ....................................................................................6-49
ISG System Operation ............................................................................................... 6-49
ISG System Off............................................................................................................ 6-51
Forced to Restart Engine
........................................................................................... 6-51
ISG Malfunction
..........................................................................................................6-52
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
..................................................................................6-52
Coasting .......................................................................................................... 6-53
Coasting Setting .........................................................................................................6-53
Coasting Operating Conditions
.................................................................................6-53
Coasting Release Conditions
................................................................................... 6-54
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ......................................................... 6-55
Drive Mode .................................................................................................................6-55
Road Active Noise Control ............................................................................. 6-57
Active Sound Design....................................................................................... 6-57
Semi Active Engine Mount
............................................................................ 6-57
6
Special Driving Conditions ............................................................................. 6-58
Hazardous Driving Conditions ................................................................................. 6-58
Rocking the Vehicle
.................................................................................................. 6-58
Smooth Cornering
..................................................................................................... 6-58
Driving at Night
......................................................................................................... 6-59
Driving in the Rain
..................................................................................................... 6-59
Driving in Flooded Areas
........................................................................................... 6-60
Highway Driving
........................................................................................................ 6-60
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover
............................................................................... 6-60
Winter Driving ..................................................................................................6-61
Snow or Icy Conditions .............................................................................................. 6-61
Winter Precautions
.................................................................................................... 6-63
Trailer Towing ..................................................................................................6-65
If You Decide to Pull a Trailer? .................................................................................. 6-65
Trailer Towing Equipment
..........................................................................................6-67
Driving with a Trailer
................................................................................................. 6-68
Maintenance When Towing a Trailer
..........................................................................6-71
Vehicle Load Limit ...........................................................................................6-72
The Loading Information Label .................................................................................6-73
6. Driving your vehicle
Driving Your Vehicle
6-4
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust
system checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan
control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including
components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and
reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain
products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
06
6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outer side view
mirror(s) and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outer side view
mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seat belt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their seat
belts.
• Check the gauges and indicators
in the instrument panel and the
messages on the instrument display
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying
are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving.
For more information, refer to “Seat
Belts” section in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Assume
other drivers or pedestrians may be
careless and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause
accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between you
and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving
is dangerous and may result in an
accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment. Just
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions and
emergencies and your reaction time
gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous as or more
dangerous than driving under the
influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take
drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been drinking
or taking drugs. Choose a designated
driver or call a taxi.
BEFORE DRIVING
Driving Your Vehicle
6-6
OJX1069001OJX1069001
Whenever the front door is opened, the
Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate
and will go off 30 seconds after the door
is closed.
WARNING
To turn the vehicle off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than two seconds OR
Rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the vehicle without depressing
the brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the gear in the N
(Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the vehicle turning off and
loss of power assist for the steering
and brake systems. This may lead
to loss of directional control and
braking function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the gear is in the
P (Park) position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position, and take
the Smart Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the Engine Start/Stop
button or any other control while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence
of your hand or arm in this area
may cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON
06
6-7
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions
Button Position Action Notes
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the vehicle shifted
to D (Drive), R (Reverse), or N
(Neutral), the gear automatically
shifts to P (Park).
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
when the button is in the OFF
position without depressing the
brake pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories
are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for
more than one hour, the battery
power will turn off automatically
to prevent the battery from
discharging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake
pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent
the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/ Stop button with the gear
shifted to the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine
with the gear shifted to the P
(Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button without depressing the
brake pedal, the engine does not
start and the Engine Start/Stop
button changes as follows:
à To prevent vehicle battery discharge, the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the
OFF position when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position with
the gear in P (Park) for a certain period of time. When the function operates, the tail
lights will turn off. To use the tail lights again, turn the headlight switch located on
the steering column to the OFF and ON position again.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-8
Starting the Engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots,
sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move which can lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the
RPM is high.
Information
• The vehicle will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
and when it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for the
smart key. When the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the “
” indicator
will blink and the warning 'Key not in
vehicle' will come on. When all doors
are closed, the chime will also sound for
about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in
the vehicle.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the shift button is in P
(Park) or N(Neutral).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.
• Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming
it up.
06
6-9
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to shift the
gear to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the gear in N (Neutral)
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the Engine Start/Stop button in
an attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the vehicle.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds except
when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot normally start the engine.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If you
are not able to replace the fuse, you
can start the engine by pressing and
holding the Engine Start/Stop button
for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
For your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the vehicle.
Emergency starting
OJX1069002OJX1069002
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you
can start the vehicle by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button with the smart
key in the direction of the picture above.
Turning Off the Engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position and apply the
parking brake.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-10
REMOTE START
Type AType A
OJX1069054OJX1069054
Type BType B
OJX1069053OJX1069053
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button within
32 ft. (10 m) from the vehicle.
2. Press the remote start (
) button for
over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after
locking the doors. The hazard warning
lights will blink.
3. To turn off the remote start function,
press the remote start (
) button
once.
• The remote start (
) button may not
operate if the smart key is not within
32 ft. (10 m).
• The vehicle will not remotely start if
the engine hood or liftgate is opened.
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get
in the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• Do not idle the engine for a long
period.
06
6-11
If your vehicle is parked and the engine
is left on for a long period of time, the
engine will turn off automatically to help
reduce fuel consumption and prevent
accidents caused by carbon dioxide
poisoning.
Operating Conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer operates
when all the following conditions are
satisfied:
• Vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3
km/h), and the gear is shifted to P
(Park)
• The brake pedal and accelerator pedal
are not depressed
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened
• The passenger seat is empty
• The infotainment system is not being
updated
Deactivating Conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer turns off
when one of the situation occur:
• Vehicle speed is above 1.8 mph (3
km/h)
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral)
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed
• The driver’s seat belt is fastened
• A passenger is in the passenger’s seat
System Operation
ODN8A059340ODN8A059340
When all the conditions are satisfied, the
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off operates and turns
the engine off automatically after 60
minutes.
A timer appears on the instrument
cluster 30 minutes before vehicle shut
off.
Resetting cluster timer
To reset the cluster timer, do one of
following:
• Release the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal after Vehicle Auto-Shut Off is
complete.
• Press the OK button on the steering
wheel while the timer appears on the
instrument cluster.
CAUTION
Do not leave a passenger or a pet in
the vehicle in hot weather since the air
conditioning system turns off when the
engine is off.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-12
Depress the brake pedal whenever rotating the shift dial to change gear or shifting P.
OJX1062003NOJX1062003N
[A] : Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial), [B] : Park button, [C] : P-release cap-cover
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
06
6-13
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before shifting a
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the vehicle is
shifted to the P (Park) position, then
apply the parking brake, then press
the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can occur
if these precautions are not followed.
Rotary shifter/Rotary gear shift dial
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
OJX1062004NOJX1062004N
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the P
button while depressing the brake pedal.
If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse),
N (Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear will
automatically shift to P (Park).
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the vehicle is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift
the gear to P (Park) and apply the
parking brake to prevent the vehicle
from rolling downhill.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-14
Automatic gear shift to P (Park)
The gear is shifted to P (Park)
automatically for safety reasons under
the following conditions:
- When the engine is turned off with
the gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
- When the driver’s door is opened
with the engine running, the gear in R
(Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral), the
seat belt unfastened and the vehicle
at a standstill.
- When the driver’s or front passenger’s
door is opened with the gear in N
(Neutral) and the vehicle is turned off.
In situations the gear must be in P (Park),
always check if the gear is shifted to P
(Park) by checking the cluster.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
rearward.
OJX1062005NOJX1062005N
To shift the gear to R (Reverse), rotate
the shift dial counterclockwise while
depressing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the
R (Reverse) position, if you open
the driver's door with the seat belt
unfastened, the gear will automatically
shift to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
in motion.
06
6-15
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
OJX1062006NOJX1062006N
To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the
shift dial clockwise from R (Reverse) or
counterclockwise from D (Drive) while
depressing the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral),
the gear will automatically shift to P
(Park).
However, if you need to stay in N
(Neutral) with the engine off, refer to “To
stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF”
in the following page.
CAUTION
The engine can be started with the gear
in N (Neutral), but for you safety, be
sure to start the engine with the gear in
P (Park).
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is
OFF
OJX1069009LOJX1069009L
OJX1069008OJX1069008
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the
engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
following.
1. Turn off Auto Hold and release
Electronic Parking Brake when the
engine is running.
2. Rotate the shift dial to N (neutral)
while depressing the brake pedal.
3. When you take your foot off the brake
pedal, the message ‘Press and hold
OK button to stay in Neutral when
vehicle is Off’ will appear on the
cluster display.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-16
4. Press and hold the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second.
5. When the message ‘Vehicle will
stay in (N). Change gear to cancel’
appears on the cluster display, press
the Engine Start/Stop button while
depressing the brake pedal.
If you wish to cancel, change gear to
P (Park), D (Drive) or R (Reverse), or N
(Neutral) will stay engaged when the
vehicle is Off.
Also, if you open the driver’s or
front passenger’s door, the gear will
automatically shift to P (Park) and the
Engine Start/Stop button will change
to the OFF position.
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine
Start/Stop button will be in the ACC
position. In the ACC position, the doors
cannot be locked. The battery may
discharge if left in the ACC position for
a long time.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically shift
through an 8-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator pedal further until you feel
the transmission downshift to a lower
gear.
OJX1062007NOJX1062007N
To shift the gear to D (Drive), rotate the
shift dial clockwise while depressing the
brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver's
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear will automatically shift to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
06
6-17
CAUTION
When you start after stopping on a
steep incline, even if the gear is in
D (Drive), if you do not depress the
accelerator or brake pedal, the vehicle
may roll backwards, which can cause an
accident.
When the battery is discharged
You cannot shift gears, when the battery
is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to shift
the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment.
For more details, refer to "Jump
Starting" section in chapter 8.
2. Release the Electronic Parking Brake
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
OJX1062010NOJX1062010N
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and press
the button (2) while depressing the
brake pedal.
Then, the gear will change to the N
(Neutral) position. The button must
be pressed within 3 minutes after
the engine is turned off. The button
(2) operates only for 20 seconds to
change the gear between P (Park) and
N (Neutral) from the time when the
button (2) is first pressed.
Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position, refer to step 4.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-18
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift gear while depressing the brake
pedal.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Take the Key with you when leaving the
vehicle.
WARNING
• When you stay in the vehicle with
the engine running, be careful not
to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat and
start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep away from
the exhaust system components.
• Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper
or leaves. They may ignite and cause
a fire.
Cluster Display Messages
Press brake pedal to change gear
OJX1069015LOJX1069015L
This message is displayed when the
brake pedal is not depressed while
shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
Shift to P after stopping
OJX1069016LOJX1069016L
This message is displayed when the gear
is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is
moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
06
6-19
Shifting conditions not met
OJX1069014LOJX1069014L
This message is displayed when engine
RPM is too high, or when driving speed is
too fast to shift the gear.
Decrease vehicle speed or slow down
before shifting the gear.
Shifter system malfunction
OJX1069012LOJX1069012L
This message is displayed when the
transmission or the shift button does not
properly operate in the P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-20
Check shifter dial
OJX1069013LOJX1069013L
This message is displayed when there is
a malfunction with the shift dial.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check P button
OJX1069017LOJX1069017L
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the P (Park) button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Rotary shifter stuck
OJX1069022LOJX1069022L
This message is displayed when the shift
dial does not return back to it’s normal
position after rotating it.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Vehicle Power limited due to high
transmission temperature
OJX1069056LOJX1069056L
This message is displayed when the
transmission oil temperature is high.
Drive at steady speed or stop the vehicle
at a safe place with the engine on. When
the oil temperature returns to normal,
the message will disappear.
06
6-21
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift
Mode)
OJX1069011OJX1069011
The paddle shifter allows the driver to
shift gears without taking one’s hands off
the steering wheel.
The paddle shifter operates as follow.
• Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic shift
mode to manual shift mode.
• To change back to automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do one
of the following:
- Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second.
- Drive the vehicle under 4 mph
(7 km/h).
- Gently depress the accelerator
pedal for more than 6 seconds.
- Rotate the shift dial to the D (Drive)
position.
WARNING
Do not use engine braking (using the
paddle shifters to shift from a higher
gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads.
The vehicle may lose traction with the
roadway, resulting in a collision.
Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not occur.
Good Driving Practices
• Never shift the gear from P (Park) or
N (Neutral) to any other position with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. If the gear is shifted to
N (Neutral) while driving, the vehicle
loses the ability to provide engine
braking. Doing so may increase the
risk of an accident.
Also, shifting the gear back to
D (Drive) while the vehicle is
moving may severely damage the
transmission.
• When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driving
forward or shift to R (Reverse) for
driving rearwards. After selecting
D (Drive) or R (Reverse), check the
gear position indicated on the cluster
before driving. If the vehicle moves in
the opposite direction of the selected
gear, the engine may turn off and a
serious accident might occur due to
degraded brake performance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-22
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends you to follow all posted
speed limits.
NOTICE
Kickdown mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The automatic transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
06
6-23
Power-Assist Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
In the event of a vehicle power failure,
the power assist for the brakes will not
work. You can still stop your vehicle, but
it will require greater force and increased
pedal travel than normal. The stopping
distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
Information
• When the brake pedal is
depressed under certain
driving conditions or weather
conditions, you may temporarily hear
a noise. This is normal and does not
indicate a problem with your brakes.
• While driving on a road with deicing
chemicals, brake noise or abnormal tire
wear may occur due to deicing
chemicals. In a safe traffic condition,
additionally apply the brakes to remove
deicing chemicals on the brake discs
and pads.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormal high brake temperatures,
excessive brake lining and pad wear,
and increased stopping distances.
• When descending down a long or
steep hill, use the paddle shifter
and manually downshift to a
lower gear in order to control your
speed without using the brake
pedal excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will cause
the brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of braking
performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
vehicle may also pull to one side
when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the
brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
heat up the brakes while maintaining
a safe forward speed until brake
performance returns to normal.
Avoid driving at high speeds until the
brakes function correctly.
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front
or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continue to drive with worn brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.
BRAKING SYSTEM
Driving Your Vehicle
6-24
High Performance Brake
For vehicles equipped with the High
Performance Brake (large diameter
monoblock brakes with enhanced
braking performance), noise such as a
squeal, squeak or groan is generated
while braking. This is normal and the
friction may create circle patterns on
the disc surface. This is also a normal
condition which does not affect braking
performance.
WARNING
Frequent braking may deform
components and wear the disc brake
causing vibration when braking.
Observe the speed limit to prevent
brake damage from excessive braking.
Brake wear, noise, vibration from
excessive braking or deformation of the
brakes caused by repeatedly braking in
high speed, racing on tracks, etc., may
not be covered under warranty.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
OJX1069027OJX1069027
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
light comes on.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be
automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding
the EPB switch. Braking is possible only
while you are holding the EPB switch.
However, braking distance will be longer
than normal.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH, do not operate the EPB
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and lead to
an accident.
Information
During emergency braking, the Parking
Brake warning light will illuminate to
indicate that the system is operating.
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used for
emergency braking, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
06
6-25
Releasing the parking brake
OJX1069029OJX1069029
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake):
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON or START position.
2. Press the EPB switch while depressing
the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
light goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
automatically:
• Gear in P (Park)
With the engine running depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Gear in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and
the doors, hood and liftgate are
closed.
2. With the engine running, depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or
Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
warning light goes off.
Information
• For your safety, you can engage EPB
even though the Engine Stop/Start
button is in the OFF position (only if
battery power is available), but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing up
the vehicle.
NOTICE
• If the Parking Brake warning light is
still on even though the EPB has been
released, have the system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-26
Warning messages
OJX1069030LOJX1069030L
To release EPB, close the doors, hood and
liftgate and fasten the seatbelt
• If you try to drive with EPB applied, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened
and the engine hood or liftgate is
opened, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle,
a warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal.
Shift the gear into P (Park), press
the EPB switch, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Key with you when
leaving the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the EPB switch. If EPB is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
• Only release EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged.
If you depress the accelerator pedal
with EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake may
occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the braking system and
cause premature wear or damage
to brake parts. Make sure EPB is
released and the Parking Brake
warning light is off before driving.
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB. These
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a parking
attendant or assistant, make sure to
inform him/her how to operate EPB.
06
6-27
OJX1069034LOJX1069034L
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
OJX1069028LOJX1069028L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
EPB malfunction
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning
light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position and
goes off in approximately 3 seconds if
the system is operating normally.
If the EPB warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The EPB warning light may illuminate
when the ESC indicator comes on to
indicate that ESC is not working properly,
but it does not indicate a malfunction of
EPB.
NOTICE
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the Parking Brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, EPB may not be applied.
• If the Parking Brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the switch, and then pull it
up. Repeat this one more time. If the
EPB warning does not go off, have
the system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-28
Parking brake warning light
Check the Parking Brake
warning light by pressing the
Engine Stop/Start button to the
ON position.
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the Engine
Stop/Start button in the START or ON
position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Parking Brake
warning light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake warning light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while the engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle
immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating
the vehicle and only continue to drive
the vehicle until you can reach a safe
location.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products by loading the vehicle
on a flatbed tow truck and have the
system checked.
Auto Hold
Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
not depressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
the brake pedal.
To apply:
OJX1062031NOJX1062031N
1. With the driver's door and engine
hood closed, depress the brake
pedal and then press the AUTO
HOLD switch. The white AUTO HOLD
indicator will come on and the system
will be in the standby position.
06
6-29
OJX1069032OJX1069032
2. When you stop the vehicle completely
by depressing the brake pedal, Auto
Hold maintains the brake pressure
to hold the vehicle stationary. The
indicator changes from white to
green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
To release:
• If you depress the accelerator pedal
with the gear in D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle
will start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
WARNING
When Auto Hold is automatically
released by depressing the accelerator
pedal, always take a look around your
vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth start.
To cancel:
OJX1062033NOJX1062033N
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the AUTO HOLD switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your
foot on the brake pedal to cancel Auto
Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-30
Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more
than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the Parking Brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white, and a warning sound and a
message will appear to inform you that
EPB has been automatically engaged.
Before driving off again, depress the
brake pedal, check the surrounding
area near your vehicle and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes
to yellow, Auto Hold is not working
properly. Contact an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
when you start the vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel Auto Hold
when you drive downhill, back up the
vehicle or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open
detection system, Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Warning messages
OJX1069028LOJX1069028L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
06
6-31
OJX1069034LOJX1069034L
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, Auto
Hold and EPB may not operate. For your
safety, depress the brake pedal.
OJX1069035LOJX1069035L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
you release Auto Hold by pressing the
AUTO HOLD switch, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
OJX1069036LOJX1069036L
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door and hood.
When you press the AUTO HOLD switch,
if the driver's door and engine hood are
not closed, a warning will sound and
a message will appear on the cluster
display.
Press the AUTO HOLD switch after
closing the driver's door and hood.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-32
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle
control is improved during emergency
braking, always maintain a safe
distance between you and objects
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during extreme
road conditions. The braking distance
for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC
may be longer than for those without
these systems in the following road
conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds
during the following conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle.
The safety features of ABS or ESC
equipped vehicle should not be tested
by high speed driving or cornering. This
could endanger the safety of yourself or
others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
the driver to steer and brake at the same
time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your brake
pressure and do not try to pump your
brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard
as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance
it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
as trying to take a corner too fast or
making a sudden lane change. Always
drive at a safe speed for the road and
weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
The ABS (
) warning light will stay
on for several seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
06
6-33
During that time, ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the ABS (
) warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
your brakes continuously, ABS will be
active continuously and the ABS (
)
warning light may illuminate. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and turn the
vehicle off.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is
normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem
with your ABS system. Contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle because
of a drained battery, the ABS (
)
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery
recharged before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OJX1069037OJX1069037
Electronic Stability Control helps to
stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC
applies braking pressure to any one of
the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the
engine management system to assist the
driver with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Always adjust your
speed and driving to the road conditions.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-34
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions when cornering. ESC will not
prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, ESC and the ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, ESC is enabled.
When operating
When ESC is in operation, the
ESC indicator light blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in
the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
• When ESC activates, the engine may
not respond to the accelerator as it
does under routine conditions.
• If Smart Cruise Control was in use
when ESC activates, Smart Cruise
Control automatically disengages.
Smart Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road conditions
allow. See “Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)” section in chapter 7 (if
equipped).
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the engine
RPM (revolutions per minute) may
not increase even if you press the
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation:
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
ESC OFF indicator light and/or message
'Traction Control disabled' will illuminate.
In this state, the traction control function
of ESC (engine management) is disabled,
but the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds.
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
message 'Traction & Stability Control
disabled' illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. In this state, both the
traction control function of ESC (engine
management) and the brake control
function of ESC (braking management)
are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle,
ESC will automatically turn on again.
06
6-35
Indicator lights
■
ESC indicator light (blinks)
■
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ON position, the ESC
indicator light illuminates, then goes off
if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning light
illuminates, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC
is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER turn ESC off while
the ESC indicator light is blinking or you
may lose control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized wheels and
tires installed.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping
operation of ESC, to maintain wheel
torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
and Parking Brake warning lights
are displayed. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do not
spin the wheel(s) excessively while
these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle
on a dynamometer, make sure
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
Information
Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or
standard brake system operation.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-36
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
Vehicle Stability Management is a
function of the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle
stay stable when accelerating or braking
suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four tires
can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Vehicle Stability Management:
• ALWAYS check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. VSM
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. VSM will not prevent
accidents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, on slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe accidents.
VSM operation
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate ESC, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
VSM is active.
Information
VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• The MDPS (Motor Driven Power
Steering) warning light (
) is on or
blinks.
VSM OFF condition
To cancel VSM operation, press the
MDPS OFF button. ESC OFF (
) indicator
light will illuminate.
To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF
button again. The ESC OFF indicator light
will go out.
WARNING
If the ESC (
) indicator light or MDPS
(
) warning light stays illuminated
or blinks, your vehicle may have a
malfunction with the VSM system.
When the warning light illuminates,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the VSM
system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized tires and
wheels installed.
06
6-37
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards
when starting a vehicle from a stop on
a hill. The system operates the brakes
automatically for approximately 5
seconds and releases the brake after 5
seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off
an incline. Hill-Start Assist Control
activates only for approximately 5
seconds.
Information
• Hill-Start Assist Control does not
operate when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) or N (Neutral).
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even
when the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off. However, it does not
activate, when ESC does not operate
normally.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
(if equipped)
Type AType A
OJX1069038OJX1069038
Type BType B
OJX1060038NOJX1060038N
Downhill Brake Control assists the driver
to descend down a steep hill without
having to depress the brake pedal.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed below
a certain speed and allows the driver
to concentrate on steering the vehicle
down hill.
The system is turned off whenever the
engine is turned off.
Press the button to turn on the system
and press the button again to turn it off.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-38
System operation
Mode Indicator Description
Standby
Green light on
Press the Downhill Brake Control button when vehicle
speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). Downhill Brake
Control will turn on and enter the standby mode. The
system does not turn on if vehicle speed is over 37 mph
(60 km/h).
Activated
Green light blink
In the standby mode, Downhill Brake Control will
activate under the following conditions:
• The hill is steep enough.
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• Vehicle speed is within 2–18 mph (4–30 km/h) range
(within 2–8 mph (4–8 km/h) when reversing).
Within the activation speed range 2-18 mph (4-30 km/h),
the driver can control the vehicle speed by depressing
the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Deactivated
Green light off
Downhill Brake Control will turn off under the following
conditions:
• The Downhill Brake Control button is pressed again.
• Vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
Green light on
Downhill Brake Control will be deactivated but maintain
the standby mode under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
• Vehicle speed is between 18-37 mph (30-60 km/h).
System
malfunction
Yellow light on
The yellow warning light illuminates when the system
may have malfunctioned or may not work properly
during activation. If this occurs, Downhill Brake Control
is deactivated. Have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
06
6-39
OJX1069039LOJX1069039L
Downhill Brake Control disabled. Control
vehicle speed
When Downhill Brake Control is not
working properly this warning message
will appear on the cluster display and you
will hear a warning sound. If this occurs,
control vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal.
WARNING
Always turn off Downhill Brake Control
on normal roads. The system might
activate inadvertently from the standby
mode when driving through speed
bumps or making sharp curves.
Information
• Downhill Brake Control may not
deactivate on steep inclines even though
the brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed.
• Downhill Brake Control may not
always maintain vehicle speed at a
certain speed.
• Downhill Brake Control does not
operate when:
- The gear is in P (Park).
- ESC is activated.
• Noise or vibration may occur from the
brakes when Downhill Brake Control is
activated.
• The rear stop light comes on when
Downhill Brake Control is activated.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-40
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the brake
pedal. Shift the gear to the P (Park)
position, then apply the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake
not applied or not fully engaged may
roll inadvertently and may cause injury
to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply
the parking brake before exiting the
vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal. If the braking action does not
return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe
to do so and call an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
06
6-41
All Wheel Drive (AWD) delivers engine
power to front and rear wheels for
maximum traction. AWD is useful when
extra traction is required, such as when
driving on, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the water
level is higher than the bottom of the
vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water. Depress
the brake pedal several times as you
move slowly until you feel normal
braking condition is returned.
• Shorten your scheduled
maintenance interval if you drive in
off-road conditions such as sand,
mud or water (see "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions"
section in chapter 9).
• Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off road use, especially the
bottom of the vehicle.
• Be sure to equip all four tires with the
correct size and type.
• Make sure that a full time AWD
vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow
truck.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-42
Selected mode Description
Auto AWD
(Normal diving)
• Use this mode when driving on normal roads.
• Under normal operating conditions, the vehicle operates similar to
conventional 2WD vehicles. If the system determines there is a need
for four wheel drive, the engine's driving power is distributed to all four
wheels automatically.
AWD LOCK
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the
vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved
off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
• Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to Auto AWD.
Be sure to maintain Auto AWD mode when driving on normal roads. If you drive with
the AWD Lock mode on normal roads or curved roads, it may damage AWD parts and
cause vibration and noise. However, vibration and noise are normal conditions that will
disappear when Auto AWD mode is selected. Also, when the vehicle is changed from
AWD Lock to Auto AWD, a sensation may be felt as driving power is delivered to the
rear wheels.
WARNING
If the AWD (
) warning light stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the AWD system. Whenever the AWD (
) warning light
illuminates , have the vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation
All Wheel Drive (AWD) selection
OJX1060073NOJX1060073N
Press the AUTO LOCK button
to change from Auto AWD
(
indicator light off) mode to AWD Lock
mode (
indicator light on).
06
6-43
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are wearing
seat belts.
• Sit upright and closer to the steering
wheel than usual. Adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Apply engine braking during
deceleration by using the paddle
shifter (manual shift mode) and
manually selecting a lower gear.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent skids.
Information
When using Snow Tires, mount them on
all four wheels.
When using tire chains, install them on the
rear tires. However, driving speed must
be below 20 mph (30 km/h) and minimize
the driving distance. High-speed or long-
term driving with tire chains installed may
malfunction or damage the AWD system.
For more details on Snow Tires and Tire
Chains, refer to "Winter Driving" section
later in this chapter.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck.
NOTICE
When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand
or mud, place a nonslip material under
the drive wheels to provide traction
OR slowly spin the wheels in forward
and reverse directions which causes
a rocking motion that may free the
vehicle.
However, avoid running the engine
continuously at high RPM, doing so may
damage the AWD system.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving
downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking
while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution driving up or
down steep hills. The vehicle may roll
over depending on the grade, terrain,
water and mud conditions.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-44
WARNING
Do not drive across the contour of steep
hills. A slight change in the wheel angle
can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable
vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle
stops its forward motion. Your vehicle
may roll over and lead to a serious injury
or death.
Additional driving conditions
• Become familiar with the off-road
conditions before driving.
• Always pay attention when driving off-
road and avoid dangerous areas.
• Drive slowly when driving in heavy
wind.
• Reduce vehicle speed when
cornering. The center of gravity
of AWD vehicles is higher than
conventional 2WD vehicles, making
them more likely to roll over when you
rapidly turn corners.
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly
when you are driving off-road.
WARNING
Do not grab the inside of the steering
wheel when you are driving off-road.
You may hurt your arm by a sudden
steering maneuver or from steering
wheel rebound due to an impact with
objects on the ground. You could lose
control of the steering wheel which may
lead to serious injury or death.
Emergency Precautions
Tires
When replacing tires, be sure to equip
all four tires with the same size, type,
tread patterns, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with different
size and type from the one originally
installed on your vehicle. It can affect
the safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing serious injury.
In an emergency situation, a compact
spare tire (if equipped) or Tire Mobility
Kit (if equipped) may be used. But,
do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
original tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the differential or AWD system.
06
6-45
WARNING
OJX1069025OJX1069025
Never start or run the engine while
an AWD vehicle is raised on a jack.
The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby.
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with
a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more details, refer to
"Towing" section in chapter 8.
Vehicle inspection
• If the vehicle needs to be operated on
a vehicle lift do not attempt to stop
any of the four wheels from turning.
This could damage the AWD system.
• Never engage the parking brake while
running the engine on a car lift. This
may damage the AWD system.
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
OJX1069026LOJX1069026L
[A] : Roll tester (Speedometer),
[B] : Temporary free roller
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester
must be used, perform the following
procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll tester
for a speedometer test as shown in
the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the
temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the
dynamometer. The vehicle can jump
forward and cause serious injury or
death.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-46
Electronic Limited Slip Differential
controls the differential functions of the
wheels to help:
- Improve steering performance circling
at high speed.
- Improve launching performance.
- Prevent slipping on rainy or snowy
roads due to dissimilar friction of the
left and right wheels.
WARNING
Never run the wheels with one of
wheels lifted on a jack. It is extremely
dangerous for a vehicle equipped with
Electronic Limited Slip Differential.
Drive Mode Selection
The characteristic of Electronic Limited
Slip Differential varies according to
which drive mode is selected by rotating
the DRIVE MODE knob.
Selected mode
Characteristic
of e-LSD
DRIVE
MODE
ECO COMFORT
COMFORT COMFORT
SPORT SPORT
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode
Integrated Control System“ section in
this chapter.
Warning Messages
Electronic Limited Slip Differential
temporarily disabled due to
overheating
Overheating of related parts will
temporarily disable Electronic Limited
Slip Differential. Wait until the vehicle
cools down.
Limited-slip differential disabled.
Tire diameter mismatch
If your vehicle is equipped with different
tires (size, type, etc.), the message will
appear. To use Electronic Limited Slip
Differential, equip the vehicle with the
same tires.
Check Limited Slip Differential
When Electronic Limited Slip Differential
is not working properly, this warning
message will appear on the cluster
display. If this occurs, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
06
6-47
Electronic Control Suspension controls
the vehicle suspension automatically
using vehicle sensors to maximize
driving comfort by taking into account
the driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stopping
requirements and acceleration.
System Malfunction
OJX1069040LOJX1069040L
Check Electronic Suspension
When Electronic Control Suspension
is not working properly, this warning
message will appear on the cluster
display. If this occurs, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED SUSPENSION
WITH ROAD PREVIEW
Electronically Controlled Suspension
with Road Preview will help control
the vehicle suspension automatically
using the front view camera and vehicle
sensors to maximize driving comfort
by taking into account the driving
conditions such as speed, surface of the
road, cornering, stopping requirements
and acceleration.
Front view camera
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is a sensor that
detects the front road. If the windshield
or the front view camera is covered
with snow, rain or foreign matters, the
data collected by the camera is limited
due to the degradation of the camera’s
performance. Always keep the front view
camera clean.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-48
NOTICE
• NEVER install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield, or
tint the front windshield.
• NEVER place any reflective objects
(for example, white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may prevent the system
from functioning properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera dry.
• Never disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on the
camera assembly.
Information
Have the vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The front view camera or cover gets
damaged or replaced.
System Malfunction
OJX1069040LOJX1069040L
Check Electronic Suspension
When Electronically Controlled
Suspension with Road Preview is not
working properly, this warning message
will appear on the cluster display. If this
occurs, have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
If the battery level is high or low,
Electronically Controlled Suspension
with Road Preview may not work
temporarily to protect the system. If this
occurs, ‘Check Electronic Suspension’
warning message will appear.
Limitations of the System
Electronically Controlled Suspension
with Road Preview always operates
while driving according to the vehicle’s
movement, and the preview function
starts to work when the front view
camera detects road conditions such as
speed bumps. Therefore, the preview
function is limited when there is an
extreme condition that the front view
camera may not work normally. In this
case, the electronic control suspension
function operates without the preview
function in accordance with vehicle
movement.
06
6-49
Idle Stop and Go helps reduce fuel
consumption by automatically shutting
down the engine, when the vehicle is
at a standstill (for example, red stop
light, stop sign, and traffic jam) subject
to certain prerequisite conditions being
satisfied as listed below.
The engine is automatically started upon
satisfying the starting conditions.
ISG system is always active, when the
engine is running.
Information
When the engine is automatically started
by ISG system, warning lights (for
example, ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS,
and parking brake warning light) may
illuminate for a few seconds due to low
battery voltage.
However, it does not indicate a
malfunction with ISG system.
ISG System Operation
Prerequisite for activation
ISG system operates in the following
situations.
• The driver's seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door and hood are closed
• The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate
• The battery sensor is activated and
the battery is sufficiently charged
• Outside temperature is not too low or
too high
• The vehicle is driven over a constant
speed and stops
• The climate control system satisfies
the conditions
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
• ISG related parts are working properly
• The incline is gradual
• The steering wheel is turned less than
180 degrees and then the vehicle
stops
Information
ISG system is not activated, when the
prerequisites to activate the ISG system
are not satisfied. If this occurs, the ISG
OFF button indicator illuminates, and the
Auto Stop (
) indicator illuminates in
yellow on the instrument cluster.
When the Auto Stop (
) indicator stays
on the instrument cluster, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Auto stop
When ISG is on the engine will be
stopped automatically when both of the
following occurs:
1. Vehicle speed decreases to 0mph
(0 km/h) full stop condition.
2. Brake pedal is depressed and gear is
in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The Auto Stop (
) indicator illuminates
in green on the instrument cluster, when
the engine stops.
Information
Idle stop cannot reoccur again until the
vehicle speed goes above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and then returns again to the automatic
stop conditions as previously mentioned.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-50
In the Auto Stop mode, if the engine
hood is opened, ISG system will be
deactivated.
OJX1069052LOJX1069052L
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
off button indicator will illuminate and a
message ‘Auto Stop error. Shift to P or N
to start engine manually’ appears on the
cluster display with a warning sound.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal
and restart the engine manually.
Auto start
When the engine stops automatically by
ISG, the engine will restart if one of the
following is done.
- Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold is activated, take
your foot off the brake pedal and then
depress the accelerator pedal.
- While depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear from N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) to R (Reverse) or P (Park).
- While depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear from N (Neutral) to D
(Drive).
The Auto Stop (
) indicator goes off on
the instrument cluster, when the engine
is restarted.
Cluster display messages
The messages are displayed on the
instrument cluster to help use ISG
system.
OJX1069069LOJX1069069L
Auto stop error. Shift to P or N to start
engine manually
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
off button indicator will illuminate and
a message will appear on the cluster
display with a warning sound in the
following situations.
- When the engine hood is opened.
- When ISG system is not working
normally.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal
and restart the engine manually. For your
safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
06
6-51
OJX1069071LOJX1069071L
Press brake pedal before driving on
When the gear is shifted from N (Neutral)
to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode without the brake pedal
depressed, a message will appear on the
cluster display. To activate auto start,
depress the brake pedal.
OJX1069044OJX1069044
AUTO STOP elapsed time
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by the Idle Stop and
Go system.
You may check AUTO STOP elapsed time
in the Utility view on the instrument
cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
ISG System Off
OJX1069052OJX1069052
Press the ISG OFF button to turn off ISG
system. The ISG OFF button indicator will
illuminate. To use the system, press the
ISG OFF button again.
Forced to Restart Engine
The engine is automatically restarted in
the following situations.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low
• The engine has stopped for about 5
minutes
• The air conditioning is ON with the fan
speed set to a certain high level
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
• The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is
unsatisfactory
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or R
(Reverse) when Auto Hold is activated
• The door is opened or the seatbelt
is unfastened when Auto Hold is
activated
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto
Hold is activated
The Auto Stop (
) indicator blinks in
green for 5 seconds on the instrument
cluster when the engine is restarted.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-52
WARNING
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode,
the engine may restart without the
driver taking any action. Before leaving
the vehicle or working on the engine
compartment, turn off the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position.
ISG Malfunction
ISG system may not operate when there
is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or
ISG system.
The following will occur, when there is a
malfunction with the ISG system:
• The Auto Stop (
) indicator will blink
in yellow on the instrument cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not operate
immediately. If you want to use the
system, the battery sensor needs to
be calibrated following the below
procedure.
OJX1069041LOJX1069041L
[A] : Battery sensor.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect all electronic devices
that were additionally installed after
the vehicle was delivered, such as
navigation, dashcam, etc.
3. After 4 hours with the engine off, turn
the engine on and off 3 to 4 times.
Information
The ISG system may not operate in the
following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
• Use only a genuine Genesis ISG
battery for replacement. If not,
the ISG system may not properly
operate.
• Do not recharge the ISG battery with
a general battery charger. It may
damage or explode the ISG battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap. The
battery electrolyte, which is harmful
to the human body, may leak out.
06
6-53
When certain conditions are met, the
engine is automatically decoupled from
the transmission while gear remains in D
(Drive). When Coasting is operating, the
engine stays at idling speed to reduce
fuel consumption and increase coasting
distance.
Coasting Setting
OJX1069045LOJX1069045L
• The Coasting function must be turned
ON from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Drive
Mode → Coasting
• When Coasting is turned ON and
the conditions are met, the function
operates with a ‘Coasting’ message
illuminated on the instrument cluster.
Coasting Operating Conditions
The Coasting function will operate when
the accelerator pedal is depressed and
released under the following conditions.
• ECO is selected for driving mode
• ECO or Smart is selected for
Powertrain in the CUSTOM menu
(if equipped) from the infotainment
system screen. If Smart is selected,
driver acceleration should be mild
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• Smart Cruise Control is OFF
• The accelerator or brake pedal is not
depressed
• The vehicle’s speed is within
30~100 mph (50~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is within -5~+5%
range
Information
• If the front radar for Smart Cruise
Control cannot operate normally, the
inter-vehicle distance and relative speed
condition are automatically ignored.
• The Coasting function works after the
engine is turned on, the transmission is
warmed up, and the engine sensor self-
diagnosis is completed.
• Depending on the driving situation,
Coasting operation may be temporarily
delayed even if the above conditions are
met.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-54
Coasting Release Conditions
The Coasting function will be
automatically released when the
following conditions are met.
• Comfort or Sport is selected for
driving mode
• The driver uses the paddle shifter
• Smart Cruise Control is activated (Set
speed appears on the cluster)
• The vehicle’s speed exceeds
30~100 mph (50~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is under -5% or over
+5%
• If the distance between the vehicle
ahead is too close or the relative
speed changes momentarily in Smart
mode
• If lane change is predicated in Smart
mode (for example, the turn signal is
turned ON or a LKA warning appears
due to steering wheel control, etc.)
Information
It is recommended to turn off the
Coasting function if you are driving under
frequently stop-and-go condition. Change
the drive mode to Comfort or Sport or
deselect Coasting from the infotainment
system screen.
NOTICE
• If the accelerator pedal is pressed
quickly for accelerating with the
Coasting function in operation,
acceleration may occur after the
engagement of the clutch inside the
transmission. In turn, the driver may
continue to feel acceleration even
after the system is turned off.
• Driving with the Coasting function
off may be required in some cases
since the engine brake is not applied
while the Coasting function is
operating.
• Operating the infotainment system
screen to activate or deactivate
the Coasting function while driving
may be dangerous as the driver’s
attention is distracted.
06
6-55
Type AType A
OJX1060046LOJX1060046L
Type BType B
OJX1060046NOJX1060046N
Drive mode may be selected according
to the driver's preference or road
condition.
Drive Mode
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE
MODE knob is rotated.
COMFORT mode
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable ride if equipped
with ECS.
ECO mode
ECO mode helps improve fuel
efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
Fuel efficiency varies according
to the driver's driving habit and
road condition.
• When ECO mode is selected, the
ECO indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• When ECO mode is activated:
- The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
- The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
- The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
- Engine noise may be louder at some
automatic transmission shifts as
down-shift requires pressing down
more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated
to help improve fuel efficiency.
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
Driving Your Vehicle
6-56
Limitations of ECO mode
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in the ECO indicator.
• When coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine
performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle in manual
shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited according
to the shift location.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode provides sporty
but firm ride if equipped with
ECS.
In SPORT mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
• When SPORT mode is selected, the
SPORT indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
CUSTOM mode (if equipped)
In CUSTOM mode, the driver
can select separate modes for
each items in the infotainment
system screen.
- Powertrain: ECO/Comfort/Sport/
Smart
- Steering wheel: Comfort/Sport
- Suspension: Comfort/Sport
(if equipped with ECS)
- AWD: ECO/Comfort/Sport
(if equipped with AWD system)
• When CUSTOM mode is selected, the
CUSTOM indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If CUSTOM mode is
desired, re-select CUSTOM mode.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
06
6-57
ACTIVE SOUND DESIGN
Road Active Noise Control helps reduce
noise caused while driving.
The system may not operate properly in
the following conditions:
- Any of the windows are open
- Any of the doors are open
- The sunroof is open
- The liftgate is open
- Vehicle’s microphone and speaker is
blocked by loads
NOTICE
If high temperature or high pressure
steam is sprayed on the microphone, it
may malfunction.
ROAD ACTIVE NOISE
• Active Sound Design is a function
that provides enhanced virtual engine
sound when the driver is depressing
the accelerator pedal.
• You can activate or deactivate Active
Sound Design function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Active
Sound Design → Largest Change/
Moderate Change/Smailest
Change/Off
- Setup → Sound Settings → Active
Sound Design → Largest Change/
Moderate Change/Smallest
Change/Off
• Any unauthorized replacement of
the vehicle’s speaker and amplifier
may cause Active Sound Design to
malfunction.
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user's manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
SEMI ACTIVE ENGINE MOUNT
If the Semi Active Engine Mount is
equipped to improve vehicle’s noise and
vibration, you may hear a clack noise
from the solenoid valve of the semi
active engine mount when the vehicle
enters or exits a certain mode such as
speed or engine RPM. This is a normal
condition and is not a malfunction of the
system.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-58
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water, snow,
ice, mud and sand, take the following
precautions:
• Drive cautiously and maintain a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, or sand, use second
gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid
unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other
non-slip materials under the wheels to
provide additional traction while the
vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow,
or mud.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on slippery
surfaces can cause an accident. The
sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. Be careful when
downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
the steering wheel right and left to clear
the area around your front wheels. Then,
shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transmission
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive
wheel spin occurs, the temperature
in the tires can increase very quickly.
If the tires become damaged, a tire
blow out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous - you and
others may be injured. Do not attempt
this procedure if people or objects are
anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire
or other damage. Try to avoid spinning
the wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either the tires
or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle
to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56
km/h).
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to
the transmission, and tire damage. See
“Towing” section in chapter 8.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration.
06
6-59
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards than
driving in the daylight. Here are some
important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other drivers’ headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to
readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or on
slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes
it harder to see and increases the
distance needed to stop your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Smart Cruise Control
• Replace your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough tread.
If your tires do not have enough tread,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. See “Tire Tread” section
in chapter 9.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as
the depth of tire tread decreases, refer
to “Tire Tread” section in chapter 9.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-60
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage
the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires,
which may reduce traction or fail the
braking operation.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway
consumes more fuel and is less efficient
than driving at a slower, more moderate
speed. Maintain a moderate speed in
order to conserve fuel when driving on
the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant
level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
SUV’s have higher ground clearance
and a narrower track to make them
capable of performing in a wide variety
of off-road applications. The specific
design characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehicles
making them more likely to roll over if
you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. Due to this
risk, driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can make
to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your vehicle
with heavy cargo on the roof, and never
modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types of
vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of
control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than
you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
maneuvers.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any
way that you would raise the center
of gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. Make sure
all passengers are wearing their seat
belts.
06
6-61
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other
problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following
suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of
you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may
cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install
tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include
tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper
cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F (7°C). Refer to the below chart,
and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.
Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Tire size Wheel size Tire size Wheel size
265/55R19 8.5J X 19
265/55R19 8.5J X 19
265/50R20 8.5J X 20
265/40R22 9.5J X 22
265/50R20 8.5J X 20
265/50R20 8.5J X 20
265/40R22 9.5J X 22
265/40R22 9.5J X 22
265/50R20 8.5J X 20
265/40R22 9.5J X 22
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same Inflation pressure
as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer
for maximum speed recommendations.
WINTER DRIVING
Driving Your Vehicle
6-62
Tire chains
OJX1069049OJX1069049
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they
may be damaged by mounting some
types of tire chains on them. Therefore,
the use of snow tires is recommended
instead of tire chains. If tire chains must
be used, use genuine Genesis parts
and install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the tire
chains. Damage to your vehicle caused
by improper tire chain use is not covered
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer’s
recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.
Information
• Install tire chains only in pairs and on
the rear tires. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tires will
provide a greater driving force, but will
not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
06
6-63
Chain Installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
(less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with
chains installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until the noise stops. Remove
the tire chains as soon as you begin
driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency
warning device behind the vehicle (if
available). Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
chains.
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle’s brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles
(0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
possible, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 in.
(12 mm) thick to prevent damage to
the chain’s connection.
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because it
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or
replenish your coolant in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
chapter 9. Before winter, have your
coolant tested to assure that its freezing
point is sufficient for the temperatures
anticipated during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter temperatures affect battery
performance. Inspect the battery and
cables, as specified in chapter 9. The
battery charging level can be checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or in a service station.
Change to “winter weight” oil if
necessary
In some regions during winter, it is
recommended to use the “winter
weight” oil with lower viscosity. In
addition, replace the engine oil and filter
if it is close to the next maintenance
interval. Fresh engine oil ensures
optimum engine operation during the
winter months. For further information,
refer to chapter 2. When you are not sure
about a type of winter weight oil, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-64
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in
chapter 9. If necessary, replace them.
Also check all ignition wirings and
components for any cracks, wear-out,
and damage.
To prevent locks from freezing
To prevent the locks from being frozen,
spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin
into key holes. When a lock opening is
already covered with ice, spray approved
de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it.
When an internal part of a lock freezes,
try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully
use the heated key to avoid an injury.
Use approved window washer anti-
freeze solution in system
To prevent the window washer from
being frozen, add authorized window
washer anti-freeze solution, as specified
on the window washer container.
Window washer anti-freeze solution is
available from an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products, and most
vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of anti-
freeze solution, to prevent any damage
to the vehicle paint.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when there
is an accumulation of snow or ice around
or near the rear brakes or if the brakes
are wet. When there is the risk that your
parking brake may freeze, temporarily
apply it with the gear in P (Park). Also,
block the rear wheels in advance, so the
vehicle may not roll. Then, release the
parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in such conditions during the severe
winter, you should check underneath
the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure
that the front wheels and the steering
components is unblocked.
Carry emergency equipment
In accordance with weather conditions,
you should carry appropriate emergency
equipment, while driving. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials in the
engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the engine
compartment may cause an engine
failure or combustion, because they may
block the engine cooling. Such damage
will not be covered by the manufacturer’s
warranty.
Drive your vehicle when water vapor
condenses and accumulates inside the
exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a
long time in winter while the engine is
running, water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
06
6-65
If you are considering to tow with your
vehicle, you should first check with your
state's Department of Motor Vehicles to
determine legal requirements. Since laws
vary from state to state the requirements
for towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for further details before
towing.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by
itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering requires
correct equipment, and it has to be used
properly. Damage to your vehicle caused
by improper trailer towing is not covered
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
This section contains many time-tested,
important trailering tips and safety
rules. Many of these are important for
your safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If you don’t use the correct
equipment and/or drive improperly,
you can lose control of the vehicle
when you are pulling a trailer. For
example, if the trailer is too heavy,
the braking performance may be
reduced. You and your passengers
could be seriously or fatally injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed
all the steps in this section.
• Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW (Gross
Combination Weight), GVW (Gross
Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle
Weight) and trailer tongue load are
all within the limits.
• When you tow a trailer, make sure to
turn off the Idle Stop and Go system.
If You Decide to Pull a Trailer?
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a trailer hitch dealer about
sway control.
• Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Failure to
heed this caution may result in serious
engine or transmission damage.
• When towing a trailer, be sure
to consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at posted
towing speed limit.
• Carefully observe the weight and load
limits provided in the following pages.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
disable Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist. If towing and going
in reverse the system will activate as it
detects the trailer. Also, before towing
a trailer disable all Driving Assistance
systems as precaution such as
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist,
Lane Keeping Assist, Smart Cruise
Control and others.
TRAILER TOWING
Driving Your Vehicle
6-66
Trailer weight
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight
OOSH069129LOOSH069129L
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude,
road grades, outside temperature and
how often your vehicle is used to pull a
trailer are all important. The ideal trailer
weight can also depend on any special
equipment that you have on your vehicle.
Tongue load
Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
OOSH069130LOOSH069130L
The tongue load is an important weight
to measure because it affects the total
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your
vehicle. The trailer tongue should weigh
a minimum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum (15%) trailer tongue load
permissible.
After you’ve loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able
to correct them simply by moving some
items around in the trailer.
06
6-67
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/
or personal injury. Check weights
and loading at a commercial scale or
highway patrol office equipped with
scales.
Reference weight and distance
when towing a trailer
ltem
With
trailer
package
Without
trailer
package
Maximum
trailer
weight
Ibs. (kg)
With
brake
system
6000
(2722)
-
Maximum tongue
weight
*1
Ibs. (kg)
600
(272)
-
*1 :
Tongue weight should be between
allowable 10-15%
Trailer Towing Equipment
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few
reasons why you’ll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
• Do you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later when
you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal
them, carbon monoxide (CO) from
your exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a frame-
mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
• A Genesis Branded Vehicle trailer
hitch accessory is available at an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains between
your vehicle and your trailer.
Instructions about safety chains may
be provided by the hitch manufacturer
or trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave just
enough slack so you can turn with your
trailer. And, never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-68
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to
your country’s regulations and that
it is properly installed and operating
correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer
brakes loaded, then it needs its own
brakes and they must be adequate. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions
for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able
to install, adjust and maintain them
properly. Be sure not to modify your
vehicle’s brake system.
WARNING
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are absolutely certain that
you have properly set up the brake
system. This is not a task for amateurs.
Use an experienced, competent trailer
shop for this work.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get to
know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with
the feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. And always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
During your trip, occasionally check
to be sure that the load is secure, and
that the lights and trailer brakes are still
working.
Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driving
your vehicle without a trailer. This can
help you avoid situations that require
heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You will need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
to your lane.
06
6-69
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, move your hand to the left. To
move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly
and, if possible, have someone guide
you.
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
Turn signals
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a different turn signal flasher and
extra wiring. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you
signal a turn or lane change. Properly
connected, the trailer lights will also flash
to alert other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer
are burned out. Thus, you may think
drivers behind you are seeing your
signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s
important to check frequently to be sure
the trailer bulbs are still working. You
must also check the lights every time
you disconnect and then reconnect the
wires.
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use an approved trailer wiring
harness. Failure to do so could result in
damage to the vehicle electrical system
and/or personal injury. Consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
Driving on hills
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don’t shift to a lower
gear, you may have to use your brakes
excessively and they would overheat and
may not operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift to a lower
gear and reduce your speed to around
45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transmission
overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer
brakes and you have an automatic
transmission, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer will minimize heat
build-up and extend the life of your
transmission.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-70
NOTICE
To prevent engine and/or transmission
overheating:
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant
temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat. If the
needle of the coolant temperature
gauge moves towards “H” (HOT),
pull over and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so, and allow the engine
to idle until it cools down. You may
proceed once the engine has cooled
sufficiently.
• When towing a trailer, your vehicle
speed may be much slower than the
general flow of traffic, especially
when climbing an uphill grade. Use
the right hand lane when towing a
trailer on an uphill grade. Choose
your vehicle speed according to the
maximum posted speed limit for
vehicles with trailers, the steepness
of the grade, and your trailer weight.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer attached
to your vehicle, you should not park your
vehicle on a hill.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the
direction of the curb (right if headed
down hill, left if headed up hill).
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the
vehicle.
4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes and parking
brakes.
7. Shift the gear to P (Park) when the
vehicle is parked on a uphill grade and
in R (Reverse) on a downhill.
8. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
WARNING
To prevent serious or fatal injury:
• Do not get out of the vehicle without
the parking brake firmly set. If you
have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You and
others could be seriously or fatally
injured.
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal to
hold the vehicle on an uphill.
06
6-71
Driving the vehicle after it has been
parked on a hill
1. With the gear in P (Park), apply your
brakes and hold the brake pedal down
while you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance When Towing a
Trailer
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil,
transmission fluid, axle lubricant and
cooling system fluid. Brake condition
is another important item to frequently
check. If you’re trailering, it’s a good
idea to review these items before
you start your trip. Don’t forget to
also maintain your trailer and hitch.
Follow the maintenance schedule that
accompanied your trailer and check it
periodically. Preferably, conduct the
check at the start of each day’s driving.
Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
NOTICE
To prevent vehicle damage:
• Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur on
hot days or during uphill driving.
If the coolant gauge indicates
over-heating, switch off the air
conditioner and stop the vehicle in a
safe area to cool down the engine.
• Do not switch off the engine while
the coolant gauge indicates over-
heating.
(Keep the engine idle to cool down
the engine)
• When towing check transmission
fluid more frequently.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-72
Two labels on your driver’s door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight ratings, from
the vehicle’s specifications and the
Certification Label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and
all standard equipment. It does
not include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new
vehicle when you picked it up from
your dealer plus any aftermarket
equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight
plus actual Cargo Weight plus
passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
06
6-73
The Loading Information Label
19 inch19 inch
Type AType A
OJX1080043NOJX1080043N
Type BType B
OJX1080044NOJX1080044N
Type CType C
OJX1080045NOJX1080045N
20 inch20 inch
Type AType A
OJX1080046NOJX1080046N
Type BType B
OJX1080047NOJX1080047N
Type CType C
OJX1080048NOJX1080048N
Driving Your Vehicle
6-74
22 inch22 inch
Type AType A
OJX1080051NOJX1080051N
Type BType B
OJX1080050NOJX1080050N
Type CType C
OJX1080049NOJX1080049N
The label located on the driver’s door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight
1. 4 persons : 882 lbs. (400 kg)
2. 5 persons : 903 lbs. (410 kg)
3. 7 persons : 1126 lbs. (511 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your
vehicle is equipped with a trailer,
the combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
1. Total : 4 persons (Front seat : 2
persons, Rear seat : 2 persons)
2. Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2
persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
3. Total : 7 persons (Front seat : 2
persons, Rear seat : 5 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including
a driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight
of all of the occupants, and the
weight of the cargo being carried or
towed. Do not overload the vehicle
as there is a limit to the total weight,
or load limit including occupants and
cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
With trailer brakes: 6000 lbs (2722
kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load,
if your vehicle is equipped with a
trailer.
06
6-75
Steps for determining correct load
limit
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your
vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity. For
example, if the "XXX" amount
equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load
capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight,
or load limit, including occupants
and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Overloading can shorten the life
of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the
GAWR is exceeded, parts on the
vehicle can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle. These
could cause you to lose control and
result in an accident.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-76
Example 1
+
Maximum
Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo
Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
+
Maximum
Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo
Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
+
Maximum
Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo
Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
06
6-77
Certification label
OBH059070OBH059070
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center
pillar and shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum
weight that can be supported by the
front and rear axles, called Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability, and
cause an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stopping
distances and poor vehicle
handling-all of which may result
in a crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be
covered by your warranty. Do not
overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle
(for example, suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else), they
are moving as fast as the vehicle. If
you have to stop or turn quickly, or if
there is a crash, the items will keep
going and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle above the tops
of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside
the vehicle, secure it.
7
Driving Safety
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) ................................................................. 7-2
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
......................................................................................... 7-26
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
.......................................................... 7-32
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (for Canada)
......................................................................7-45
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
..................................................................................................7-50
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
...........................................................................7-56
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
.........................................................................7-59
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
...............................................................................7-64
Forward Attention Warning (FAW)
............................................................................ 7-70
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
.................................................................................7-74
Driving Convenience
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ....................................................................................... 7 -7 6
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
..................................................... 7-95
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
......................................................................................7-102
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
................................................................................. 7-106
Parking Safety
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ......................................................................................... 7-118
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
..................................................................................7-122
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)............................................7-128
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
.............................................. 7-140
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
.................................................7-145
Parking Convenience
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ....................................................................... 7-153
Declaration of Conformity
............................................................................................7-178
7. Driver Assistance System
Due to the infotainment software update, the description of each function of the driver assistance
system may differ from the owner's manual. In this case, for detailed information on updates, scan
the QR code in the separately supplied simple manual.
Driver Assistance System
7-2
Basic function
OJX1071255N OJX1071255N
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
detects a vehicle, a powered-two
wheeler, a pedestrian, or a cyclist
ahead on the road and may warn you
of a possible collision with a warning
message on the instrument cluster and a
warning sound. Also, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may assist with braking
your vehicle to help reduce collision
speed or avoid a collision.
In addition, if equipped with front corner
radars, when driving at high speeds,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will help detect vehicles in front and
adjacent lanes. If a collision is imminent
when changing lanes, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist will apply emergency
braking to help prevent a collision.
Junction Turning function
OJX1071257N OJX1071257N
Junction Turning function will help avoid
a collision with an oncoming vehicle in
an adjacent lane when turning left at
a crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
OJX1071256N OJX1071256N
Junction Crossing function will help
avoid a collision with oncoming vehicles
on the left or right side when crossing
an intersection by applying emergency
braking.
07
7-3
Lane-Change Oncoming function (if
equipped)
OJX1071258N OJX1071258N
[A] : Oncoming vehicle
Lane-Change Oncoming function will
help avoid a collision with an oncoming
vehicle when changing lanes by assisting
the driver’s steering.
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
OJX1070259L OJX1070259L
[A] : Decelerating vehicle
Lane-Change Side function will help
avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead
in the next lane when changing lanes by
assisting the driver’s steering.
equipped)
OJX1071260NOJX1071260N
• Driver steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function will
help avoid a collision with a vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist ahead in the
same lane. When a risk of collision
is detected, Evasive Steering Assist
function will warn the driver and if the
driver steers to avoid collision it will
assist the driver’s steering.
• Evasive steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function helps
avoid a collision with a pedestrian or
cyclist ahead in the same lane. When
a risk of collision is detected, Evasive
Steering Assist function will warn the
driver and if there is space to avoid
collision in the lane, it will assist the
driver’s steering.
Driver Assistance System
7-4
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178N OJX1071178N
OJX1071182N OJX1071182N
OJX1071183N OJX1071183N
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Front radar,
[3] : Front corner radar (if equipped),
[4] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
07
7-5
• If the radar or the area around
warning message does not appear
•
repair or replace a damaged front
•
radar
-
-
surroundings of the rear corner
-
performance of the rear corner
radar or Forward Collision-
Assist settings
Setting features
ORG3SP071190NORG3SP071190N
Forward Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Forward Safety’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist or steering
assist (if equipped) will be applied
depending on the collision risk.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking and steering will
not be assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist will turn off. The
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist On/Off
status from the Settings menu. If the
warning light remains on when Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is on, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-6
ORG3SP071280NORG3SP071280N
Forward Cross-Traffic Safety
(if equipped)
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Forward Safety → Forward
Cross-Traffic Safety’ from the Settings
menu to turn on Junction Crossing
function and deselect to turn off the
function.
CAUTION
•
and steering (if equipped) are not
•
•
Junction Crossing function will
•
Information
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will turn off when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF button.
The
warning light will illuminate on
the cluster.
07
7-7
OJX1073463NOJX1073463N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing’ from the Settings menu to
change the initial warning activation time
for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
The warning time can be set to either
‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.
• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If ‘Late’ is selected, Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
•
•
OJX1073464NOJX1073464N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Driver Assistance System
7-8
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• Even though 0 is selected for Warning
Volume, Warning Volume will not be
turned off but Warning Volume will
sound as 1.
• When Haptic Warning is selected as 0
while Warning Volume is selected as 0,
Warning Volume will activate and be
selected as 2.
• When Warning Volume is selected as 0
while Haptic Warning is selected as 0,
steering wheel vibration will be selected
as 2.
Assist operation
Basic Function
Warning and Control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is to warn and help
control the vehicle depending on the
collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’.
OJX1071001NOJX1071001N
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle is detected in
front,Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
6~124 mph (10~200 km/h).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately 6~53
mph (10~85 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
07
7-9
OJX1071002NOJX1071002N
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle is detected in front,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~53 mph
(10~85 km/h).
• If a vehicle is detected in front,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~62 mph
(10~100 km/h) (if equipped with front
corner radar).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
6~40 mph (10~65 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with
the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead.
OJX1079094LOJX1079094L
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Driver Assistance System
7-10
Junction Turning function
Warning and Control
Junction Turning function will warn and
help control the vehicle depending on
the collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’
OJX1071008NOJX1071008N
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
6~19 mph (10~30 km/h) and the
oncoming vehicle speed is between
approximately 19~44 mph (30~70
km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
OJX1071009N OJX1071009N
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
6~19 mph (10~30 km/h) and the
oncoming vehicle speed is between
approximately 19~44 mph (30~70
km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with
the oncoming vehicle.
07
7-11
OJX1079094LOJX1079094L
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Crossing function
(if equipped)
Warning and Control
Junction Crossing function will warn and
help control the vehicle depending on
collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’
OJX1079011LOJX1079011L OJX1079010L OJX1079010L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~19
mph (10~30 km/h) and the detected
crossing vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~37 mph (10~60
km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ and 'Forward Cross-
Traffic Safety' are selected, braking
may be assisted.
Driver Assistance System
7-12
OJX1079013LOJX1079013L OJX1079012LOJX1079012L
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~19
mph (10~30 km/h) and the detected
crossing vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~12 mph (10~20
km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with
the crossing vehicle.
OJX1079094LOJX1079094L
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
CAUTION
If the collision angle with the crossing
Junction Crossing function warning and
07
7-13
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
Warning and Control
Lane-Change Oncoming function
will warn and help control the vehicle
depending on collision risk level:
‘Collision Warning’ and ‘Emergency
Steering’
OJX1071008NOJX1071008N
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
25~87 mph (40~145 km/h) and the
detected oncoming vehicle speed is
approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and the relative speed with your
vehicle is approximately below 124
mph (200 km/h).
OJX1071015NOJX1071015N
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
25~87 mph (40~145 km/h) and the
detected oncoming vehicle speed is
approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and the relative speed with your
vehicle is approximately below 124
mph (200 km/h).
• In emergency steering situation,
steering is assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist to help
prevent collision with the oncoming
vehicle.
Driver Assistance System
7-14
Lane-Change Side function
(if equipped)
Warning and Control
Lane-Change Side function will warn
and help control the vehicle depending
on collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’
and ‘Emergency Steering’
OJX1071008NOJX1071008N OJX1071179NOJX1071179N
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 25~87 mph
(40~145 km/h).
OJX1071015NOJX1071015N OJX1071203NOJX1071203N
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 25~87 mph
(40~145 km/h)
• In emergency steering situation,
steering is assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist to help
prevent collision with the front-side
vehicle.
07
7-15
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
Warning and Control
Evasive Steering Assist function will
help warn and control the vehicle with
‘Emergency steering’.
OJX1071015NOJX1071015N OJX1071203NOJX1071203N
assist)
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 25~53 mph
(40~85 km/h).
• If there is a risk of collision with a
vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in
front, the steering will be assisted to
help prevent collision when the driver
steers the vehicle to avoid collision.
OJX1071015NOJX1071015N OJX1071203NOJX1071203N
assist)
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 40~47 mph
(65~75 km/h).
• If there is high risk of collision with a
pedestrian and cyclist in front, and the
vehicle speed to operate emergency
braking has exceeded, the steering
will be assisted to help prevent
collision when there is space to avoid
collision in the driving lane.
Driver Assistance System
7-16
CAUTION
•
•
•
the steering wheel is held tight or
•
•
Information
For more details on warning messages,
refer to warning messages mentioned in
“Basic Function”.
Take the following precautions when
Assist:
•
•
from the Settings menu and the
warning light will illuminate on the
•
does not operate in all situations and
•
depend on Forward Collision-
•
•
07
7-17
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
depresses the accelerator pedal or
CAUTION
• Depending on the condition of the
speed range to operate Forward
•
will operate under certain conditions
the condition of the oncoming
• When a collision with a surrounding
Information
• In a situation where collision is
imminent, braking may be assisted by
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
when braking is insufficient by the
driver.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
Driver Assistance System
7-18
Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
OJX1079006LOJX1079006L
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Forward Safety system’ warning message
will appear, and the
and warning
lights will illuminate on the cluster. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
disabled
OJX1079005LOJX1079005L OJX1079212LOJX1079212L
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, bumper or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety system
disabled. Camera obscured’ or the
‘Forward Safety system disabled. Radar
blocked’ warning message, and the
and
warning lights will illuminate on
the cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate normally when snow, rain or
foreign material is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate normally after
obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed (including trailer,
carrier, etc., from the rear bumper), have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
07
7-19
•
warning light does not appear on the
•
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low due to
surrounding environment
• The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• Your vehicle is being towed
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist is detected
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually shaped
luggage, trailer, etc.
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights,
tail lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lights are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small
or the vehicle does not look normal,
such as when the vehicle is tilted,
overturned, or the side of the vehicle
is visible, etc.
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
• The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
Driver Assistance System
7-20
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by an obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
slow
• The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle to
avoid a collision
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• You are departing or returning to the
lane
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not
fully detected, for example, if the
pedestrian is leaning over or is not
fully walking upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect as a pedestrian or
cyclist
OADAS044 OADAS044
The illustration above shows the image
the front view camera and front radar
are capable of detecting as a vehicle,
pedestrian and cyclist.
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving intersected with the driving
direction
• There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similar shaped
structure in the surroundings
• You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic sign, structure, etc.,
near the intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollgate,
construction area, unpaved road,
partial paved road, uneven road,
speed bumps, etc.
07
7-21
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as
driving in an area with strong radio
waves or electrical noise
Junction Crossing, Lane-Change
Oncoming, Lane-Change Side, Evasive
Steering Assist function (if equipped)
• The temperature around the front
corner radar or rear corner radar is
high or low
• A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
• The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt,
etc.
• The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is covered
with objects, such as a bumper
sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
• The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is impacted,
damaged or the radar is out of
position
• The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is blocked by other vehicles,
walls or pillars
• Driving on a highway ramp
• Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A small moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
• The lane is difficult to see due to
foreign material, such as rain, snow,
dust, sand, oil and water puddles
• The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
Driver Assistance System
7-22
• There are markings on the road near
the lane or the markings on the road
looks similar to the lane markings
• The shadow is on the lane marking by
a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
• There are more than two lane
markings on the road
• The lane markings are complicated or
a structure substitutes for the lines,
such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
• The lane is very wide or narrow
• There is a curb or road edges without
a lane
• The vehicle in front is driving with one
side on the lane marking
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short
•
OADAS014OADAS014
OADAS016OADAS016 OADAS018OADAS018
assist or steering assist (if equipped)
07
7-23
OADAS015OADAS015
OADAS017OADAS017 OADAS019OADAS019
•
OADAS012OADAS012
OADAS010OADAS010 OADAS011OADAS011
Driver Assistance System
7-24
• Changing lanes
OADAS030OADAS030
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
OADAS031OADAS031
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle,
[C] : Same lane vehicle
07
7-25
•
OJX1079007OJX1079007
cargo that extends rearward from
additional special attention is
to detect the cargo extending from
•
•
similar in shape or characteristics to
•
•
•
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Driver Assistance System
7-26
While driving over a certain speed, Lane
Keeping Assist detects lane markings (or
road edges) and may warn you if your
vehicle leaves the lane without using the
turn signal and may assist with steering
to prevent your vehicle departing from
its travel lane.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as
a detecting sensor to detect lane
markings.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Lane Keeping Assist Settings
Setting features
ORG3SP071193NORG3SP071193N
Lane Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Lane Safety’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
• If ‘Assist’ is selected, Lane Keeping
Assist will automatically assist the
driver’s steering when lane departure
is detected to help prevent the vehicle
from moving out of its lane. The
indicator light will turn on in the
cluster.
• If 'Warning Only' is selected, Lane
Keeping Assist will warn the driver
with an audible warning and steering
wheel vibration when lane departure
is detected. The driver must steer the
vehicle. The
indicator light will
turn on in the cluster.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Lane Keeping Assist
will turn off. The
indicator light
will turn off in the cluster.
•
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control
•
of the surroundings and steer the
07
7-27
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off
OJK070077 OJK070077
With the engine on, Press and hold
Lane Driving Assist button located
on the Steering wheel to turn on
Lane Keeping Assist. The white
indicator light will illuminate on the
cluster.
Press the button again to turn off Lane
Keeping Assist.
Information
• If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping
Assist will maintain the last setting.
• When Lane Keeping Assist is turned
off with the Lane Driving Assist button,
Lane Safety settings will turn 'off'.
OJX1073465NOJX1073465N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set.
• Lane Safety Audible Warning Off: The
warning volume of Lane Safety does
not sound when Haptic Warning is
adjusted between 1 to 3.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Driver Assistance System
7-28
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume in level 0,
if you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning
Volume will be automatically adjusted
to volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected
or in level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
Lane Keeping Assist Operation
Warning and Control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and help
control the vehicle with Lane Departure
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.
LeftLeft RightRight
OJX1079020OJX1079020 OJX1079021OJX1079021
Lane Departure Warning
• To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green
indicator light
will blink on the cluster, the lane line
will blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is veering,
and an audible warning will sound.
Also, the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Lane Departure will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph
(60~200 km/h).
Lane Keeping Assist
• To warn the driver that the vehicle
is departing from the projected lane
in front, the green
indicator
light will blink on the cluster, and the
steering wheel will make adjustments
to keep the vehicle inside the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph (60~200
km/h).
07
7-29
OJX1079022L OJX1079022L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
•
assisted if the steering wheel is held
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
• The hands–off warning message
•
•
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings” section in
chapter 4.
• When lane markings are detected, the
lane lines on the cluster will change
from grey to white and the green
indicator light will illuminate.
Lane undetectedLane undetected Lane detectedLane detected
OJX1079018OJX1079018 OJX1070018LOJX1070018L
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
Driver Assistance System
7-30
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
OTM070035NOTM070035N
When Lane Keeping Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system’ warning message will
appear and the yellow
indicator
light will illuminate on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
normally or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The lane is contaminated or difficult
to distinguish because,
- The lane markings is covered with
rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
- There are markings on the road near
the lane or the markings on the road
looks similar to the lane markings
- The lane marking is indistinct or
damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking
by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc.
• There are more than two lane
markings on the road
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
• The lane markings are complicated or
a structure substitutes for the lines,
such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
• The lane is very wide or narrow
• There is a road edge without a lane
• There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking
07
7-31
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in chapter 7.
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Keeping Assist:
•
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
depending on road conditions and
• Refer to “Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist” if the lane is not detected
•
•
follow the speed limit when using
•
•
sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the
•
•
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
-
flasher is turned on
-
center of the lane when Lane
Keeping Assist is turned on or right
after changing a lane
-
-
-
-
changes
-
Driver Assistance System
7-32
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
detects approaching vehicles in the
driver’s blind spot areas and warn you of
a possible collision with a warning light
and a warning sound.
If there is a collision risk when changing
lanes or exiting a parallel space, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may
assist with braking your vehicle to help
avoid a collision.
OJX1079256OJX1079256
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will
help detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
OJX1079026OJX1079026
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
helps detect and informs the driver that
a vehicle is approaching at high speed
from the blind spot area.
CAUTION
OJX1079027 OJX1079027
When changing lanes by detecting
the lane ahead, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist detects that there is a
collision risk with an approaching vehicle
in the blind spot, It can help avoid a
collision by applying the brake.
07
7-33
OJX1079028 OJX1079028
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist judges that there is a
collision risk with an approaching vehicle
in the blind spot, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist will help avoid a
collision by applying the brake.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
OJX1071273NOJX1071273N
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
•
• If there is impact on the rear corner
the warning message does not
Driver Assistance System
7-34
•
•
•
•
surroundings of the rear corner radar
•
performance of the rear corner radar
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Assist Settings
Setting features
OJX1079144LOJX1079144L
Blind-Spot Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety’
from the Settings menu to set whether or
not to use each function.
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message,
an audible warning, steering wheel
vibration and braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk levels.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn the driver with a warning
message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking will
not be assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.
07
7-35
OJX1079180LOJX1079180L
When the engine is restarted with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off,
the ‘Blind-Spot Safety System is Off’
message will appear on the cluster.
If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to
‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the
warning light on the side view mirror will
blink for three seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on,
when Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is set to ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning
Only’, the warning light on the side view
mirror will blink for three seconds.
•
•
Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain
the last setting.
OJX1073463NOJX1073463N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing’ from the Settings menu to
change the initial warning activation time
for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
The warning time can be set to either
‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.
• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If ‘Late’ is selected, Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-36
OJX1073464NOJX1073464N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume in level 0,
if you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning
Volume will be automatically adjusted
to volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected
or in level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
Assist Operation
Warning and control
OJX1071276N OJX1071276N
Vehicle detection
• To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the
side view mirror and head-up display
(if equipped) will illuminate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is above 12 mph (20 km/h) and the
speed of the vehicle in the blind spot
area is above 7 mph (10 km/h).
07
7-37
Collision Warning
• Collision warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the
direction of the detected vehicle.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected from the
Settings menu, the collision warning
will operate when your vehicle
approaches the lane the blind spot
vehicle is detected.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
and head-up display (if equipped) will
blink. At the same time, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the
collision warning will be canceled and
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will return to vehicle detection state.
• The detecting range of the rear
•
OJX1079153LOJX1079153L
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while driving)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message
will appear on the cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound, warning light on the head-up
display (if equipped) will blink and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between 40~120 mph (60~200
km/h) and both lane markings of the
driving lane are detected.
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
Driver Assistance System
7-38
•
circumstances:
-
-
collision risk
-
steered
-
-
is operating
•
OJX1071153NOJX1071153N
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
departing)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message
will appear on the cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound, warning light on the head-up
display (if equipped) will blink and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is below 2 mph
(3 km/h) and the speed of the vehicle
in the blind spot area is above 3 mph
(5 km/h).
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
07
7-39
OJX1079094LOJX1079094L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Take the following precautions when
Assist:
•
•
•
•
•
• During Blind-Spot Collision-
passengers and shifting loose
•
•
does not operate in all situations and
Driver Assistance System
7-40
•
•
•
-
warning light is on
-
engaged in a different function
Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Malfunction
OJX1079055LOJX1079055L
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Blind-Spot Safety system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OJX1079056LOJX1079056L
When the side view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the ‘Check
side view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
07
7-41
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
OJX1079054LOJX1079054L
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate normally when such foreign
material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the engine is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after it is
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
•
•
with foreign material right after the
CAUTION
Limitations of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
• The rear corner radar is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The temperature around the rear
corner radar is high or low
• Driving on a highway ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (for example, possibly
due to subway construction)
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as sound barriers,
guardrails, central dividers, entry
barriers, street lamps, signs,
tunnels, walls, etc. (including double
structures)
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving on a wet road surface, such as
a puddle on the road
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
Driver Assistance System
7-42
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
• Your vehicle changes lane
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
• A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
rack, etc.
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally, or it may
operate unexpectedly when the
following objects are detected:
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work, driver’s
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” and
“Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in
chapter 7.
07
7-43
•
OJX1079057OJX1079057
OJX1079058OJX1079058
•
OJX1079059OJX1079059
•
OJX1079060OJX1079060
Driver Assistance System
7-44
•
lanes are different
OJX1079061OJX1079061
road with different lane heights
•
•
•
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1.
2.
3. Changes or modifications not
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
07
7-45
OJX1070063LOJX1070063L
While your vehicle is stopped, and if
Safe Exit Warning detects a vehicle
approaching the rear corner of your
vehicle and a passenger opens a door,
Safe Exit Warning may warn you with a
warning message and a warning sound
to help avoid a collision.
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
OJX1071272NOJX1071272N
[1] : Rear corner radar
The rear corner radars are sensors
located inside the rear bumper to detect
the side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper operation
of Safe Exit Warning.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
Driver Assistance System
7-46
Setting features
ORG3SP072333N ORG3SP072333N
Safe Exit Warning
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit
Warning’ from the Settings menu to turn
on Safe Exit Warning and deselect to turn
off the function.
unexpected and sudden situations
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit
Warning will maintain the last setting.
OJX1073466NOJX1073466N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
07
7-47
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting.
Warning and Control
OJX1071276N OJX1071276N
OJX1079064LOJX1079064L
Collision warning when exiting vehicle
• When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected, the ‘Watch for
traffic’ warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warning
will sound.
• Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-48
•
The warning message of Blind-Spot
appear when:
-
Assist warning light appears
-
Assist sensor or the sensor
-
Assist fails to warn passengers or
Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Warning operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
and Limitations
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
OTM070099NOTM070099N
When Safe Exit Warning is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master (
) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
OTM070100NOTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the ‘Check
side view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
(
) warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
07
7-49
Safe Exit Warning disabled
OTM070098NOTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Warning.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Safe Exit Warning will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Warning does not operate
properly after it is removed, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
•
•
not detected right after the engine
material right after the engine is
CAUTION
Limitations of Safe Exit Warning
Safe Exit Warning may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-50
OJX1071063NOJX1071063N
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Assist detects a vehicle approaching
the rear corner of your vehicle and a
passenger opens a door, Safe Exit Assist
may warn you with a warning message
and a warning sound to help avoid a
collision.
OJX1059017OJX1059017
In addition, when the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK position
and an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected, the electronic child
safety lock button will not unlock even if
the driver presses the button to prevent
the rear doors from opening.
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
OJX1071272NOJX1071272N
[1] : Rear corner radar
The rear corner radars are sensors
located inside the rear bumper to detect
the side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper operation
of Safe Exit Assist.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
07
7-51
Setting features
OJX1079173LOJX1079173L
Safe Exit Assist
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit
Assist’ from the Settings menu to turn on
Safe Exit Assist and deselect to turn off
the function.
unexpected and sudden situations can
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
OJX1073466NOJX1073466N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Driver Assistance System
7-52
Warning and control
OJX1071276N OJX1071276N
OJX1079064LOJX1079064L
Collision warning when exiting vehicle
• When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected, the ‘Watch for
traffic’ warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warning
will sound.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below
2 mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
OJX1070247LOJX1070247L
Safe Exit Assist linked with Electronic
child safety lock
• When Electric child safety lock is
operating and an approaching vehicle
from the rear area is detected, the
rear doors cannot be unlocked even
if the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button. The ‘Check surroundings
then try again’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
• For more details on electric child
safety lock button, refer to “Electronic
Child Safety Lock” section in chapter
5.
CAUTION
has unlocked the doors acknowledging
indicator OFF) and the rear doors will
07
7-53
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
warning message of Blind-Spot
appear when:
-
Assist sensor or the sensor
-
Assist fails to warn passengers or
Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Assist operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
Limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
OTM070099NOTM070099N
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master (
) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-54
OTM070100NOTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the ‘Check
side view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
(
) warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
OTM070098NOTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate
properly after it is removed, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
07
7-55
•
•
not detected right after the engine
material right after the engine is
CAUTION
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate properly,
or it may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-56
OJX1070150NOJX1070150N
(1) Manual Speed Limit Assist enabled
indicator
(2) Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist will operate
(set speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist
Operation
Setting speed limit
OJK070082OJK070082
1. Press and hold Driving Assist
(
) button at the desired speed. The
Speed Limit (
) indicator will
illuminate on the cluster.
OJX1070152LOJX1070152L
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down,
and release it at the desired speed.
Push the + switch up or - switch down
and hold it. The speed will increase
or decrease to the nearest multiple of
five (multiple of ten in km/h) at first,
and then increase or decrease by
5 mph (10 km/h).
07
7-57
OJX1070151NOJX1070151N
3. The set speed limit will be displayed
on the cluster.
If you would like to drive over the
preset speed limit, depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point to activate the kickdown
function.
The set speed limit will blink and
chime will sound until you return the
vehicle speed within the speed limit.
Information
• When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
• A clicking sound may be heard from
the kickdown function when the
accelerator pedal is depressed beyond
the pressure point.
Temporarily canceling Manual
Speed Limit Assist
OJX1079079OJX1079079
Press the
switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
(
) indicator will stay on.
Driver Assistance System
7-58
Resuming Manual Speed Limit Assist
OJX1070152LOJX1070152L
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, operate
the +, -,
switch.
If you push the + switch up or – switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the
switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
OJK070082OJK070082
Press the Driving Assist (
) button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit (
) indicator will go
off.
Always press the Driving Assist (
)
button to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist
off when not in use.
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
•
• Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
Check that the Speed Limit (
)
• Manual Speed Limit Assist does
07
7-59
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses
information from the detected road
signs and uses the navigation system
data to inform you of the speed limit and
to help maintain within the speed limit
on the road.
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
[1] : Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Information
If the navigation system is available, the
information from the navigation system is
used along with the road sign information
detected by the front view camera.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Settings
Setting features
OJK071224NOJK071224N
Speed Limit
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Speed Limit’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
• If ‘Speed Limit Assist’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver of speed limit. In
addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
will inform the driver to change set
speed of Manual Speed Limit Assist
and/or Smart Cruise Control to help
the driver stay within the speed limit.
• If ‘Speed Limit Warning’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver of speed limit. In
addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
will warn the driver when the vehicle
is driven faster than the speed limit.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will turn off.
CAUTION
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will not
Driver Assistance System
7-60
OJK071225N OJK071225N
Speed Limit Offset
With the engine on, when ‘Driver
Assistance → Speed Limit → Speed Limit
Offset’ is selected, the Speed Limit Offset
can be changed. Speed Limit Warning
and Speed Limit Assist will operate by
applying the Speed Limit Offset setting
to the detected speed limit.
•
• Speed Limit Assist function operates
change the set speed according to
• Speed Limit Warning function warns
exceeds the speed at which the set
want Speed Limit Warning to warn
Information
The setting of 'Speed Offset' is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC).
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
warn and help control the vehicle
by ‘Displaying speed limit’, ‘Warning
overspeed’ and ‘Changing set speed’.
Information
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning
and control are described based on the
Offset adjusted to '0'. For details on Offset
setting, refer to the “Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist Settings”.
ORG3071270N ORG3071270N
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
Information
• If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to "Limitations
of Intelligent Speed Limit Assist" if the
road signs are difficult to recognize.
• Supplementary sign displayed under
the speed limit or overtaking restriction
sign means the conditions under which
the signs must be followed. If the
supplementary sign is not recognized, it
will be displayed as blank.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
07
7-61
ORG3071271N ORG3071271N
Warning overspeed
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the red speed limit
indicator will blink.
OJK071183NOJK071183N OJK071190NOJK071190N
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the set
speed needs to be changed. At this time,
the driver can change the set speed
according to the speed limit by using the
+ or – switch on the steering wheel.
•
set speed will change to a higher
speed than the speed limit of the
•
according to the speed limit of the
• If the speed limit of the road is under
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operates using the speed unit in the
If the speed unit is set to a unit other
Information
• For more details on Manual Speed
Limit Assist operation, refer to
“Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)”
section in this chapter.
• For more details on Smart Cruise
Control operation, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this
chapter.
Driver Assistance System
7-62
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
OJK071215N OJK071215N
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Speed Limit
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master (
) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
disabled
OJK071216N OJK071216N
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow
or rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Intelligent Speed Limit Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Speed Limit system
disabled. Camera obscured’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
•
warning light does not appear on the
• If the detecting sensor is
07
7-63
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due
to bad weather, such as rain, snow,
fog, etc.
- The road sign is not clear or is
damaged.
- The road sign is partially obscured
by surrounding objects or shadow
• The road signs do not conform to the
standards below:
- The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- There is no conditional road signs
on the road sign located on the exit
road
- A sign is attached to another vehicle
• The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs is too far
• The vehicle encounters illuminant
road signs
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
incorrectly recognizes numbers or
pictures in the street signals or other
signs as the speed limit
- A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
• Multiple signs are installed close
together
• The minimum speed limit sign is
misrecognized
• The minimum speed limit sign is on
the road
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
• Headlights are not used or the
brightness of the headlights are weak
at night or in the tunnel
• Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
• The navigation information or GPS
information contain errors.
• The driver does not follow the guide
of the navigation.
• The driver is driving on a new road
that is not in the navigation system
yet.
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Driving on a road that is sharply
curved or continuously curved
• Driving through speed bumps, or
driving up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
• The vehicle is shaking heavily
• Driving on a newly opened road
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a
supplemental function that helps the
correct speed limit or control the
•
Driver Assistance System
7-64
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning monitors your
driving pattern while driving. When
the driver's attention level is below a
certain level, Driver Attention Warning
recommends a break to help with safe
driving.
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used to detect
driving patterns and front vehicle
departure while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
good condition to maintain optimal
For more details on the precautions
Settings
Setting features
OJX1071141NOJX1071141N
Driver Attention Warning
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Driver Attention
Warning’ from the Settings menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
• If ‘Inattentive Driving Warning’ is
selected, Driver Attention Warning will
inform the driver the driver’s attention
level and will recommend taking a
break when the level falls below a
certain level.
OJX1071204NOJX1071204N
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
• If ‘Leading Vehicle Departure Alert’ is
selected, the function will inform the
driver when the front vehicle departs
from a stop.
07
7-65
OJX1073463NOJX1073463N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing’ from the Settings menu to
change the initial warning activation time
for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
The warning time can be set to either
‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.
• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If ‘Late’ is selected, Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
•
•
Operation
Basic function
Display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver of their
‘Attention Level’ and to warn the driver to
‘Consider taking a break’.
Function offFunction off StandbyStandby
OJX1079065LOJX1079065L OJX1079069LOJX1079069L
Attentive drivingAttentive driving Inattentive drivingInattentive driving
OJK070140L OJK070140L OJX1079066LOJX1079066L
• The driver can monitor his/her driving
conditions on the cluster.
- When the ‘Inattentive Driving
Warning’ is deselected from the
Settings menu, ‘System Off’ is
displayed.
- Driver Attention Warning will
operate when vehicle speed is
between 0-120 mph (0-200 km/h).
- When vehicle speed is not within
the operating speed, the message
‘Standby’ will be displayed.
Driver Assistance System
7-66
• The driver’s attention level is displayed
on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the
level is, the more inattentive the driver
is.
• The level decreases when the driver
does not take a break for a certain
period of time.
Taking a break
OJX1079068LOJX1079068L
• The ‘Consider taking a break’ message
will appear on the cluster and an
audible warning will sound to suggest
that the driver take a break, when the
driver’s attention level is below 1.
• Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
CAUTION
•
•
•
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings” section in
chapter 4.
• Driver Attention Warning will reset the
last break time to 00:00 in the following
situations:
- The engine is turned off
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and opens the driver’s door
- The vehicle is stopped for more than
10 minutes
• When the driver resets Driver Attention
Warning, the last break time is set to
00:00 and the driver’s attention level is
set to High.
07
7-67
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
OJX1071071NOJX1071071N
When the front vehicle departs from a
stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
will inform the driver by displaying
the ‘Leading vehicle is driving away’
message on the cluster and an audible
warning will sound.
•
•
CAUTION
•
•
Information
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the instrument cluster.
Malfunction and Limitations
Driver Attention Warning
malfunction
OJX1079070LOJX1079070L
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system’
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master
warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded Products.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
• The vehicle is driven violently
• The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
• The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
Driver Assistance System
7-68
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
• When the vehicle cuts in
OADAS021OADAS021
OADAS022OADAS022
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
• When the vehicle ahead sharply steers
OADAS034OADAS034
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
OADAS024OADAS024
If the vehicle in front abruptly
departures, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
07
7-69
• When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
OADAS025OADAS025
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s)
in between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
• When in a parking lot
OADAS027OADAS027
If a vehicle parked in front drives away
from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may alert you that the parked
vehicle is driving away.
• When driving at a tollgate or
intersection, etc.
OADAS026OADAS026
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Driver Assistance System
7-70
Forward Attention Warning can warn
the driver to help prevent the driver
from being distracted using the interior
view camera installed in the instrument
cluster.
Forward Attention Warning
Settings
Setting features
OJX1079174LOJX1079174L
Forward Attention Warning
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Driver Attention Warning
→ Forward Attention Warning’ from
the Settings menu to turn on Forward
Attention Warning and deselect to turn
off the function.
Attention Warning will maintain the
OJX1073463NOJX1073463N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial
warning activation time for Forward
Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the Warning
Timing of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
CAUTION
•
• While Smart Cruise Control or
warn later than the set Warning
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
07
7-71
Forward Attention Warning
Operation
Operating conditions
Forward Attention Warning will operate
when the following conditions are
satisfied:
• Vehicle speed is above 0.6 mph
(1 km/h)
• The gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
Warning
OJX1079072LOJX1079072L
Forward Attention Warning determines
whether the driver is focused on the
road depending on information, such
as the amount of time the driver is
looking elsewhere, the amount of time
the eyes are closed, how frequently the
driver yawns, etc. If Forward Attention
Warning judges the driver is not focused,
the ‘Keep eyes on the road and drive
careful’ warning message will appear on
the cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
CAUTION
•
• Forward Attention Warning is a
•
Information
Forward Attention Warning does not
transmit recorded videos outside of the
vehicle or store the video.
Forward Attention Warning
Malfunction and Limitations
Forward Attention Warning
malfunction
OJX1079074LOJX1079074L
When Forward Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Forward
Attention Warning system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Driver Assistance System
7-72
Forward Attention Warning disabled
OJX1079073LOJX1079073L
When there is an object right in front
of the camera or between the driver
and the camera for a certain period of
time, Forward Attention Warning will
not operate properly, and the ‘Forward
Attention Warning disabled. Camera
obscured’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
After the warning message appears,
if the object is removed, or Forward
Attention Warning is able to detect the
driver’s face, the function will operate
normally.
CAUTION
OJX1070030LOJX1070030L
[A] : Interior view camera
•
camera or around the area of the
•
surface of the instrument cluster or
•
or in front of the camera while
•
• When cleaning the instrument
on the surface of the cluster or
not use sharp tools near the cluster
•
•
07
7-73
Information
• Two red lights may appear on the
camera in the following conditions
when:
- The outside brightness is dim or
driving at night
- The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot,
garage or tunnel
- The camera case of the instrument
cluster is partially broken
• The 3D cluster may flicker when
adjusting to the driver's eyes or when
the instrument cluster’s camera view is
blocked by the steering wheel or other
objects.
Do not look toward the camera within
Limitations of Forward Attention
Warning
Forward Attention Warning may be
limited or may not operate properly in
the following circumstances:
• The driver is wearing sunglasses,
special glasses, infrared cutoff
glasses, refracting glasses or thick
glasses
• The driver has heavy eye makeup
(eyeliner, mascara, color makeup,
false eyelash) or eye piercing
• The driver’s view is blocked by their
hair, hat, etc.
• The driver is winking or wearing an
eye patch on one eye
• The driver’s face is covered partially
by a mask, muffler, etc.
• The driver’s view is blocked by
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
• Light from outside, sunlight or infrared
LED light of the camera is reflected by
glasses or sunglasses
• The driver turns or lowers his/her
head so that the face or an eye is
hidden from the camera
• The camera is out of the range to
monitor or close within 8 in. (20 cm)
• The driver shakes his/her head up
and down, or adverse road conditions
cause excessive vehicle vibrations
while driving
• The driver is improperly positioned in
the driver's seat so that the driver’s
face is not detected
• The driver is too tall or short
• The camera is blocked by the adjusted
steering wheel height or the turned
steering wheel
• More than two people are looking at
the instrument cluster simultaneously
from the driver’s seat
• The driver’s eyes are narrowed due to
laughing or sun glare
• There are other devices using infrared
light in the vehicle
Driver Assistance System
7-74
Left sideLeft side Right sideRight side
OJK071201NOJK071201N OJK071202NOJK071202N
Blind-Spot View Monitor uses the wide-
side view cameras to display the rear
blind spot areas of your vehicle on the
instrument cluster when the turn signal is
turned on to help with safe lane changes.
Detecting sensor
OJX1070261LOJX1070261L
[1], [2] : Wide-side view camera
(camera located at bottom of the mirror)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
07
7-75
Settings
Setting features
OJX1079205LOJX1079205L
Blind-Spot View
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Blind-
Spot View’ from the Settings menu to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Operation
Operating conditions
• Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position
• Turn signal is ON
Off conditions
• Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position
• Turn signal is OFF
• Hazard warning flasher is ON
• Other warnings pops up and takes
priority over Blind-Spot View Monitor
Malfunction
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster display
flickers, or the camera image does
not display correctly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
•
differ from the actual distance of the
•
camera performance and Blind-
Driver Assistance System
7-76
Smart Cruise Control detects a vehicle
ahead and helps maintain the distance
from the vehicle ahead and the set
speed.
When Smart Cruise Control judges you
are attempting to overtake a vehicle in
front, Smart Cruise Control helps with
accelerating.
Smart Cruise Control operates based
on your driving style, such as vehicle
distance, acceleration, and reaction
speed.
Detecting senor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
OJX1071182NOJX1071182N
[1]: Front view camera, [2]: Front radar,
[3]: Front corner radar (if equipped)
The front view camera and front radar
are used as a detecting sensor to help
detect vehicles in front.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
and front radar in good condition to
maintain optimal performance of Smart
For more details on the precautions of
07
7-77
Smart Cruise Control settings
Setting features
OJK070082OJK070082
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
• Press the Driving Assist ( ) button
to turn on Smart Cruise Control. The
speed will be set to the current speed
on the cluster.
• If there is no vehicle in front of you,
the set speed will be maintained, but
if there is a vehicle in front of you,
the speed may decrease to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
Information
If your vehicle speed is between 0~ 20 mph
(0~ 30 km/h) when you press the Driving
Assist (
) button, the Smart Cruise
Control speed will be set to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
OJK070088OJK070088
Setting vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3
Distance 1
Distance 2
Information
• If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the
distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4 -
approximately 172 ft. (52.5 m)
Distance 3 -
approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Distance 2 -
approximately 106 ft. (32.5 m)
Distance 1 -
approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
• The distance is set to the last set
distance when the engine is restarted,
or when Smart Cruise Control was
temporarily canceled.
Driver Assistance System
7-78
OJX1079077OJX1079077
Increasing set speed
• Push the + switch up and release
it immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will increase by
5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch
is operated in this manner. Release
the switch when the desired speed is
shown, and the vehicle will accelerate
to that speed. You can increase the set
speed to 120 mph (200 km/h).
OJX1079078OJX1079078
Decreasing set speed
• Push the - switch down and release
it immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will decrease by
5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch
is operated in this manner.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain. You can decrease
the set speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
07
7-79
OJX1070278LOJX1070278L
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
Press the
switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.
OJX1070248LOJX1070248L
Resuming Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the
function was canceled, operate the +, -
or
switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the
switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
using the
OJK070082OJK070082
Turning off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist (
) button to
turn Smart Cruise Control system off.
Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist (
) button to turn off
Smart Cruise Control. However, Manual
Speed Limit Assist will turn on.
Driver Assistance System
7-80
Smart Cruise Control will change
acceleration based on the drive mode
selected from Drive Mode Integrated
Control system. Refer to the following
chart.
Smart Cruise Control
COMFORT Normal
ECO Slow
SPORT Fast
SMART
(if equipped)
Normal
CUSTOM
(if equipped)
Based on selected
Powertrain mode
Information
For more details on drive mode, refer to
“Drive Mode Integrated Control System”
section in chapter 6.
OJX1079156LOJX1079156L
• With the engine on, if ‘Driver
Assistance → Smart Cruise Control →
Based on Driving Style’ is selected
from the Settings menu, Smart Cruise
Control will operate based on the
driver’s driving style, such as vehicle
distance, acceleration, reaction
speed.
• While Smart Cruise Control is
operating with ‘Based on Drive Mode’
selected, if you press and hold the
button, Smart Cruise Control
will change to ‘Based on Driving
Style’. While Smart Cruise Control
is operating with ‘Based on Driving
Style’, if the
button is shortly
pressed, it will change to ‘Based on
Drive Mode’.
Information
• If equipped with Based on Driving
Style, ‘Based on Drive mode’ and
‘Based on Driving Style’ can be selected
from the settings menu by selecting
‘Driver Assistance → Smart Cruise
Control’.
• If ‘Based on Drive mode’ is selected,
Smart Cruise Control will operate
based on the drive mode selected.
07
7-81
OJX1079206LOJX1079206L
Viewing Driving Style Analysis (if
equipped)
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Smart Cruise Control→
Viewing Driving Style Analysis’ from
the Settings menu to check the driver’s
driving style, and to change each driving
style manually.
Information
• ‘Viewing Driving Style Analysis’ is
displayed when ‘Based on Driving
Style’ is selected.
• The driver’s driving style is
continuously monitored and applied to
Smart Cruise Control.
OJX1073464NOJX1073464N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Driver Assistance System
7-82
• Even though 0 is selected for Warning
Volume, Warning Volume will not be
turned off but Warning Volume will
sound as 1.
• When Haptic Warning is selected as 0
while Warning Volume is selected as 0,
Warning Volume will activate and be
selected as 2.
• When Warning Volume is selected as 0
while Haptic Warning is selected as 0,
steering wheel vibration will be selected
as 2.
Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied.
Basic function
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• The driver’s door is closed
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is not
applied
• Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
- 5~120 mph (10~200 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0~120 mph (0~200 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS
(Anti-Lock Braking System) is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS
(Anti-Lock Braking System) is not
controlling the vehicle
• Engine RPM is not in the red zone
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is not operating
• Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is not operating
• Idle Stop and Go system is not
operating
• Hands-off warning for Lane Keeping
Assist and Highway Driving Assist is
off
Information
When stopped behind another vehicle, the
driver can turn on Smart Cruise Control
while the brake pedal is depressed.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will
operate when the left turn signal
indicator is turned on while Smart Cruise
Control is operating, and the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
• The hazard warning flasher is off
• A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
• Deceleration is not needed to
maintain distance with the vehicle in
front
• When the left turn signal indicator
•
Acceleration Assist will operate when
using the function in countries with
check the road conditions at all
07
7-83
Display and control
Basic function
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View
Modes” section in chapter 4.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
OperatingOperating Temporarily canceledTemporarily canceled
OJX1070264NOJX1070264N OJX1070082EOJX1070082E
• When operating
(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level are
displayed.
(2) Set speed is displayed.
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level are
displayed.
• When temporarily canceled
(1)
indicator is displayed.
(2) The previous set speed is shaded.
(3) Vehicle ahead is shaded (if equipped)
Information
• The distance of the front vehicle on the
cluster is displayed according to the
actual distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead.
• The target distance may vary according
to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If vehicle speed is low,
even though the vehicle distance have
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
To temporarily accelerate
OJX1071083NOJX1071083N
If you want to speed up temporarily
when Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While
the speed is increasing, the set speed,
distance level and target distance will
blink on the cluster.
Be careful when accelerating
Driver Assistance System
7-84
Based on Driving Style operating
OJX1079157L OJX1079157L OJX1071210NOJX1071210N
When Based on Driving Style is
operating, ‘Driving Style’ message will
appear on the cluster for 2 seconds, and
the distance level and target distance will
be displayed based on the driving style.
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
OJX1079080L OJX1079080L
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
• The vehicle speed is above 130 mph
(210 km/h)
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, the ‘Smart
Cruise Control canceled’ warning
message will appear on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound to warn
the driver.
If the Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the function operating,
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
07
7-85
When Smart Cruise Control is
speed in order to maintain a safe
Smart Cruise Control conditions not
satisfied
OJX1079076L OJX1079076L
If the Driving Assist (
) button,
+ switch, - switch or
switch is
operated when Smart Cruise Control
conditions are not satisfied, the ‘Smart
Cruise Control conditions not met’ will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
In traffic situation
OJX1079089LOJX1079089L
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after
the vehicle has stopped and a certain
time have passed, the ‘Use switch or
pedal to accelerate’ message will appear
on the cluster. Depress the accelerator
pedal or operate the + switch, - switch or
switch to start driving.
Driver Assistance System
7-86
Warning road conditions ahead
OJX1071088NOJX1071088N
In the following situation, the ‘Watch for
surrounding vehicles’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound to warn the driver of
road conditions ahead.
• The vehicle in front disappears when
Smart Cruise Control is maintaining
the distance with the vehicle ahead
while driving below a certain speed.
speed in order to maintain a safe
Collision Warning
OJX1071001NOJX1071001N
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when the collision risk with the vehicle
ahead is high, the ‘Collision Warning’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound to warn the driver. Always have
your eyes on the road while driving, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
•
•
slow or is at a standstill
• The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
07
7-87
Take the following precautions when
using Smart Cruise Control:
• Smart Cruise Control does not
•
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
•
•
• Keep a safe distance according to
• When maintaining distance with the
unexpected and sudden situations
•
upward slope and increase on a
•
•
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
•
•
and sudden situations from
•
and sudden situations from
•
warning message does not appear or
•
•
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-88
CAUTION
•
•
it does not reflect whether or not the
•
Information
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started or the front view camera or
front radar is initialized.
• You may hear a sound when the brake
is controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
• Unsafe driving style (such as rapid
acceleration, etc.) may not be reflected
in Based on Driving Style.
• Based on Driving Style reflects only
Inter-vehicle distance, acceleration and
reaction speed as the driver's driving
style.
Smart Cruise Control
Malfunction and Limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
OJX1079091LOJX1079091L
When Smart Cruise Control is not
working properly, the ‘Check Smart
Cruise Control system’ warning message
will appear, and the
warning light
will illuminate on the cluster. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
07
7-89
Smart Cruise Control disabled
OJX1079090LOJX1079090L
When the front radar cover or sensor
is covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs, the ‘Smart Cruise Control
disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear for a certain period
of time on the cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate
normally when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
•
•
Limitations of Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
Driver Assistance System
7-90
• Only part of the vehicle is detected
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights,
tail lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lights are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small
or does not look normal (for example,
tilted, overturned, etc.)
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
• Your vehicle is being towed
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
• The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
• The vehicle in front is made of
material that does not reflect on the
front radar
• Driving near a highway interchange or
tollgate
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a construction area,
unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as
driving in an area with strong radio
waves or electrical noise
07
7-91
• Driving on a curved road
OADAS014OADAS014
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
OADAS015 OADAS015
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check
to be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the Smart
Cruise Control.
• Driving on an inclined road
OADAS012OADAS012
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect
a moving vehicle in your lane, and
cause your vehicle to accelerate to
the set speed. Also, vehicle speed will
rapidly decrease when the vehicle
ahead is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Driver Assistance System
7-92
• Changing lanes
OADAS030 OADAS030
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise
Control may not immediately detect
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
• Detecting vehicle
OJX1079181OJX1079181
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as
motorcycles or bicycles
- Special vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
07
7-93
OJX1079007OJX1079007
In the following cases, the vehicle
in front cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles with higher ground
clearance or vehicles carrying loads
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
OTM058129OTM058129
• When a vehicle ahead disappears
at an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OTM058119OTM058119
• When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
Driver Assistance System
7-94
OTM058124OTM058124
• Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
07
7-95
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
helps maintain safe speed depending on
the road conditions by using information
from the navigation system when driving
on highways while Smart Cruise Control
is operating.
Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is available only on controlled access
road of certain highways.
à Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway
and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial
Highways
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates.
Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads of highways,
and does not operate on interchanges or
junctions.
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle
or limit acceleration to help you drive
safely on a curve based on the curve
information from the navigation.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function automatically changes Smart
Cruise Control set speed based on
the speed limit information from the
navigation.
Control Settings
Setting features
OJX1079140LOJX1079140L
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Driving Assist → Highway
Auto Speed Change' from the Settings
menu to turn on Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control and deselect to turn off
the function.
Information
When there is a problem with Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control, the function
cannot be set from the Settings menu.
Driver Assistance System
7-96
Control Operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways
Information
For more details on how to operate Smart
Cruise Control, refer to “Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)” section in chapter 7.
Display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
standby
OJX1071092NOJX1071092N
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the white
indicator will illuminate.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operating
OJX1070093NOJX1070093N OJX1070299N OJX1070299N
If temporary deceleration is required in
the standby state and Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is operating, the
green
symbol will illuminate on the
cluster.
If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function operates, the green
symbol and set speed will illuminate on
the cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
OJX1070086NOJX1070086N
appear in the following circumstances:
•
07
7-97
Information
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown and
Set Speed Auto Change function uses the
same
symbol.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
• Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway, the vehicle will decelerate,
and after passing the curve, the
vehicle will accelerate to Smart Cruise
Control set speed.
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed
and the degree of the curve on the
road. The higher the driving speed,
deceleration will start faster.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate when Smart
Cruise Control set speed and the
highway speed limit is matched.
• While Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating, when
the highway speed limit changes,
Smart Cruise Control set speed
automatically changes to the changed
speed limit.
• If Smart Cruise Control set speed is
adjusted different from the speed
limit, Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will be in the standby state.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by driving on a road other than
the highway main road, Highway Set
Speed Auto Change function will
operate again when you drive on the
main road again without setting the
set speed.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by depressing the brake pedal
or pressing the
switch on the
steering wheel, press the switch
to restart the function.
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function does not operate on highway
interchanges or junctions.
Information
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function only operates based on the
speed limits of the highway, it does not
work with speed cameras.
• When Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function is operating, the vehicle
automatically accelerates or decelerates
when the highway speed limit changes.
• The maximum set speed for Highway
Set Speed Auto Change function is 90
mph (140 km/h).
• If the speed limit of a new road is not
updated in the navigation, Highway Set
Speed Auto Change function may not
operate properly.
• If the speed unit is set to a unit other
than the speed unit used in your
country, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function may not operate
properly.
Driver Assistance System
7-98
Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate normally under the
following circumstances:
• The navigation is not working properly
• Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
• The navigation searches for a route
while driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
• The navigation is updated while
driving
• Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's
abnormal operation
• A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
• The driver goes off course the route
set in the navigation
• The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road
situations
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation is being updated while
driving
• The navigation is being restarted while
driving
• There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Driving on a road under construction
• Driving on a road that is controlled
• Driving on a road that is sharply
curved
• Driving on roads with intersections,
roundabouts, straight entrances and
exits, etc.
07
7-99
OJX1070280LOJX1070280L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line)
and the driving route (main road),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the
driving route is recognized as the
main road.
• When the vehicle's driving route
is recognized as the main road by
maintaining the main road instead
of the navigation set route, Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will operate. Depending on the
distance to the curve and the current
vehicle speed, vehicle deceleration
may not be sufficient or may
decelerate rapidly.
OJX1070281LOJX1070281L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• When there is a difference between
the navigation route (main road)
and the driving route (branch line),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will operate based on the
curve information on the main road.
• When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the
highway interchange or junction,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will not operate.
Driver Assistance System
7-100
OJX1070282LOJX1070282L
[1] : Driving route, [2] : Branch line,
[3] : Curved road section, [4] : Main road
• If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
• Even if you depart from the main road,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may temporarily operate
due to navigation information of the
highway curve section.
•
•
actual speed limit information on the
to check the speed limit on the
•
•
•
07
7-101
•
the function will not decelerate the
•
releases the accelerator pedal while
•
•
Information
• The speed information on the cluster
and navigation may differ.
• A time gap could occur between the
navigation’s guidance and when
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower
than Smart Cruise Control set speed,
acceleration may be limited by the
curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period of
time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20
cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Driver Assistance System
7-102
Lane Following Assist detects lane
markings and/or a vehicle ahead on the
road, and center your vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and vehicle in front.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Lane Following Assist Settings
OJX1073466NOJX1073466N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
07
7-103
Lane Following Assist Operation
OJK070097 OJK070097
Turning Lane Following Assist On/Off
With the engine on, shortly press the
Lane Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
Assist. The white or green
indicator
light will illuminate on the cluster.
Press the button again to turn off Lane
Following Assist.
Lane Following Assist
OJX1071100NOJX1071100N
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green
indicator light will illuminate
on the cluster, and Lane Following Assist
will help center the vehicle in the lane by
assisting the steering wheel.
CAUTION
the green
Driver Assistance System
7-104
Hands-off warning
OJX1079022L OJX1079022L
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and
audible warning
OJX1079097LOJX1079097L
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Lane Following
Assist (LFA) canceled’ warning message
will appear and Lane Following Assist will
be automatically canceled.
•
assisted if the steering wheel is held
• Lane Following Assist does not
• The hands–off warning message
•
•
07
7-105
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings” section in
chapter 4.
• When both lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the cluster will change
from grey to white.
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the cluster
type or theme selected from the cluster.
Lane undetectedLane undetected Lane detectedLane detected
OJX1079018OJX1079018 OJX1071018NOJX1071018N
• If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane
Following Assist can be limited
depending on whether a vehicle is in
front or the driving conditions of the
vehicle.
• Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Following Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunction
OJX1079098LOJX1079098L
When Lane Following Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Lane
Following Assist (LFA) system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
For more details on the function
precautions, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)” section in chapter 7.
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
For more details on Lane Following Assist
limitations, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)” section in chapter 7.
Driver Assistance System
7-106
Basic function
Highway Driving Assist detect lanes and
vehicles ahead, and help maintain the
distance from the vehicle ahead and the
set speed, and center your vehicle in the
lane while driving on the highway.
OADAS035OADAS035
Highway Lane Change Assist function
helps change lanes to the direction
you operate the turn signal switch if
the function judges that lane change is
possible.
OADAS036OADAS036
Information
• Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of
certain highways.
à Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway
and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial
Highways
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates.
07
7-107
Detecting sensor
OJX1071178NOJX1071178N
OJX1071182NOJX1071182N
OJX1071183NOJX1071183N
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Front radar,
[3] : Front corner radar (if equipped),
[4] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
Setting features
OJX1073470NOJX1073470N
Highway Driving Assist
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Driving Assist’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
• If ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is selected,
it helps maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, helps maintain the set
speed, and helps keep the vehicle
between lanes.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if equipped)
• If ‘Highway Lane Change Assist’ is
selected, it helps the driver change
lanes.
Information
• When ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is
deselected, the setting for ‘Highway
Lane Change Assist’ cannot be
changed.
• If there is a problem with the functions,
the settings cannot be changed. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the engine is restarted, the functions
will maintain the last setting.
Driver Assistance System
7-108
OJX1073466NOJX1073466N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Operation
Basic function
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View
Modes” section in chapter 4.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
Operating stateOperating state Standby stateStandby state
OJX1070099NOJX1070099N OJX1071263N OJX1071263N
• When operating
(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level are
displayed.
à Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green
: Operating state
- White
: Accelerator depressed
state
- Gray
: Standby state
(2) Set speed is displayed.
(3) Lane Following Assist indicator
displayed.
(4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected headway are
displayed.
(5) Whether the lane is detected or
not is displayed.
07
7-109
Information
For more details on the display refer to
“Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” and “Lane
Following Assist (LFA)” sections in this
chapter.
Highway Driving Assist will operate when
entering or driving on the main road of
highways, and satisfying all the following
conditions:
• Lane Following Assist is operating
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on the main road of highways,
and turning on Highway Driving Assist
by pressing the Driving Assist (
)
button.
• Entering the main road of highways
while Lane Following assist and Smart
Cruise Control are operating.
• Restarting after stopping
OJX1079089L OJX1079089L
When Highway Driving Assist is
operating, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving
within 30 seconds after the stop, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition,
after the vehicle has stopped and 30
seconds have passed, the ‘Use switch
or pedal to accelerate’ message
will appear on the cluster. Depress
the accelerator pedal or push the +
switch, - switch or
switch to start
driving.
Driver Assistance System
7-110
• Hands-off warning
OJX1079022LOJX1079022L
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Place hands on the steering
wheel’ warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and
audible warning
OJX1079102LOJX1079102L
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
the hands-off warning, the ‘Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) canceled’
warning message will appear and
Highway Driving Assist and Lane
Change Assist will be automatically
canceled.
• Driving speed limit
OJX1079101LOJX1079101L
When Highway Driving Assist is
canceled by the hands-off warning,
The driving speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function
is operating, the ‘Driver’s grasp
not detected. Driving speed will be
limited’ warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warning
will sound continuously.
• Driving to one side within lane (if
equipped)
OADAS037OADAS037
When vehicle speed is above
40 mph (60 km/h), if a detected
vehicle around you is driving at a
close distance, your vehicle will
control the steering in the opposite
direction of the vehicle to assist in
safe driving.
If there a detected vehicle in both
sides of the lane that are driving
close to you, the function will not
veer to the opposite side of the lane.
07
7-111
When Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled while Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Highway
Driving Assist will be in the standby state.
At this time, Lane Following Assist will
operate normally.
Information
• Driving Speed Limit helps you drive
below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time,
the vehicle decelerates due to the
vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has
decelerated, it cannot automatically
accelerate.
• Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
- When the driver grabs the steering
wheel again
- When the driver turns on Lane
Following Assist by pressing the
button
- When Smart Cruise Control (+, -,
) switch or button is pushed,
or the accelerator pedal or the brake
pedal is depressed
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Lane Change Assist function operation
in the Driving Assist view on the cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter
4.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be displayed as below depending on
the status of the function.
Ready/OperatingReady/Operating Standby/CanceledStandby/Canceled
OJX1071104NOJX1071104N OJX1071103N OJX1071103N
(1) Highway Lane Change Assist
indicator
• Green
on : Ready state
• Green
blink : Operating state
• Gray
on : Standby state
• White
blink : Canceled state
(dispaly only a certain time)
(2) Green lane line
The green lane line is displayed when
the function starts operating, and until
the vehicle steps on the lane line.
(3) Green arrow
The green arrow is displayed when a
certain amount of time has passed
after the function has started
operating, and until the lane change
has completed.
(4) Message
• Message is displayed when the
function does not operate even
though the turn signal switch is
used.
• Message is displayed when
the function is canceled while
operating.
Driver Assistance System
7-112
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will turn on when the following
conditions are satisfied.
• The Driving Assist button or Lane
Driving Assist button is used to turn
on Highway Driving Assist.
•
OJX1070285LOJX1070285L
The OK button is pressed on the
steering wheel when a message on
the cluster inquires whether or not
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be used.
operate
While Highway Lane Change Assist
function is on, the function will be
ready to operate when all the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Highway Driving Assist is operating
• Lane Following Assist is operating
• A vehicle in the rear area of your
vehicle is detected more than once
after the engine is turned on
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
• Hands-off warning is not displayed on
the cluster
• Hazard warning flasher is off
Information
• While Lane Change Assist function
is turned on (indicator on), Lane
Following Assist will not cancel even
if the turn signal indicator or hazard
warning flasher is operating.
• Lane Change Assist function turns
off automatically when driven in the
following road conditions:
- One driving lane
- A road with a intersection or
crosswalk ahead
- A road with no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrails, etc.
- There is a pedestrian or cyclist on the
road ahead
• When the function is in the ready state,
and vehicle speed is below 35 mph
(55 km/h), the function will change to
the standby state.
07
7-113
Turn signal leverTurn signal lever
OJX1050280LOJX1050280L
[1] : Center
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will operate, when you push the turn
signal lever up or down to the A or B
position while the function is in the ready
state (
indicator is green), and all of
the following conditions are satisfied:
• The driver has his/her hand on the
steering wheel
• There is no collision risk in the
direction of lane change
• There is a single dotted lane line in the
direction of lane change
• There are no Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist and Blind Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist warnings
• The vehicle is driven in the middle of
the lane
• The road you are driving on, or the
road you are about to change lane is a
road that the function can operate
Information
• When the turn signal lever is placed at
B position for a certain period of time,
the green arrow will appear. At this
time, even when the lever is released
and returns to it’s original position (1),
lane change will still be assisted.
• While lane change is being made by the
function, the turn signal indicator will
blink even when the turn signal lever is
not held, and the turn signal indicator
will turn off when lane change is
complete.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be in the standby state when one of
the ready state condition is not satisfied,
or when entering or driving on one of the
following roads:
• Road within a certain distance from
the tollgate on the main road of the
highway (or motorway)
• The road ahead ends without an
interchange or junction
• Road with sharp curves
• Road with narrow lanes
Driver Assistance System
7-114
The function will be canceled when:
• The turn signal lever is released to the
center before the green arrow appears
• The turn signal lever is turned on in
the opposite direction of lane change
• The steering wheel is steered sharply
•
one of the following occurs:
-
off
- Lane Following Assist or Smart
Cruise Control is turned off or
-
-
position
-
turned on
-
Assist or Blind-Spot Collision-
-
Assist and Blind Spot Collision-
- The target lane to make a lane
change disappears
- The target lane to make a lane
change is not detected
-
lamps
-
function is off (The function turns
off when the function is turned off
when there is a intersection or
or when there is a pedestrian or
-
•
•
07
7-115
Malfunction and Limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunction
OJX1070283LOJX1070283L OJX1079105LOJX1079105L
When Highway Driving Assist or
Highway Lane Change function is not
working properly, the ‘Check Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) system’ or ‘Check
Lane Change Assist function’ warning
message will appear, and the
warning
light will illuminate on the cluster. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
•
•
•
supplemental function that assists
and is not a complete autonomous
•
•
•
situations:
-
-
restarted
•
depending on road conditions
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-116
•
• The hands–off warning message
on how the steering wheel is held or
hands on the steering wheel while
•
•
or when the detecting sensors or
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway
Lane Change function may not operate
normally, or may not operate under the
following circumstances:
• The map information and the
actual road is different because the
navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
• The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is changed or
canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (for example,
elevated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
• White single dotted lane line or road
edge cannot be detected
• The road is temporarily controlled due
to construction, etc.
• There is no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrails, etc., on the
road
• There is a changeable lane in the
direction of lane change
Information
For more details on the limitations of
the front view camera, front radar, front
corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
07
7-117
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Driver Assistance System
7-118
OJX1072106NOJX1072106N
Rear View Monitor displays the area
behind your vehicle to help with safe
parking.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071274NOJX1071274N
[1] : Wide-rear camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
differ from the actual distance of the
CAUTION
such as strong detergents containing
07
7-119
OJX1073467NOJX1073467N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Parking Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
Rear View Monitor is operating.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Camera settings
OJX1071236NOJX1071236N
You can change Rear View Monitor
settings by pressing the setup icon
(
) on the screen while the function is
operating, or select ‘Driver Assistance →
Parking Safety → Camera Settings’ from
the Settings menu while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
If 'Display contents' is selected, you may
set whether to use 'Rear View Parking
Guide Lines' or 'Extended rear view
camera'.
Rear View Parking Guide Lines
If 'Rear View Parking Guide Lines' is
selected, the rear view parking guide
lines and rear top view guide lines
will be displayed at the left side of the
infotainment system screen.
Information
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m)
and 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
Top View Parking Guidance shows
the tailgate opening distance and the
distance of 4.9 ft. (1.5 m) from the
vehicle.
Driver Assistance System
7-120
Extended Rear View Monitor
If 'Extended Rear View Monitor' is
selected, the rear view keeps displaying
when shifting from R to N/D. When
exceeding a certain speed, the rear view
stops displaying.
OJX1079107OJX1079107
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button to turn on
Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Rear view
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the rear
view will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button while
the gear is in P (Park), the rear view
will appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• The rear view cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Press the Parking/View button again
while the gear is in P (Park) with the
rear view on the screen, the rear view
will turn off.
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the rear view will turn off.
Extended Rear View Monitor
The rear view will maintain showing on
the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view
will appear on the screen.
• With the engine on, select ‘Display
→ Keep Rear Camera’ from the
infotainment system Settings menu to
turn on Extended rear view function
and deselect to turn off the function.
Off conditions
• When vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h), the rear view will turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view
will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button, the
rear view will turn off.
07
7-121
Rear top view
OJX1071303NOJX1071303N
When you touch the icon (1), the top view
is displayed on the screen and shows the
distance from the vehicle in the back of
your vehicle while parking.
and Limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display normally,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
•
•
differ from the actual distance of the
•
affect camera performance and
detergents containing high alkaline
Driver Assistance System
7-122
Surround View Monitor uses the wide
view cameras and displays images
around your vehicle through the
infotainment system screen to help with
safe parking.
Detecting sensor
OJX1070266LOJX1070266L
OJX1070267LOJX1070267L
[1] : Wide-front view camera,
[2],[3] : Wide-side view camera
(under the side view mirror),
[4] : Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
OJX1073467NOJX1073467N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Parking Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
Surround View Monitor is operating.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
07
7-123
Camera settings
OJK070126LOJK070126L
• You can change Surround View
Monitor settings by pressing the setup
icon (
) on the screen while the
function is operating, or select ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Camera
Settings’ from the Settings menu
while the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position.
• In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for ‘Top View Parking
Guidance’, ‘Rear View Parking
Guidance’ and ‘Parking Distance
Warning’.
Top View Parking Guidance
Front top viewFront top view
OJX1071304NOJX1071304N
Rear top viewRear top view
OJX1071305NOJX1071305N
• When the ‘Top View Parking Guidance’
is selected, parking guidance is
displayed on the right side of the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• You may see the front top view or the
rear top view when using Top View
Parking Guidance.
• The ‘Top View Parking Guidance’ can
be connected with the front top view
parking guidance or the rear top view
parking guidance.
Driver Assistance System
7-124
Rear View Parking Guidance
OJX1071306NOJX1071306N
• When the ‘Rear View Parking
Guidance’ is selected, parking
guidance is displayed in the rear view.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 0.5 m (1.6 ft.), 1 m (3.3 ft.)
and 2.3 m (7.6 ft.) from the vehicle.
Parking Distance Warning
OJX1071307NOJX1071307N
• When the ‘Parking Distance Warning’
is selected, parking distance warning
is displayed on the right side of the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• The image will be displayed only when
Parking Distance Warning is warning
the driver.
Surround View Monitor Auto On
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Surround
View Monitor Auto On’ from the Settings
menu to use the function.
OJX1079107 OJX1079107
07
7-125
Operation
Operating button
OJX1079175OJX1079175
OJX1071271NOJX1071271N
Press the Parking/View button to turn on
Surround View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Front view
The front image is displayed on the
screen when the gear is in N (Neutral) or
D (Drive) to assist in parking. The front
view has a top view/front view/side
view/3D view.
Operating conditions
• When the gear is shifted from R
(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive),
the last set mode of front view
function will be selected.
• Front view function will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied:
- While the infotainment system
screen is being displayed, press the
Parking/View button (1) briefly when
the gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
and vehicle speed is below (9 mph)
15 km/h.
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
function will operate when the
following conditions are satisfied:
- With `Driver Assistance → Parking
Safety → Surround View Monitor
Auto On' selected from the Settings
menu, the front parking assist view
screen is displayed when Parking
Distance Warning warns the driver
while driving in D (Drive).
Driver Assistance System
7-126
Off conditions
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again, the image will turn off.
• When vehicle speed is above (9 mph)
15 km/h with the gear in D (Drive),
Surround View Monitor will turn off
and the screen will change back to the
previous infotainment system screen.
Although you drive below (9 mph) 15
km/h again, Surround View Monitor
will not turn on.
• Press one of the infotainment system
button (3), the screen will change to
the infotainment system screen.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the image
will turn off.
Rear view
The rear image is displayed on the screen
when the gear is in P (Park) to assist in
parking. The rear view has a top view/
rear view/side view/3D view.
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
image will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the image
will appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the image will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again while the gear is in P (Park) with
the image on the screen.
Malfunction and Limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunction
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
normally, have Surround View Monitor
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
• When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur
the image.
• The screen may be displayed
abnormally, and an icon will appear at
the top left side of the screen under
the following circumstances:
- The liftgate is opened
- The driver or front passenger door
is opened
- The side view mirror is folded
07
7-127
•
•
differ from the actual distance of the
•
•
camera performance and Surround
detergents containing high alkaline
Information
When Rear View while Driving is on, it
stays on while driving regardless of vehicle
speed.
Driver Assistance System
7-128
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects vehicles approaching from
the rear left or right while your vehicle
is reversing and warns you of a possible
collision with a warning message and a
warning sound. Also, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist may assist
with braking your vehicle to help avoid a
collision.
OJX1079108 OJX1079108
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range,
[B] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
OJX1071272NOJX1071272N
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
07
7-129
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Setting features
OJX1079146LOJX1079146L
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Rear Cross-
Traffic Safety’ from the Settings menu
to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist and deselect to turn off
the function.
OJX1073463NOJX1073463N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing’ from the Settings menu to
change the initial warning activation time
for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
The warning time can be set to either
‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.
• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If ‘Late’ is selected, Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-130
OJX1073468NOJX1073468N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume in level 0,
if you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning
Volume will be automatically adjusted
to volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected
or in level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
07
7-131
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and help control the
vehicle depending on collision risk level:
‘Collision Warning’, ‘Emergency Braking’
and ‘Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control’.
OJX1071276NOJX1071276N OJX1079164 OJX1079164
OJX1070166NOJX1070166N
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of an approaching
a detected vehicle from the rear
left/right side of your vehicle, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning will appear
on the cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate. If the Rear
View Monitor is operating, a warning
will also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching a detected vehicle
is within approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
from the left and right side of your
vehicle
- The speed of the a detected vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
Information
• If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there will be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or
right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
Driver Assistance System
7-132
OJX1071276NOJX1071276N OJX1070277L OJX1070277L
OJX1070166NOJX1070166N
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver of an approaching
a detected vehicle from the rear left/
right side of your vehicle, the warning
light on the side view mirror will blink
and a warning message will appear
on the cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate. If the Rear
View Monitor is operating, a warning
will also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching a detected vehicle
is within approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m)
from the left and right side of your
vehicle
- The speed of the a detected vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
• Emergency braking will be assisted
to help prevent collision with
approaching vehicles from the left
and right.
Brake control will end when:
•
detecting range
•
•
•
down
•
with sufficient power
07
7-133
OJX1070276L OJX1070276L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
• For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
• During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist will automatically
cancel when the driver excessively
depresses the brake pedal.
Take the following precautions when
using Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
•
•
•
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
passengers and shifting loose
•
• When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Driver Assistance System
7-134
•
•
depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
•
CAUTION
•
warning light is on
•
engaged in a different function
Information
If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, you
must immediately depress the brake pedal
and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control ends when you depress
the brake pedal with sufficient power.
• After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control operates once for left
and right vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
and Limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
OJX1079110LOJX1079110L
When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is not working properly,
the ‘Check Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system’ warning message will appear
on the cluster for several seconds, and
the master warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
07
7-135
OJX1079056LOJX1079056L
When the side view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the ‘Check
side view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
(
) warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist disabled
OJX1079109LOJX1079109L
When the rear bumper around the rear-
side radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate normally after it
is removed, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-136
•
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
are not detected after turning ON the
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally, or it
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Departing from where trees or grass
are overgrown
• Departing from where roads are wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
Braking control may not work, driver’s
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of
•
OJX1079111OJX1079111
[A] : Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
07
7-137
•
OJX1079112OJX1079112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
which are parking or pulling out
•
OJX1079113OJX1079113
[A] : Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Driver Assistance System
7-138
•
slope
OJX1079114OJX1079114
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
•
there is a structure
OJX1079115OJX1079115
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
space with a wall or structure in the
07
7-139
•
OJX1079116OJX1079116
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
•
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Driver Assistance System
7-140
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning uses the front and rear
ultrasonic sensors to detect and warns
you if a person, animal, or object is within
a certain distance when your vehicle is
stopped or driving at low speed.
Detecting sensor
OJX1070122L OJX1070122L
OJX1079123L OJX1079123L
[1] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
[2] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Distance Warning Settings
Warning Methods
OJX1073469NOJX1073469N
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Parking Distance Warning Auto On
To use Parking Distance Warning AutoOn
function, select ‘Driver Assistance→
Parking Safety → Parking Distance
Warning Auto On’ from the cluster or
infotainment system Settings menu
07
7-141
Distance Warning Operation
Operating button
OJX1079124 OJX1079124
Parking Safety button
• When the Parking Safety ( )
button is pressed while the engine
running, the button indicator light will
illuminate and will operate when the
vehicle moves forward or in reverse.
• When the button is off (button
indicator light off), if you shift the
gear to R (Reverse), Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will
automatically turn on.
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate properly
at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h).
If vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h), Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning will not warn the
driver, and if vehicle speed is above 12
mph (20 km/h), the function will turn
off (button indicator light off).
à If equipped with Remote Smart
Parking Assist, Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will turn
off (button indicator light off) when
vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30
km/h).
Information
Although you drive below 12 mph
(20 km/h) again, Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will not turn
on. If necessary, press the Parking Safety
(
) button again.
Forward Parking Distance Warning
• Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of the condition is
satisfied.
- The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking
Distance Warning on
- The gear is in D (Drive) and the
Parking Safety (
) button
indicator light is on
- 'Parking Distance Warning Auto On'
is selected from the Settings menu
and the gear is in D (Drive)
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or
object in front when the vehicle's
forward speed is below (6 mph) 10
km/h.
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's
forward speed is above (6 mph) 10
km/h even when the Parking Safety
(
) button indicator is on. Forward
Parking Distance Warning will operate
again when the vehicle's forward
speed decreases below (6 mph) 10
km/h while the Parking Safety (
)
button indicator is on.
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is selected, the Parking Safety
(
) button indicator light stays on.
Driver Assistance System
7-142
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is deselected, and the vehicle’s
forward speed is above 20 km/h (12
mph), the Parking Safety (
) button
indicator will turn off. Although you
drive below 10 km/h (6 mph), Forward
Parking Distance Warning will not turn
on.
à If equipped with Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist or
Remote Smart Parking Assist,
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will turn off when vehicle
speed is above 30 km/h (18 mph).
Distance
Warning
indicator
when
forward
Warning
sound
24~40 in.
(60~100 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
12 in.
(within 30
cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate when the gear is in R
(Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or
object in the rear when the vehicle’s
rearward speed is below 10 km/h (6
mph).
• When the vehicle’s rearward speed is
below 10 km/h (6 mph), both the front
and rear ultrasonic sensors will help
detect objects. However, the front
ultrasonic sensors can help detect a
person, animal or object when it is
within 24 in. (60 cm) from the sensors.
Distance
Warning
indicator
when
Warning
sound
24~48 in.
(60~120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
12 in.
(within 30
cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
07
7-143
Distance Warning Malfunction
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning malfunction
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning has a self-diagnosis function
that can determine whether the
ultrasonic sensor is working properly.
After starting the engine, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning is operating
normally.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
sensor is damaged or whether Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning is in
a non-operating condition. If it still does
not work properly, have the function
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis products.
• The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’
warning message appears on the
cluster.
OJX1079125LOJX1079125L
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-144
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate properly
when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with substance,
such as snow or water (Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate properly when such
substance is removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit by a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding
area is directly sprayed with high
pressure washer
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s
sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a
different spot from the original
location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipments or
accessories next to the ultrasonic
sensors
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
- Narrow objects such as edge of
square pillar
- Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects
that are very close to the ultrasonic
sensors
• Parking Distance Warning Indicators
may be displayed differently from
the actual detected location when
the obstacle is located between the
sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
• If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
07
7-145
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects pedestrians or objects
behind the vehicle and may warn you or
assist you with braking to help avoid a
collision while your vehicle is reversing.
Detecting sensor
OJX1071274N OJX1071274N
OJX1079123LOJX1079123L
[1] : Rear view camera, [2] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Setting features
OJX1079207L OJX1079207L
Parking Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Parking Safety’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
• If ‘Rear Active Assist’ is selected,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver and assist
with braking when a collision with a
pedestrian or an object is imminent.
• If ‘Rear Warning Only’ is selected,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver when a
collision with a pedestrian or an
object is imminent. Braking will not be
assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.
• If Parking Safety (
) button is
pressed more than 2 seconds, ‘Rear
Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning Only’
can be turned on or off.
Driver Assistance System
7-146
OJX1073468NOJX1073468N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume in level 0,
if you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning
Volume will be automatically adjusted
to volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected
or in level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
07
7-147
Operating conditions
If ‘Rear Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning
Only’ is set from the Settings menu,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will be in the ready status when
the following conditions are satisfied:
• The liftgate is closed
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h)
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist components such as the
wide-rear view camera and the rear
ultrasonic sensors are in normal
conditions
When Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist activates, a line
appears behind the vehicle image in the
instrument cluster.
OJK070196L OJK070196L
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates only once after the gear
is shifted to R (Reverse). To reactivate
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist, shift the gear from another gear to
R (Reverse).
Rear Active Assist
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects a risk of collision with
a pedestrian or an object, Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn the driver with an audible
warning, steering wheel vibration and
warning message on the cluster.
When Rear View Monitor is operating,
a warning will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects imminent collision with
a pedestrian or an object behind the
vehicle, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may assist you with
braking. The driver needs to pay
attention as the brake assist will end
within 2 seconds. The driver must
immediately depress the brake pedal
and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control will end when:
- The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive).
- The driver depresses the brake
pedal with sufficient power
- Braking assist has lasted for
approximately 2 seconds
• The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park),
N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
• The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Driver Assistance System
7-148
Rear Warning Only
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects a risk of collision with a
pedestrian or an object, the function
will warn the driver with an audible
warning, steering wheel vibration and
warning message on the cluster.
When Rear View Monitor is operating,
a warning will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
• ‘If ‘Rear Warning Only’ is selected,
braking will not be assisted.
• The warning will turn off when the
gear is shifted to P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive).
and Limitations
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
OJX1079120L OJX1079120L
When Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist or other related
functions are not working properly, the
‘Check Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist system’ warning message will
appear on the cluster, and Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
turn off automatically. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
OJX1071117NOJX1071117N
The wide-rear view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect pedestrians. If
the camera lens is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it may
adversely affect camera performance
and Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally. Always
keep the camera lens clean.
OJX1079171L OJX1079171L
The rear ultrasonic sensors are located
inside the rear bumper to detect objects
in the rear area. If the sensors are
covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, it may adversely affect
sensor performance and Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate normally. Always keep the rear
bumper clean.
07
7-149
Rear view cameraRear view camera Rear ultrasonic sensorRear ultrasonic sensor
OJX1079229LOJX1079229L OJX1079119LOJX1079119L
The ‘Rear camera error or blockage’
or ‘ Parking sensor error or blockage’
warning message will appear on the
cluster if the following situations occur:
• The wide-rear view camera is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, etc.
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
If this occurs, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may turn off or may
not operate properly. Check whether
the wide-rear view camera and rear
ultrasonic sensors are clean.
Limitations of the Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not assist braking or warn
the driver even if there are pedestrians
or objects under the following
circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
sensor installation has been modified
• Wide-rear view camera or rear
ultrasonic sensor(s) is damaged
• Wide-rear view camera or the rear
ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
• Wide-rear view camera is obscured
by a light source or by inclement
weather, such as heavy rain, fog,
snow, etc.
• The surrounding is very bright or very
dark
• Outside temperature is very high or
very low
• The wind is either strong (above
12 mph (20 km/h)) or blowing
perpendicular to the rear bumper
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines or truck air
brakes, are near your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
• There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the
pedestrian
• The image of the pedestrian
in the wide-rear view camera
is indistinguishable from the
background
Driver Assistance System
7-150
• The pedestrian is near the rear edge of
the vehicle
• The pedestrian is not standing upright
• The pedestrian is either very short or
very tall for Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist to detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves
well
• Size, thickness, height, or shape of
the object does not reflect ultrasonic
waves well (for example, pole, bush,
curbs, carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
• The pedestrian or the object is moving
• The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle
• A wall is behind the pedestrian or the
object
• The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle
• The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
• The road is slippery or inclined
• The driver backs up the vehicle
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse)
• The driver accelerates or circles the
vehicle
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver
or assist with braking even if there are
no pedestrians or objects under the
following circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
sensor installation has been modified
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Wide-rear view camera or the rear
ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
• The pattern on the road is mistaken
for a pedestrian
• There is shadow or light reflecting on
the ground
• Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines or truck air
brakes, are near your vehicle
• Your vehicle is backing towards a
narrow passage or parking space
• Your vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as an
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradient,
etc.
• A trailer or carrier is installed on the
rear of your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
07
7-151
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
make sure there are no pedestrians
•
•
•
depending on the road conditions
•
CAUTION
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
Control) warning light is on
-
engaged in a different function
Driver Assistance System
7-152
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
•
camera and rear ultrasonic sensors
•
acid or alkaline detergents when
•
camera or the rear ultrasonic sensors
or the rear ultrasonic sensors to
•
•
•
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can detect a pedestrian or an object
when:
• A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
• A large obstacle, such as a vehicle,
is parked in the rear center of your
vehicle
07
7-153
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses the
front, front side, rear side, and rear
ultrasonic sensors to detect parking
spaces and control vehicle steering,
speed, gear shifts, and help enter and
exit parking spaces remotely from
outside your vehicle.
Function Description
Remote
Operation
Remotely moving forward
or backward
OJX1079037OJX1079037
Smart
Parking or
Remote
Smart
Parking
Perpendicular reverse
parking
OJX1079034OJX1079034
Parallel reverse parking
OJX1079035OJX1079035
Smart Exit
Parallel forward exit
OJX1079036OJX1079036
• Remote Smart Parking and Remote
Operation function may be operated
from outside the vehicle using the
smart key.
• Smart Parking and Remote Smart
Parking function may be operated
from inside the vehicle.
• Smart Parking and Remote Smart
Parking function helps the driver with
perpendicular reverse parking and
parallel reverse parking.
• Smart Exit function helps the driver
with parallel forward exit.
• When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Surround View Monitor and
Parking Distance Warning will also
operate. For more details, refer to
"Surround View Monitor (SVM)" and
"Parking Distance Warning (PDW)"
sections in chapter 7.
Driver Assistance System
7-154
Detecting sensor
OJX1070296LOJX1070296L
OJX1070297LOJX1070297L
[1] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
[2] : Front corner ultrasonic sensors,
[3] : Rear corner ultrasonic sensors,
[4] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
•
•
•
installed equipment or accessories
•
•
•
07
7-155
Settings
Settings features
OJX1073469NOJX1073469N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup →
Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Warning
Methods' from the Settings in the
infotainment system to select the
following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Driver Assistance System
7-156
Remote Smart Parking Assist button
OJX1079107OJX1079107 OJX1050005NOJX1050005N
OJX1070306NOJX1070306N
Location Name Description
Inside
vehicle
Parking/View
button
• Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn
on Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance warning will automatically
turn on.
However, functions may differ depending on the
situations. Refer to each function's description for
more details in the following pages.
• Press and hold the Parking/View button while Smart
Parking or Smart Exit function is on to operate the
function.
Parking
Safety button
• Press the Parking Safety button while Remote Smart
Parking Assist is operating to end system operation.
Smart
key
Remote Start
button
• Press the Remote Start button after the door is
locked with the engine off to start the engine
remotely.
• Press the Remote Start button while Remote Smart
Parking or Remote Operation function is operating
to end function operation.
Forward
button
• When using Remote Smart Parking function,
regardless of which direction button is pressed,
parking is supported while the button is pressed.
• When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the button while
the button is pressed.
Backward
button
Digital
key
Remote
Smart
Parking
Assist icon
• When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the icon is pushed
and moves while the icon is pushed.
• When using Remote Smart Parking function,
regardless of which direction the icon is pushed,
parking is supported while the icon is pushed.
07
7-157
Remote Operation
Operating order
Remote Operation operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation function.
OJX1079033LOJX1079033L
Method (1) Using the function with
engine off
(1) Within a certain range from the
vehicle press the door lock (
)
button on the smart key and lock
all doors.
(2) Press and hold the Remote Start
button (
) within 4 seconds until
the engine starts.
• For more details on remotely
starting the engine, refer to
“Remote Start” section in chapter 6.
Information
If the vehicle is remotely started that has
been parked in cold weather for a long
time, the operation of Remote Operation
function may be delayed depending on the
engine condition.
OJX1079038 OJX1079038
OJX1079197L OJX1079197L
Method (2) Using the function with
engine on
(1) Park the vehicle in front of the
space where you want to use
Remote Operation function, and
shift the gear to P (Park).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View
(
) button to turn on Smart
Parking Assist. A message ‘Remote
Parking Instructions’ will appear
on the infotainment system
screen.
(3) Get out of the vehicle with the
smart key and close all doors.
Driver Assistance System
7-158
• ‘Agree’ must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Remote Operation
function.
• Method (2) can be used after the
vehicle has been driven above 3
mph (5 km/h).
• If Remote Smart Parking Assist
is turned on again after parallel
parking is completed by Remote
Smart Parking Assist, Remote
Operation function can be used.
• Check that all smart keys are
outside the vehicle when using
Remote Operation function.
3. Remotely moving forward and
Backward
OJX1079040 OJX1079040
(1) Press and hold one of the Forward
(
) or Backward ( ) button on
the smart key. Remote Smart
Parking Assist will automatically
control the steering wheel, vehicle
speed and gearshift. The vehicle
will move in the direction of the
button pressed.
(2) While Remote Operation function
is operating, if the you do not
hold down the Forward (
) or
Backward (
) button, the vehicle
will stop and system control will
pause. The function will start
operating again when the button is
pressed and held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the
target location, the function will
turn off.
(4) When the driver gets in the vehicle
with the smart key, a message
will appear informing the driver
Remote Operation function is
complete on the infotainment
system screen.
In addition, when the Remote
Start (
) button is pressed on the
smart key, a message will appear
informing the driver Remote
Operation function is complete
and the engine will turn off.
• Check that all smart keys are
outside the vehicle when using
Remote Forward/Backward
function.
• Remote Operation function will
operate only when the smart key is
within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle. If
there is no vehicle movement even
when the Forward (
) or Backward
(
) button is pressed on the smart
key, check the distance to the
vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart
key may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by
radio waves such as transmission
tower, broadcast station, etc.
07
7-159
• When remotely moving forward
using method (1), it is recognized
as an exit situation, and the
vehicle moves 13 ft. (4 m) to
check for pedestrians, animals or
objects around the vehicle. After
confirmation, the steering wheel
is controlled according to the
condition ahead.
• When remotely moving forward
using method (2), it is recognized
as a parking situation, and will
immediately control the steering
wheel according to the condition
ahead to assist with entering the
parking space and aligning the
vehicle. However, performance
may reduce depending on the
pedestrians, animals, shape of
objects, location, etc., around the
vehicle.
• For moving remotely backward,
both method (1) and (2) aligns the
steering wheel first, and then will
only move the vehicle straight.
• When remotely moving forward or
backward is completed, the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park)
and engage EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake).
CAUTION
• When using Remote Operation
• When using Remote Operation
•
•
malfunctions when parked in a
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-160
Remote Operation function operation
status
Operation
status
warning
light
Under
control
Green LED
continuously
blinks
-
Pause
Red LED
continuously
blinks
Blinks
Off
Red LED
illuminates for
4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 3
times and
turns off
Complete
Green LED
illuminates for
4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 1
time and
turns off
à Operation status by the hazard
warning light may not be applicable
based on the regulation of your
country.
à If the smart key is not within the
operating range from the vehicle
(approximately 13 ft. (4m)), the
smart key LED will not illuminate or
blink. Use the smart key within the
operating range.
How to turn off Remote Operation
function while operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button.
• Press the Parking Safety (
) button
or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen.
• Press the Remote Start (
) button
on the smart key. Remote Operation
function will turn off. At this time, the
engine will turn off.
• Get in the vehicle with the smart key.
Remote Operation function will turn
off. At this time, the engine will remain
on.
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a detected pedestrian, animal
or object in the direction the vehicle
is moving
• The door or liftgate is open
• The Forward (
) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
• Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
• The smart key is not operated within
13 ft. (4m) from the vehicle
• Button of another smart key is pressed
in addition to the operating smart key
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operates while the
vehicle is being controlled in the
reverse direction
• The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) while
the smart key is pressed with Remote
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
When Remote Operation function is
paused, the vehicle will stop. If the
condition that made the function to
pause disappears, the function may
operate again.
07
7-161
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
• The engine hood is open
• Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
• There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
• Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds has passed after Remote
Operation function has started to
operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
and drive controls are not working
properly
• The function is paused for more than
1 minute
• The total travel distance of the vehicle
has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after
Remote Operation function operation
• There is a problem with the smart key
or the smart key battery is low
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed when all the doors are
closed
• The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open.
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Operation function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
CAUTION
Check whether the doors are locked
when Remote Operation function is
Driver Assistance System
7-162
Smart Parking, Remote Smart
Parking
Operating order
Parking function operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready for parking
2. Searching for parking space
3. Select parking type and operating
mode
4. Smart Parking
5. Remote Smart Parking
• Parking function includes Smart
Parking and Remote Smart Parking.
1. Getting ready for parking
OJX1079107OJX1079107
(1) With the engine turned on,
depress the brake pedal and shift
the gear to D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View
(
) button to turn on Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• ‘Agree’ must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Parking function.
• If you drive above 3 mph (5 km/h)
with the engine on, you may use
the Parking function with the gear
shifted to N (Neutral).
2. Searching for parking space
OJX1071184NOJX1071184N
(1) Slowly drive forward maintaining
the distance of approximately
40 in. (100 cm) from the parked
vehicles.
(2) When searching for a parking
space is complete, a message will
appear on the infotainment system
screen with an audible sound to
notify the search is complete.
(3) ‘Select Parking Type’ will be
displayed on the infotainment
system screen and the selected
parking space will appear on Top
View screen of Surround View
Monitor.
07
7-163
• Remote Smart Parking Assist
searches for parking spaces that are
next to parked vehicles, or parking
spaces with parked vehicles in front
or rear.
• While searching for a parking space,
when vehicle speed is above 12 mph
(20 km/h), a message will appear
on the infotainment system screen
informing you to slow down. When
vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30
km/h), Parking function will turn off.
• Searching for a parking space will
be completed when there is enough
space to move the vehicle in
addition to the parking space.
• Even if an audible sound is heard
to notify that searching for a
parking space is complete, search
completion can be canceled
immediately depending on
surroundings.
• If the you press and hold the
Parking/View (
) button to turn
on Remote Smart Parking Assist, the
previous searched parking space
can be displayed.
Information
OJX1070232NOJX1070232N
[A] : Searching for parking space
• If the distance is below 20 in. (50 cm)
or above 59 in. (150 cm), Remote Smart
Parking Assist may not be able to
search for a parking space.
• If you do not maintain a certain
distance from the parked vehicle, the
performance to search for a parking
space may reduce.
• When searching for a parking space,
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
be able to find a parking space if there
is no vehicle parked, if the parking
space is available after driving by or if
the parking space is available before
driving by.
• Even if a diagonal parking space is
searched as a parking space, parking is
not assisted normally.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
be able to search for a parking space
even if there is a parking space, and the
function may search for a space that is
not suitable for parking in the following
circumstances:
- The parking space is narrow
- The ultrasonic sensor is frozen or
dirty
- There are objects located high or low
- There are pillars around the parking
space
- The parked vehicle has objects
attached to the bumper such as
bumper guard, trailer hitch, etc.
Driver Assistance System
7-164
3. Select parking type and operating
mode
OJX1071186N OJX1071186N
(1) Parking type – Perpendicular
reverse (Left/Right), Parallel
reverse (Left/Right)
With the vehicle stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, touch
the infotainment system screen or
use the central controller to select
the desired parking type.
• If you continue to drive without
stopping after the parking type
selection screen appears, Remote
Smart Parking Assist will return to
the previous stage and search for a
parking space.
• If Parking function is canceled
unintentionally by pressing the
Parking/View (
) button before
the parking type is selected, you
can return to the parking type
selection stage by pressing and
holding the button again while the
vehicle is stopped.
CAUTION
OJX1071187N OJX1071187N
(2) Operating mode – Remote
Parking, Smart Parking
After selecting a parking type,
the infotainment system screen
will guide you with Remote Smart
Parking function and Smart
Parking function. Follow the
instructions to operate Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• Operating instructions will be
displayed on the screen for each
desired function you select.
• Do not take your foot off the brake
pedal during the Parking function
guide. When the vehicle moves,
Remote Smart Parking Assist will
turn off.
Information
OJX1071188N OJX1071188N
If Remote Smart Parking function cannot
operate, Smart Parking guide will be
displayed.
07
7-165
4. Smart Parking
OJX1070250NOJX1070250N
OJX1070251NOJX1070251N
(1) Press the Parking/View
(
) button when the vehicle is
stopped by depressing the brake
pedal. When the brake pedal is
released, Remote Smart Parking
Assist will automatically control
the steering wheel, vehicle speed
and gearshift.
(2) While Smart Parking function is
operating, if you do not hold down
the button, the vehicle will stop
and system control will pause. The
function will start operating again
when the button is pressed and
held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the
target parking position, a message
will appear on the infotainment
system screen to inform you that
parking is complete.
• Smart Parking function will not
operate if the door is open or the
seat belt is not fastened.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted
by depressing the brake pedal
while Smart Parking function is
operating. However, the vehicle
does not accelerate even when the
accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The parking location indicator is
displayed on Surround View Monitor
screen and is displayed until the
vehicle enters the parking space
for the first time by Smart Parking
function.
• When parking is completed, the
vehicle will automatically shift to P
(Park) and engage EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake).
• Depending on parking
environments, if the vehicle is
stopped by a stopper, parking may
be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's
position or location, manually
complete parking your vehicle.
Driver Assistance System
7-166
5. Remote Smart Parking
OJX1071191NOJX1071191N
(1) Shift the gear to P (Park), get out
of the vehicle with the smart key,
and close all doors.
(2) Press and hold one of the Forward
(
) or Backward ( ) button on
the smart key. Remote Smart
Parking Assist will automatically
control the steering wheel, vehicle
speed and gearshift.
(3) While Remote Smart Parking
function is operating, if the you do
not hold down the Forward (
) or
Backward (
) button, the vehicle
will stop and system control will
pause. The function will start
operating again when the button is
pressed and held again.
(4) When the vehicle reaches the
target parking position, a message
will appear on the infotainment
system screen to inform you that
parking is complete, and the
engine will turn off.
• When operating Remote Smart
Parking function, make sure all
smart keys are outside of the
vehicle.
• Remote Smart Parking function will
operate only when the smart key is
within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle.
If there is no vehicle movement
even when the Remote Forward or
Backward button is pressed on the
smart key, check the distance to the
vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart
key may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by
radio waves such as transmission
tower, broadcast station.
• The parking location indicator is
displayed on Surround View Monitor
screen and is displayed until the
vehicle enters the parking space
for the first time by Remote Smart
Parking function.
• When parking is completed, the
vehicle automatically shifts to P
(Park) and engages EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake).
• Depending on parking
environments, if the vehicle is
stopped by a stopper, parking may
be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's
position or location, manually
complete parking your vehicle.
CAUTION
•
•
•
07
7-167
How to turn off Parking function while
operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button
in the following stage:
- Searching for parking space
- Select parking type
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the
following stage:
- Searching for parking space
- Select parking type
- Select operating mode
• Press the Parking Safety (
) button
or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen to turn off Parking
function.
• While Smart Parking function is
operating:
- If the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, and the
gear is shifted, Parking function will
turn off. At this time, EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake) will not be engaged.
• While Remote Smart Parking function
is operating:
- Press the Remote Start (
) button
on the smart key. Parking function
will turn off.
- Get in the vehicle with the smart
key. Parking function will turn off. At
this time, the engine will remain on.
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Parking
- There is a detected pedestrian,
animal or object in the direction the
vehicle is moving
- The door or liftgate is open
- The driver’s seat belt is not fastened
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled
in the reverse direction
- The Parking/View (
) button is
not continuously pressed
- The vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal
• Remote Smart Parking
- There is a detected pedestrian,
animal or object in the direction the
vehicle is moving
- The door or liftgate is open
- The Forward (
) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
- Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
- The smart key is not operated within
13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
- Button of another smart key is
pressed in addition to the operating
smart key
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled
in the reverse direction
When Parking function is paused, the
vehicle will automatically stop. If the
condition that made the function to
pause disappears, the function may
operate again.
Driver Assistance System
7-168
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Parking
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle
is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5
km/h)
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle
and cannot move
- There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds have past after Smart
Parking function has started to
operate
- The driver opens the door without
the seatbelt unfastened
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working normally
- The function is paused for more
than 1 minute
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates
due to slippery road conditions
When Smart Parking function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
• Remote Smart Parking
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle
is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5
km/h)
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle
and cannot move
- There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds have past after Remote
Smart Parking function has started
to operate
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working normally
- The function is paused for more
than 1 minute
- There is a problem with the smart
key or the smart key battery is low
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates
due to slippery road conditions
- The brake pedal or accelerator
pedal is depressed when all the
doors are closed
- The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open.
- The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Smart Parking function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
07
7-169
CAUTION
Check whether the doors are locked
Smart Exit
Operating order
Smart Exit function operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready for exit
2. Checking space
3. Select exit direction
4. Smart Exit
OJX1079107OJX1079107
(1) With the engine turned on,
depress the brake pedal and shift
the gear to P (Park) or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View
(
) button to turn on Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
Information
• ‘Agree’ must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Exit function.
• Drive below 3 mph (5 km/h) with the
engine on to use Exit function.
• If function is turned on again after
parallel parking is completed by
Remote Smart Parking Assist, Exit
function can be used.
OJX1079193L OJX1079193L
(1) When the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, the
vehicle sensors will detect the
distance from nearby objects and
check for space to exit.
(2) When checking for space is
complete, a message will appear
on the infotainment system screen
with an audible sound to notify the
search is complete.
•
•
spot area and continue using the
CAUTION
Driver Assistance System
7-170
Information
Due to abnormal performance of the
ultrasonic sensor or the influence of the
surroundings, Parking function may not
be able to search for a parking space even
if there is a parking space, or may search
for a space that is not suitable for parking.
The parked vehicle has objects attached to
the bumper such as bumper guard, trailer
hitch, etc.
OJX1079194LOJX1079194L
With the vehicle stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, touch the
infotainment system screen or use the
central controller to select the desired
exit direction.
CAUTION
•
•
OJX1079195LOJX1079195L
(1) Press the Parking/View
(
) button when the vehicle is
stopped by depressing the brake
pedal. When the brake pedal is
released, Remote Smart Parking
Assist will automatically control
the steering wheel, vehicle speed
and gearshift.
(2) While Smart Exit function is
operating, if you do not hold down
the button, the vehicle will stop
and system control will pause. The
function will start operating again
when the button is pressed and
held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the
target exit location, a message will
appear on the infotainment system
screen to inform you that exit is
complete.
07
7-171
Information
• Smart Exit function will not operate if
the door is open or the seat belt is not
fastened.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted by
depressing the brake pedal while Smart
Exit function is operating. However, the
vehicle does not accelerate even when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• If exit is completed while depressing
the brake pedal, Exit function will
complete with the gear in D (Drive).
• If exit is completed while depressing the
accelerator pedal, you must take your
foot off the accelerator pedal once for
the accelerator pedal to operate.
• If there is no vehicle operation such
as depressing the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal within 4 seconds
after exit is complete, the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park)
and engage EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake).
• After Exit function is complete, always
check the surroundings before driving.
CAUTION
If it is determined that the space is
Smart Exit operation status
Operation
status
Turn signal
Under
control
The turn signal of the exit
direction blinks until the
exit is complete or Smart
Exit is canceled.
How to turn off Smart function while
operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button
in the following stage:
- Checking space
- Select exit direction
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the
following stage:
- Checking space
- Select exit direction
• Press the Parking Safety (
) button
or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen to turn off Exit
function.
• While Smart Exit function is operating,
if the vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal, and the gear is
shifted, Exiting function will turn off.
At this time, EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) will not be engaged.
Driver Assistance System
7-172
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a detected pedestrian, animal
or object in the direction the vehicle
is moving
• The door or liftgate is open
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operates while the
vehicle is being controlled in the
reverse direction
• The Parking/View (
) button is not
continuously pressed
• The vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal
When Exit function is paused, the vehicle
will stop. If the condition that made
the function to pause disappears, the
function may operate again.
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Exit
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle
is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5
km/h)
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle
and cannot move
- There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds have past after Smart Exit
function has started to operate
- The driver opens the door without
the seatbelt unfastened
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working normally
- The function was paused for more
than 1 minute
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates
due to slippery road conditions
When Smart Exit function is canceled,
the vehicle will automatically stop, shift
the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake).
07
7-173
Malfunction and Limitations
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
OJX1079201LOJX1079201L
Remote Smart Parking Assist check
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is
not working properly, the ‘Check Parking
Assist’ warning message will appear
on the infotainment system screen.
If the message appears, stop using
Remote Smart Parking Assist, and have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
OJX1079200LOJX1079200L
Remote Smart Parking Assist canceled
When Remote Parking Assist is
operating, the function can be canceled,
and the ‘Parking Assist Canceled’
warning message may appear regardless
of the parking order. Other messages
may appear depending on the situations.
Follow the instructions provided on
the infotainment system screen while
parking your vehicle with Remote
Parking Assist. Always look around and
pay attention when using Remote Smart
Parking Assist.
Driver Assistance System
7-174
OJX1079199LOJX1079199L
Remote Smart Parking Assist standby
When ‘Parking Assist Conditions Not
Met’ message appears, when Parking/
View (
) button has been pressed and
held, Remote Smart Parking Assist is in
standby. After a while, press and hold the
Parking/View (
) button again to see if
Remote Smart Parking Assist works.
The message appears even when the
smart key's battery is low. Check the
smart key battery level.
Limitations of Remote Smart Parking
Assist
In the following circumstances, Remote
Smart Parking Assist performance to
park or exit the vehicle may be limited,
there may be a risk of collision, or
Remote Smart Parking Assist may turn
off. Park or exit the vehicle manually if
necessary.
• An object is attached to the steering
wheel
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size
wheel
• Tire pressure is lower or higher than
the standard tire pressure
• Your vehicle is loaded with cargo
longer or wider than your vehicle or a
trailer is connected to your vehicle
• There is a problem with the wheel
alignment
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer
hitch
• The license plate is installed
differently from the original location
• There is a person, animal or object
above or below the ultrasonic sensor
when Remote Smart Paring Assist is
activated
• The parking space is curved or
diagonal
• There is an obstacle such as a person,
animal or object (trash can, bicycle,
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow
pillar, etc.) near the parking space
• There is a circular pillar or narrow
pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as fire extinguisher, etc., near the
parking space
07
7-175
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone,
speed bump, etc.)
• The road is slippery
• The parking space is near vehicle with
higher ground clearance of big such
as a truck, etc.
• The parking space is inclined
• There is heavy wind
• Operating Remote Smart Parking
Assist on uneven roads, gravel roads,
bushes, etc.
• The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or
cold weather
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water
• An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
• Your vehicle is affected by another
vehicle’s Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the
bumper
• When the ultrasonic sensor cannot
detect the following objects:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles
- Objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in.)
in length and narrower than 14 cm(6
in.) in diameter
- Objects which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow
- A narrow object such as a corner of
a square pillar
- Person, animal or object near the
ultrasonic sensor
- animal passes by your vehicle
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally under the following
circumstances:
• Parking on inclines
OJX1072130OJX1072130
Park manually when parking on
inclines.
• Parking in snow
OJX1072131OJX1072131
Snow may interfere with sensor
operation, or Remote Smart Parking
Assist may cancel if the road is
slippery while parking.
Driver Assistance System
7-176
• Parking on uneven road
OJX1072048OJX1072048
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
cancel when the vehicle slips, or
the vehicle cannot move due to
road conditions such as pebbles or
fragmented stones.
• Parking behind a truck
OJX1072134OJX1072134
Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist around vehicles with higher
ground clearance, such as a bus,
truck, etc. It may lead to an accident.
• Parking near a pillar
OJX1072311OJX1072311
Remote Smart Parking Assist
performance may reduce when there
is a pillar or pillar surrounded by
objects such as a fire extinguisher
near the parking space.
• Parking in a parking space with a
vehicle on one side only
OJX1072049OJX1072049
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is
used, when parking in a parking space
with a vehicle only on one side, your
vehicle may cross the parking line to
avoid the parked vehicle.
07
7-177
• Parking diagonal
OJX1072045OJX1072045
Remote Smart Parking Assist does
not provide diagonal parking. Even
if your vehicle was able to enter the
parking space, do not use the function
because the function cannot operate
normally.
• Leaving a parking space near a wall or
parking in a narrow space
OJX1072046OJX1072046
- Remote Smart Parking Assist my
not operate properly when leaving
a parking space that is narrow
and near a wall. Always check for
pedestrians, animals, objects while
leaving.
- For your safety, Remote Smart
Parking Assist does not search for
parking spaces at areas with narrow
parking spaces that are narrower
than the minimum space required
for parking.
Driver Assistance System
7-178
Front Radar
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
- For USA
OANATEL521OANATEL521
- For Canada
OANATEL523OANATEL523
07
7-179
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
- For USA
OANATEL053OANATEL053
- For Canada
OANATEL054OANATEL054
8
Hazard Warning Flasher ................................................................................... 8-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving
.......................................................... 8 -2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving ................................................................................8 -2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
..........................................................8-2
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving
...........................................................................8-3
If the Engine Will Not Start ............................................................................... 8-3
Jump Starting
...................................................................................................8-4
If the Engine Overheats
.................................................................................... 8-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
........................................................8-8
Check Tire Pressure ..................................................................................................... 8-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
............................................................................... 8-9
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
............................................................................... 8-10
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale
.............................................. 8-10
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator
............................. 8-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS
........................................................................................ 8-11
If You Have a Flat Tire (with Spare Tire) ..........................................................8-13
Jack and Tools ............................................................................................................ 8-13
Changing Tires
............................................................................................................ 8-14
Jack Label
................................................................................................................... 8-19
If You Have a Flat Tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) ...............................................8-20
Introduction ............................................................................................................... 8-20
Notes on the Safe Use of the Tire Mobility Kit
......................................................... 8-21
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
......................................................................... 8-22
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
.........................................................................................8-23
How to adjust tire pressure
....................................................................................... 8-27
Towing ............................................................................................................. 8-28
Towing Service ...........................................................................................................8-28
Removable Towing Hook
...........................................................................................8-29
Emergency Towing
.................................................................................................... 8-30
8. Emergency Situations
Emergency Situations
8-2
OJX1089001OJX1089001
The hazard warning flasher serves as
a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on
or off, press the hazard warning flasher
button with the Engine Start/Stop button
in any position. The hazard warning
flasher button is located in the center
fascia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
regardless of whether your vehicle is
running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or seek other qualified
assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad
or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to
N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to
a safe location.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
08
8-3
If You Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully
and pull off the road. Drive off the
road as far as possible and park on
firm, level ground. If you are on a
divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic
lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, shift
the gear to P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this
chapter.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT
START
• Be sure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
or P (Park). The engine starts only
when the gear is in N (Neutral) or P
(Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
See instructions for “Jump Starting”
provided in this chapter.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the vehicle still does not start, call an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
NOTICE
Push or pull starting the vehicle may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload which can lead to damage to
the emission control system.
Emergency Situations
8-4
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting
procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, we strongly recommend
that you have a service technician or
towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
to you or bystanders, always follow
these precautions when working near
or handling the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid
splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components
with the engine running or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
Jump starting procedure
Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the cargo
area, but when you jump start your
vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the
engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach, but
do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc.
Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the
parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
JUMP STARTING
08
8-5
OJX1080003NOJX1080003N
[A] : Negative (-) Terminal,
[B] : Positive (+) Terminal
5. Open the small service cover with a
screwdriver.
6. Remove the engine compartment fuse
box cover.
CAUTION
Before jump starting, make sure to
correctly identify the positive (+) and
negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse
polarity connections.
OJX1080004LOJX1080004L
7. Connect the jumper cables in
the exact sequence shown in the
illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
8. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
9. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/jumper
terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).
10.
Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
WARNING
Do not connect the jumper cable to
the negative (-) jumper terminal of the
discharged battery. A spark could cause
the battery to explode and lead to a
personal injury or vehicle damage.
11.
Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately
2,000 RPM for a few minutes. Then
start your vehicle.
12.
Keep your vehicle operating for at
least 30 minutes at idle or driving to
assure your battery receives enough
charge to be able to start on its
own after the vehicle is shut off. A
completely discharged battery may
require as long as 60 minutes runtime
to fully recharge it. If the vehicle is run
for less, the vehicle may not restart.
If your vehicle will not start after a few
attempts, it probably requires service.
In this event please seek qualified
assistance. If the cause of your battery
discharging is not apparent, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Emergency Situations
8-6
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking,
the engine may be overheating. If this
happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out from
the hood, stop the engine. Do not open
the hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine coolant
and no steam, leave the engine running
and check to be sure the engine cooling
fan is operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
WARNING
While the engine is running,
keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the moving parts
such as the cooling fan and
drive belt to prevent serious
injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
the air conditioning had been in use, it
is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for assistance.
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative
(-) battery/chassis ground of the
assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump
start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
WARNING
While jump starting your vehicle, avoid
the positive (+) and negative (-) cables
to come in contact. A spark could cause
personal injury.
08
8-7
WARNING
Never remove the engine
coolant cap and/or water-
cooled intercooler coolant
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot.
Hot coolant and steam may blow out
under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the coolant cap. Wrap
a thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system. When
you are sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the cap, using
a thick towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
CAUTION
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and should
be checked as soon as possible by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly
adding engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant slowly
in small quantities. It may require
several refilling cycles to properly
fill the engine cooling system. If
necessary, an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products should be
consulted to perform this task.
Emergency Situations
8-8
OJX1089005OJX1089005
OJX1089029LOJX1089029L
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale
and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on
the cluster display)
Check Tire Pressure
OJX1049015LOJX1049015L
• You can check the tire pressure in the
Utility view on the cluster.
Refer to the “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a few
minutes of driving after initial vehicle
start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, ‘Drive to
display’ message will appear. After
driving, check the tire pressure.
• The displayed tire pressure values may
differ from those measured with a tire
pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → General Settings → Unit →
Tire Air Pressure Unit → psi/kPa/bar
Information
The infotainment system may change after
software updates. For more information,
refer to the user’s manual provided in
the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
08
8-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low
tire pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning
properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires
or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ON position or when the
engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale remains illuminated.
Emergency Situations
8-10
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
Low Tire Pressure Position and
Tire Pressure Telltale
OJX1089031LOJX1089031L
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are
illuminated and a warning message
displayed on the cluster display, one
or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure
Position Telltale will indicate which
tire is significantly underinflated by
illuminating the corresponding position
light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping
distances. You should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the
tires to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation
pressure label located on the driver’s
side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or
if the tire cannot hold the newly added
air, replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain
on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may blink for one minute and then
remain illuminated until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced on
the vehicle.
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning because
the decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a cold
area to a warm area, or the outside
temperature is greatly higher or lower,
you should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to the
recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contribute
to loss of vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires
can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
08
8-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
will illuminate after it blinks for
approximately one minute when there
is a problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS,
the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale
will not be displayed even though the
vehicle has an under-inflated tire.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate after blinking for one minute
if the vehicle is near electric power
supply cables or radio transmitters
such as police stations, government
and public offices, broadcasting
stations, military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains
are used or electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. This may interfere with
normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will come
on. Have the flat tire repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible or replace
the flat tire with the spare tire.
NOTICE
It is recommended that you do not use a
puncture-repairing agent not approved
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products may
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor. When
the low pressure tire or the flat tire is
replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale will remain on. Also,
the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after blinking for one minute
if the vehicle is driven at speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20
minutes.
Once the original wheel equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure
and reinstalled on the vehicle, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS
Malfunction Indicator will go off within a
few minutes of driving.
Emergency Situations
8-12
If the indicators do not extinguish after a
few minutes, please visit an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem (except for the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific
wheels. It is recommended that you
always have your tires serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
You may not be able to identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure. Please note that a tire
that is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a tire
that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere
with the system’s ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions
and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment.
08
8-13
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section
when changing a tire to reduce the risk
of serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and Tools
OJX1089025OJX1089025
1. Jack handle
2. Jack
3. Wheel lug wrench
4. Centering pin
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
wrench are stored in the cargo area
under the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
OJX1089026OJX1089026
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from
“rattling”, store them in their proper
location.
OJX1089027OJX1089027
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down
wing bolt by hand, you can loosen
it easily using the wheel lug wrench
(1). Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wheel lug
wrench.
Emergency Situations
8-14
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
• Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off
the road, call a towing service for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road
and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug wrench, jack,
jack handle, and spare tire from the
vehicle.
OJX1080011LOJX1080011L
[A] : Block
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
are changing.
08
8-15
OJX1080012LOJX1080012L
6. Loosen the wheel bolts
counterclockwise one turn each in
the order shown above, but do not
remove any wheel bolts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
OJX1089014OJX1089014
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two
notches. Never jack at any other
position or part of the vehicle. Doing
so may damage the side seal molding
or other parts of the vehicle.
OJX1089015OJX1089015
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the ground.
Make sure the vehicle is stable on the
jack.
9. Loosen a wheel bolt with the wheel
lug wrench and remove it with your
fingers.
OJX1089035LOJX1089035L
10.
Insert the centering pin (1) into the
hole where the wheel bolt is removed.
Remove rest of the wheel bolts from
the wheel.
11.
Remove the wheel from the studs and
lay it flat on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from the
studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
Emergency Situations
8-16
OJX1089036LOJX1089036L
12.
Install the spare tire over the centering
pin (1) and then push in the spare tire.
13.
Tighten the wheel bolts with your
fingers onto the studs with the smaller
end of the wheel bolts closest to the
wheel.
14.
Pull out the centering pin (1) and
tighten the last wheel bolt.
15.
Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.
OJX1089013OJX1089013
16.
Use the wheel lug wrench to tighten
the wheel bolts in the order shown.
Double-check each wheel bolts until
they are tight. After changing tires,
have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products tighten the wheel
bolts to their proper torque as soon
as possible. The wheel bolt should
be tightened to 101~116 lbf.ft (14~16
kgf.m).
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”
section in chapter 2 for tire pressure
instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive slowly
to the nearest service station and adjust
it to the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another
and install it as soon as possible. After
changing tires, secure the flat tire and
return the jack and tools to their proper
storage locations.
08
8-17
NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as
possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the
studs and wheel bolts. Make certain
during tire changing that the same bolts
that were removed are reinstalled. If
you have to replace your wheel bolts
make sure they have metric threads to
avoid damaging the studs and ensure
the wheel is properly secured to the
hub. Consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack,
wheel bolts, studs, or other equipment
is damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.
Use of compact spare tires (if
equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully on
the compact spare tire and always follow
the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure
and loss of control possibly resulting in
an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire only in an
emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over
50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
maximum load rating or the load
carrying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
original tire as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the compact spare
tire.
Emergency Situations
8-18
When driving with the compact spare tire
mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after installing
the compact spare tire. The compact
spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi
(420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through
an automatic car wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire
has been designed especially for your
vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted on
the same wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the
wheel bolt torque must be set correctly.
The correct wheel bolt tightening torque is
101~116 lbf.ft (14~16 kgf.m).
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the compact
spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards, such
as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1 in.
(25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
covers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate (0 ~ 25 mph (0 ~ 40 km/h))
in any driving mode. It may cause
leakage of transfer oil.
08
8-19
Jack Label
OHYK065011OHYK065011
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the
lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or shift the gear to the
P position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.
Jack manufacture
11.
Production date
12.
Representative company and address
Emergency Situations
8-20
OJX1089007LOJX1089007L
For safe operation, carefully read and
follow the instructions in this manual
before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to
the tire and the tire should be inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
CAUTION
When two or more tires are flat, do not
use the tire mobility kit because the
sealant provided with the Tire Mobility
Kit must be used for only one flat tire.
WARNING
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair
punctures in the tire side walls. This can
result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING
Have your tire repaired as soon as
possible. The tire may lose air pressure
at any time after inflating with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile
even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The compressor and sealing compound
system effectively and temporarily seals
most punctures in a passenger car tire
caused by nails or similar objects and
reinflates the tire.
After you ensure that the tire is properly
sealed you can drive cautiously on the
tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles))
at a max. speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) in
order to reach a service station or tire
dealer for the tire replacement.
It is possible that some tires, especially
with larger punctures or damage to the
sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely
affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt
steering or other driving maneuvers,
especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded
or if a trailer is in use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire repair
method and is to be used for one tire
only.
This instruction shows you step by step
how to temporarily seal the puncture
simply and reliably.
Read the section “Notes on the safe use
of the Tire Mobility Kit”.
08
8-21
WARNING
Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely
damaged by driving run flat or with
insufficient air pressure.
Only punctured areas located within the
tread region of the tire can be sealed
using the TMK.
OJX1070305NOJX1070305N
[A] : Tread
Notes on the Safe Use of the Tire
Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the road
so that you can work with the Tire
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not move,
even when you’re on fairly level
ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car tires.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles
or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are
damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
for your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be
effective for tire damage larger than
approximately 0.16 in. (4 mm).
Please contact the nearest retailer of
Genesis Branded products if the tire
cannot be made roadworthy with the
Tire Mobility Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire
is severely damaged by driving run flat
or with insufficient air pressure.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave the
engine running. Otherwise operating
the compressor may eventually drain
the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running
for more than 10 minutes at a time or
it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
ambient temperature is below -22°F
(-30°C).
• In case of skin contact with the
sealant, wash the area thoroughly
with plenty of water. If the irritation
persists, seek medical attention.
• In case of eye contact with the
sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15
minutes. If the irritation persists, seek
medical attention.
• In case of swallowing the sealant,
rinse the mouth and drink plenty of
water. However, never give anything
to an unconscious person and seek
medical attention immediately.
• Long time exposure to the sealant
may cause damage to bodily tissue
such as kidney, etc.
Emergency Situations
8-22
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
OHM069055OHM069055
1. Speed restriction label
2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel
4. Connectors and cable for battery direct connection
5. Holder for the sealant bottle
6. Compressor
7. ON/OFF switch
8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure
Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high
pressure.
08
8-23
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the
sealant has expired (for example, past
the expiration date on the sealant
container). This can increase the risk of
tire failure.
WARNING
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
WARNING
OJX1089008OJX1089008
Detach the speed restriction label (1)
from the sealant bottle (2), and place
it in a highly visible place inside the
vehicle such as on the steering wheel to
remind the driver not to drive too fast.
CAUTION
If only the tire pressure needs to be
adjusted, refer to “How to Adjust Tire
Pressure” in this chapter.
Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, be
fully aware of the explanation on the
sealant.
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
OJX1089037LOJX1089037L
2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the
sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A)
and connect the sealant bottle to the
compressor (6) in the direction of (B).
3. Ensure that the compressor is
switched OFF.
OJX1089032OJX1089032
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve
of the defective and screw the filling
hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the
valve.
NOTICE
Securely install the sealant filling hose
to the valve. If not, sealant may flow
backward, possibly clogging the filling
hose.
Emergency Situations
8-24
OJX1089034OJX1089034
5. Connect cables (4) to the battery in
numerical order.
(1) RED cable : (+) battery terminal
(2) BLACK cable : (-) battery terminal
CAUTION
• TMK cable connection can be
dangerous if done incorrectly.
Therefore, to avoid harm to yourself
or damage to TMK or battery,
follow the TMK cable connection
procedures.
• When disconnecting TMK cables,
disconnect BLACK (-) cable first from
the battery and then disconnect RED
(+) cable.
• Be careful for battery sparks when
connecting or disconnecting the
battery cables.
6. With the engine running, switch on
the compressor and let it run for
approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the
sealant up to proper pressure. (Refer
to “Tire and Wheels” section in
chapter 2). The inflation pressure of
the tire after filling will be checked/
corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire
and stay away from the tire when
filling it.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle
if the tire pressure is below 29 psi
(200 kpa). This could result in an
accident due to sudden tire failure.
7. Switch off the compressor.
8. Detach the hoses from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire
valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage
location in the vehicle.
08
8-25
WARNING
Do not leave your vehicle running in
a poorly ventilated area for extended
periods of time. Carbon monoxide
poisoning and suffocation can occur.
OOSH079022LOOSH079022L
9. Immediately drive approximately
4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10
minutes) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive with
caution until you can safely pull off of the
side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
10. After driving approximately 4~6 miles
(7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at
a safe location.
OJX1089032OJX1089032
11. Connect the filling hose (3) directly
into the tire valve.
12. Connect cables (4) to the battery.
13. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
recommended tire inflation.
With the engine running, proceed as
follows.
-
To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor.
To check the current inflation
pressure setting, briefly switch off
the compressor.
-
To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
will overheat and may be damaged.
Emergency Situations
8-26
Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than
actual reading when the compressor is
running. To get an accurate tire pressure,
the compressor needs to be turned off.
CAUTION
If the inflation pressure is not
maintained, drive the vehicle a second
time, refer to step 9. Then repeat steps
10 to 13.
Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for
tire damage larger than approximately
0.16 in. (4 mm).
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products if the tire
cannot be made roadworthy with the
Tire Mobility Kit.
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be
inflated to the proper pressure (Refer to
“Tire and Wheels” section in chapter 2).
If it is not, do not continue driving.
Call for road side service or towing.
CAUTION
Tire pressure sensor
The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
and wheel should be removed when
you replace the tire with a new one and
inspect the tire pressure sensors at an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced
tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the
wheel bolt to 101~116 lbf·ft (14~16 kgf·m).
08
8-27
How to adjust tire pressure
1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles
(7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at
a safe location.
OJX1089032OJX1089032
2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly
into the tire valve.
3. Connect cables (4) to the battery.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
recommended tire inflation.
With the engine running, proceed as
follows.
-
To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor.
To check the current inflation
pressure setting, briefly switch off
the compressor.
-
To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
will overheat and may be damaged.
Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than
actual reading when the compressor is
running. To get an accurate tire pressure,
the compressor needs to be turned off.
CAUTION
Do not use the sealant when the tire
pressure only needs to be adjusted.
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be
inflated to the proper pressure (Refer to
“Tire and Wheels” section in chapter 2).
If it is not, do not continue driving.
Call for road side service or towing.
Emergency Situations
8-28
TOWING
Towing Service
OJX1089016OJX1089016
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary, have it
done by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a commercial tow-
truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
For 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground (without dollies) and the rear
wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the vehicle
is being towed with the rear wheels on
the ground, use a towing dolly under the
rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the rear of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the front.
For AWD vehicles, it must be towed
with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground.
NOTICE
• Do not lift the vehicle by the tow
fitting or body and chassis parts.
Otherwise the vehicle may be
damaged.
• An AWD vehicle should never be
towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or the
AWD system.
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with the rear
wheels on the ground as this may
cause damage to the vehicle.
OJX1089019OJX1089019
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
OJX1089018OJX1089018
08
8-29
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Release EPB before turning off the
engine.
2. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) by
pressing the P release button (need to
remove cap-cover) while pressing the
brake pedal. For more details, refer to
“Automatic Transmission” section in
chapter 6.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ACC position.
CAUTION
Failure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to the
transmission.
Removable Towing Hook
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
FrontFront
OJX1089021OJX1089021
RearRear
OJX1089023LOJX1089023L
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
Emergency Situations
8-30
Emergency Towing
FrontFront
OJX1089022OJX1089022
RearRear
OJX1089024LOJX1089024L
If towing is necessary, have it done by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or a commercial tow truck
service.
If a towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a short
distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering
and brakes must all be in good working
condition.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for
steering and braking operations when
the vehicle is being towed. Passengers
other than the driver must not be in the
vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing
precautions:
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked.
• Shift the gear to N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal as you will have
reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to
tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other
frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
08
8-31
16 feet
OJX1089020OJX1089020
• Use a towing cable or chain less than
16 ft. (5 m) long. Attach a white or red
cloth (about 12 in. (30 cm) wide) in the
middle of the cable or chain for easy
visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable or
chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic
transmission for fluid leaks under your
vehicle. If the automatic transmission
fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a
towing dolly must be used.
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle
in a slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow rope
or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph
(15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile
(1.5 km) when towing to avoid
serious damage to the automatic
transmission.
9
9. Maintenance
Engine Compartment ....................................................................................... 9-3
Maintenance Services
......................................................................................9-4
Owner’s Responsibility ............................................................................................... 9-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions
............................................................................... 9-4
Owner Maintenance ......................................................................................... 9-5
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................... 9-6
Scheduled Maintenance Services ....................................................................9-7
Normal Maintenance Schedule .................................................................................. 9-9
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
........................................................ 9-12
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items .............................................. 9-14
Engine oil
..........................................................................................................9-16
Checking the Engine Oil Level ................................................................................... 9-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
............................................................................9-17
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant .....................................9-19
Checking the Coolant Level....................................................................................... 9-19
Changing Coolant
...................................................................................................... 9-21
Brake Fluid ....................................................................................................... 9-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level .................................................................................9-22
Washer Fluid .................................................................................................... 9-23
Checking the Washer Fluid Level .............................................................................. 9-23
Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................... 9 -2 4
Filter Replacement .....................................................................................................9-2 4
Cabin Air Filter ................................................................................................. 9-25
Filter Inspection..........................................................................................................9-25
Filter Replacement
..................................................................................................... 9-25
Wiper Blades ................................................................................................... 9-26
Blade Inspection ........................................................................................................9-26
Blade Replacement
....................................................................................................9-26
Battery ............................................................................................................. 9-29
Battery Usage Recommendations ........................................................................... 9-30
Battery Recharging
.................................................................................................... 9-31
Reset Items
.................................................................................................................9-32
9
Tires and Wheels ............................................................................................. 9-33
Tire Care ...................................................................................................................... 9-33
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
........................................................... 9-33
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
.....................................................................................9-34
Tire Rotation
...............................................................................................................9-35
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
...........................................................................9-36
Tire Replacement
.......................................................................................................9-36
Wheel Replacement
...................................................................................................9-37
Tire Traction
................................................................................................................9-37
Tire Maintenance........................................................................................................9-37
Tire Sidewall Labeling
............................................................................................... 9-38
Tire Terminology and Definitions
.............................................................................. 9-41
All Season Tires
.......................................................................................................... 9-44
Summer Tires
............................................................................................................ 9-44
Snow Tires.................................................................................................................. 9-45
Radial-Ply Tires
.......................................................................................................... 9-45
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
.............................................................................................. 9-46
Fuses ................................................................................................................ 9-47
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ....................................................................... 9-48
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
..................................................... 9-49
Fuse/Relay Panel Description................................................................................... 9-50
Light Bulbs .......................................................................................................9-63
Headlight, Parking Light, Turn Signal Light, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
Replacement
............................................................................................................. 9-64
Side Repeater Light Replacement
........................................................................... 9-65
Puddle Light Replacement
....................................................................................... 9-65
Rear Combination Light Replacement
.................................................................... 9-66
High Mounted Stop Light Replacement
.................................................................. 9-66
License Plate Light Replacement
..............................................................................9-67
Interior Light Replacement
........................................................................................9-67
Appearance Care ............................................................................................9-69
Exterior Care .............................................................................................................. 9-69
Interior Care
................................................................................................................9-75
Emission Control System ................................................................................ 9-78
California Perchlorate Notice
.........................................................................9-80
9-3
09
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OJX1090054N/OJX1090055N OJX1090054N/OJX1090055N
1. Engine oil filler cap (under the engine
cover)
2. Engine oil dipstick
3. Engine coolant reservoir
4. Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
reservoir
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box and Positive (+) jumper
terminal
9. Negative (-) jumper terminal
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Maintenance
9-4
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection
procedures.
Have your vehicle maintained and
repaired by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products. An authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
meets Genesis Branded Vehicle’s high
service quality standards and receives
technical support from Genesis Branded
Vehicle in order to provide you with a
high level of service satisfaction.
Owner’s Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner’s responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with
the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing
and maintenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational
problems with your vehicle that could
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
personal injury. This chapter provides
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform. Several
procedures can be done only by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet provided
with the vehicle. If you’re unsure about
any service or maintenance procedure,
have it done by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
09
9-5
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do
the work, have it done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for
performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level ground.
Shift the vehicle to P (Park), apply
the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry
that can become entangled in
moving parts.
• If you must run the engine during
maintenance, do so in an outdoor
area or in an area with plenty of
ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while
the engine is operating or
hot. Doing so could result in
serious personal injury. Turn
the engine off and wait until
the metal parts cool down to
perform maintenance work on
the vehicle.
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed
by the owner or an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products at the
frequencies indicated to help ensure
safe, dependable operation of your
vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
OWNER MAINTENANCE
Maintenance
9-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir or the liquid-cooled
intercooler coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield liquid fluid level.
• Check for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant
level if the engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns and
other injuries.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (for example,
every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and
wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
with a clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
09
9-7
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of
the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow
the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or
less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
• Using for towing or camping and driving with loads on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace
or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the
periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.
Information
After driving more than 10 years or 100,000 miles, use severe maintenance schedule.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Maintenance
9-8
Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should
be checked on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of
the recommended engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification
is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under
severe operating conditions.
• The vehicle may be equipped with Oil Life Management System that predicts engine
oil life based on the driver’s driving history and alerts the driver to change engine oil.
- If the deterioration of the engine oil increases depending on the driver’s driving
severity, the remaining oil life alert appears on the instrument cluster before the
normal engine oil replacement interval. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
- Oil Life Management System works when the recommended engine oil is used.
So, if recommended engine oil is not used, replace the engine oil according to the
maintenance schedule under severe usage conditions.
Also, check the amount of engine oil regularly as this system assumes that the engine
oil is being filled normally.
- Always reset the remaining engine oil life whenever the engine oil is changed.
Otherwise, The indication of remaining Oil life in the Oil Life Management System
may not be accurate.
To reset the Oil Change Reminder, select ‘RESET’ from the infotainment system
screen. Then, select ‘Yes’ when the message “Has the engine oil changed? Press [Yes]
to reset the oil life.” appears on the screen.
- If there is no alert until the maximum maintenance interval, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
09
9-9
Normal Maintenance Schedule
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Engine oil and engine oil filter
*1
R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives
*2
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 36 months
Spark plugs R R
Rotate tires (includes tread wear inspection and
tire pressure check)
Rotate tires every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Cabin air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) R R R R R R
Drive belts
*3
At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 :
Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-
synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*2 :
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3 :
The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
Maintenance
9-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months.
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Rear brake disc/pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots / lower arm
ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
09
9-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Automatic transmission fluid
*1
No check, No service required
Front differential oil (AWD) /Rear differential oil
*2
I I I
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
Inspect every 16,000 miles (26,000 km) or 24 monthsFuel tank air filter
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Parking brake I I I I I I
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Electronic Limited Slip Differential (e-LSD) oil No check, No service required
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 :
Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” section in chapter 2 or
the label in the engine compartment.)
*2 :
Front and rear differential oil should be changed anytime the front or rear differential has been submerged in water.
à The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded Products for details.
Maintenance
9-12
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance
intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving
condition
Engine oil and engine
oil filter
*1
R
Replace every 5,000 miles (8,000
km) or 6 months
D, H, I, L
Air cleaner filter R
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E
Spark plugs R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Cabin air filter R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E, G
Disc brakes and pads,
calipers and rotors
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, G, H
Steering gear rack,
linkage and boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Driveshaft and boots I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Suspension ball joints I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Propeller shaft I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Automatic
transmission fluid
R
Replace every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, K
Front differential
oil (AWD) / Rear
differential oil
R
Replace every 72,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD) - No Check, No service required -
Parking brake I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, G, H
Electronic Limited Slip
Differential (e-LSD) oil
- No Check, No service required -
*1 :
Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade
engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
09
9-13
Severe driving conditions
A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature
or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in heavy dust conditions
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
H. Using for towing or camping and driving with loads on the roof
I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
J. Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
Maintenance
9-14
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked
periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Information
When you are inspecting the belt, turn the
engine off.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products replace any damaged
or leaking parts immediately.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
Have the air cleaner filter replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to wipe
out foreign substances inside and outside
of the boot bottom of the ignition coil
and the insulator of the spark plug with a
soft cloth to prevent contamination of the
spark plug insulator.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Engine Coolant/Liquid-cooled
Intercooler Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions, the automatic transmission
fluid should be changed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
according to the maintenance schedule.
Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is red
when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look darker.
This is a normal condition. It does not need
to be replaced based on the color change.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2.)
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
09
9-15
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT
4 specification.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and
Rotors
Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor
for any excessive wear-out. Inspect
calipers for any fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start
the engine and listen carefully for
any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten
connections or replace parts as
necessary.
Propeller Shaft
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps,
rubber couplings and center-bearing
rubber for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged parts
and if necessary, repack the grease.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel. Check the linkage for
bends or damage. Check the dust boots
and ball joints for deterioration, cracks,
or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Maintenance
9-16
ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
Engine oil is used for lubricating,
cooling, and operating various hydraulic
components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal,
and it is necessary to check and refill the
engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
the oil level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set and the wheels blocked.
3. Turn the engine on and warm
the engine up until the coolant
temperature reaches a constant
normal temperature.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to return
to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert
it fully.
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
OJX1099056LOJX1099056L
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
OJX1099057LOJX1099057L
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F (Full) and L (Low).
09
9-17
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
OJX1091058NOJX1091058N
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
OJX1091059NOJX1091059N
7. If the oil level is near or below L, add
enough oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil (Refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when adding
or changing engine oil. Wipe off
spilled oil immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil
quality, etc. Therefore, inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it
if necessary.
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
ORS092072NORS092072N
• The lubrication, rust prevention,
cooling, and cleaning effect of the
engine oil will gradually degrade
during its use. Have the engine oil
and filter changed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
according to the Oil Life Management
System function or the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded,
the engine oil performance may
deteriorate, and the engine condition
may be affected. Therefore, replace
the engine oil according to the
maintenance schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended
engine oil and filter. If the
recommended engine oil and filter are
not used, replace it according to the
maintenance schedule under severe
usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement
is to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
Maintenance
9-18
Information
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine
Oil Pressure (
) warning light will
illuminate. In addition, the enhanced
engine protection system, which limits
the engine’s power is activated and the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (
) will
illuminate when the vehicle is driven in
this state continuously. When oil pressure
is restored, the Engine Oil Pressure
warning light will turn off and the engine
power will no longer be limited. However,
for gasoline 2.5 turbo and 3.5 turbo
engine, when the oil pressure is restored,
the warning light and the enhanced engine
protection system will turn off after the
engine is restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and
can cause burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the engine
oil has cooled down.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
09
9-19
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the
factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season and
before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Coolant Level
Engine coolantEngine coolant
OJX1099068LOJX1099068L
Liquid-cooled intercooler coolantLiquid-cooled intercooler coolant
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
OJX1099070LOJX1099070L
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
OJX1099069LOJX1099069L
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the MAX and the MIN marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir when
the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for a cooling system inspection.
WARNING
Never remove the engine
coolant cap and/or water-
cooled intercooler coolant
cap or the drain plug while
the engine and radiator are
hot. Hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
Turn the vehicle off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant
cap and/or liquid-cooled intercooler
coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around
it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly
to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released, press down
on the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
Maintenance
9-20
Information
The coolant level is influenced by the
engine temperature. Before checking or
refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.
WARNING
The electric motor for the
cooling fan may continue to
operate or start up when the
engine is not running and can
cause serious injury. Keep
hands, clothing and tools away
from the rotating fan blades of
the cooling fan.
Always turn off the vehicle unless the
vehicle has to be inspected with the
engine on. Be cautious as the cooling
fan may operate if the negative (-)
battery terminal is not disconnected.
WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly
closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise
the engine could be overheated while
driving.
Engine compartment front viewEngine compartment front view
OOSH089010LOOSH089010L
1. Check if the coolant cap label is
straight in front.
OJX1099046OJX1099046
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the coolant cap is securely
interlocked.
09
9-21
Recommended coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix
hard water in the coolant filled at the
factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or engine
damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has
aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an phosphate-based
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of -31°F
(-35°C) and higher.
Changing Coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the
windshield and may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage
to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts,
put a thick towel around the engine
coolant cap and/or liquid-cooled
intercooler coolant cap before refilling
the coolant to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts, such as
the alternator.
Maintenance
9-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
OJX1099006OJX1099006
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the side
of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake fluid, clean the area around
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified brake
fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall
with accumulated mileage. This is a
normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level
is excessively low, have the brake system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate
a leak in the brake system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
Do not let brake fluid enter into your
eyes. If brake fluid gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water for
at least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
NOTICE
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle’s body paint, as paint
damage will result.
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle’s body paint, as it will
result in paint damage. It should be
disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong type of brake
fluid. A few drops of mineral based
oil in your brake system can damage
brake system parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2).
BRAKE FLUID
09
9-23
WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid Level
OJX1099007OJX1099007
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when
using washer fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Engine coolant can
severely obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to
paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame to
contact the washer fluid or the
washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid
may contain alcohol and can be
flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
Maintenance
9-24
Filter Replacement
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
OJX1099061LOJX1099061L
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
OJX1090060NOJX1090060N
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as
water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Visit an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace air cleaner
filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the
usual recommended intervals (Refer
to “Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions” section in this chapter).
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
• Use parts for replacement from
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
AIR CLEANER
09
9-25
Filter Inspection
The cabin air filter should be replaced
according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in severely air-
polluted cities or on dusty rough roads
for a long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced sooner.
Replace the cabin air filter by following
the procedure below and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
Filter Replacement
OJX1099009OJX1099009
1. Open the glove box and remove the
support rod (1).
OJX1099010OJX1099010
2. Remove the stoppers on both sides to
allow the glove box to hang freely on
the hinges.
OJX1090011OJX1090011
3. Press and hold the lock (1) on the left
side of the cover.
4. Pull out (2) the cover.
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
OHI078055OHI078055
Install a new cabin air filter in the
correct direction with the arrow symbol
and reduce effectiveness.
CABIN AIR FILTER
Maintenance
9-26
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If
the blades are not wiping properly, clean
both the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Information
Wiper blades are consumable items.
Normal wear of the wipers may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
• In order to prevent damage to the
hood and the wiper arms, the wiper
arms should only be lifted when in
the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
OJX1099012OJX1099012
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, lift up and hold the wiper
lever to the MIST position for about 2
seconds until the wipers move to the
top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off
the windshield.
Information
This vehicle has a “hidden” wiper design
which means that the wipers cannot be
lifted manually when they are in their
bottom resting position.
09
9-27
OHI078075OHI078075
3. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then
lift up the wiper blade (2).
OHI078076OHI078076
4. While pushing the lock (3), pull down
the wiper blade (4).
OHI078077OHI078077
5. Remove the wiper blade from the
wiper arm (5).
6. Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
7. Gently put the wipers back down onto
the windshield.
8. With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, turn the wiper switch
to Mist/Low/High position to return
the wipers to the bottom resting
position.
Maintenance
9-28
Rear window wiper blade
replacement
OOSH089025LOOSH089025L
1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate
the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
OOSH089026LOOSH089026L
3. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place (3).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly so
that it aligns with the wiper arm.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have the wiper
blades replaced by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
09
9-29
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
to you or bystanders, always follow
these precautions when working near
or handling the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid
splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch
these components with the engine
running or when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer. Wash hands after
handling.
BATTERY
Maintenance
9-30
NOTICE
Always follow these instructions when
handling your vehicle’s battery to
prevent damage to your battery:
• When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area,
disconnect the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully to
prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the
battery terminals. The performance
of the battery may be degraded, and
may cause injury. Be cautious when
loading liquid in the liftgate.
• Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized
electronic devices to the battery, the
battery may be discharged. Never
use unauthorized devices.
Battery Usage
Recommendations
Cargo areaCargo area
OJX1099013LOJX1099013L
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
Information
To check the batteries, open the cover (B).
For 7-seater, the clips (A) must be
removed first to open the cover.
09
9-31
Battery Recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
Should your vehicle’s battery become
discharged either run the engine for
at least 60 minutes driving or at idle.
Alternatively you may connect a fully
automatic regulated charger to the
engine compartment front jumper posts
or at the battery in the cargo area.
CAUTION
Do not use a manual unregulated
charger, it may cause the battery to
overheat and create a potential hazard.
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle’s battery to
avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an area
with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in a well
ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin boiling
violently.
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Always use a Genuine Genesis Part
approved battery when you replace
the battery.
NOTICE
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries
are maintenance-free and have
the AGM battery be serviced by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. For charging
your AGM battery, use only fully
automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery,
use parts for replacement from
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the cap on
top of the battery. This may cause
leaks of internal electrolyte that
could result in severe injury.
Maintenance
9-32
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery,
drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not
restart if you shut it off before the battery
had a chance to adequately recharge.
Refer to the “Jump Starting” in chapter
8 for more information on jump starting
procedures.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulation.
Reset Items
The following items may need to be reset
after the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
• Fuel economy/Driving info/Since
refueling/Accumulated info (items in
Utility view) (refer to chapter 4)
• Integrated memory system (refer to
chapter 5)
• Power window (refer to chapter 5)
• Sunroof (refer to chapter 5)
• Power liftgate (refer to chapter 5)
• Climate control system (refer to
chapter 5)
• Rear door window shade (refer to
chapter 5)
• Clock (refer to the Infotainment
system manual)
• Infotainment system (refer to the
Infotainment system manual)
09
9-33
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the
following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the
tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar. Always use a
tire pressure gauge to measure
tire pressure. Tires with too
much or too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check the
pressure of the other tires on
your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of
braking effectiveness, steering
control, or traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size, type, construction and
tread pattern as each tire that
was originally supplied with this
vehicle. Using tires and wheels
other than the recommended
sizes could cause unusual
handling characteristics, poor
vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended
tire inflation pressures and stay
within the load limits and weight
distribution recommended for your
vehicle.
OJX1019024LOJX1019024L
All specifications (sizes and
pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures
by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure or the tires will be
under-inflated. For recommended
inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and
Wheels” section in chapter 2.
TIRES AND WHEELS
Maintenance
9-34
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead to
sudden tire failure that could result
in loss of vehicle control resulting in
an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result in
the loss of vehicle control resulting
in an accident. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when
driving for long periods at high
speeds.
CAUTION
• Under-inflation results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation is also
possible. Keep your tire pressures
at the proper levels. If a tire
frequently needs refilling, have it
checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly
inflated when they are under-
inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge
firmly onto the valve to get a
pressure measurement. If the cold
tire inflation pressure matches the
recommended pressure on the tire
and loading information label, no
further adjustment is necessary. If
the pressure is low, add air until you
reach the recommended pressure.
Make sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture could
get into the valve core and cause
air leakage. If a valve cap is missing,
install a new one as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
09
9-35
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated according to the
maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage. Abnormal
wear is usually caused by incorrect
tire pressure, improper wheel
alignment, out-of-balance wheels,
severe braking or severe cornering.
Look for bumps or bulges in the
tread or side of the tire. Replace
the tire if you find any of these
conditions. Replace the tire if fabric
or cord is visible. After rotation, be
sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
wheel bolt tightness (proper torque
is 101~116 lbf.ft [14~16 kgf.m]).
OHI078078OHI078078
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
The outside and inside of the
unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable.
When installing an unsymmetrical
tire, be sure to install the side marked
“outside” face the outside. If the side
marked “inside” is installed on the
outside, it will have a negative effect
on vehicle performance.
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in
an accident.
Maintenance
9-36
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Incorrect wheel weights can
damage your vehicle’s aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicatorTread wear indicator
OHI078080OHI078080
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of
braking effectiveness, steering
control, and traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that was
originally supplied with this
vehicle. Using tires and wheels
other than the recommended
sizes could cause unusual
handling characteristics, poor
vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
• When replacing tires (or wheels),
it is recommended to replace
the two front or two rear tires (or
wheels) as a pair. Replacing just
one tire can seriously affect your
vehicle’s handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that tires be
replaced after six (6) years of
normal service.
• Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Failure to follow this warning
may cause sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
09
9-37
Compact spare tire replacement
(if equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is
not designed to be mounted on a
regular size wheel, and the compact
spare tire wheel is not designed for
mounting a regular size tire.
WARNING
The original tire should be repaired
or replaced as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the compact spare
tire and loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your
vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h)
when using the compact spare tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear. If you find a tire
is worn unevenly, have your dealer
check the wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort
and tire life. Additionally, a tire
should always be rebalanced if it is
removed from the wheel.
Maintenance
9-38
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides the tire identification
number (TIN) for safety standard
certification. The TIN can be used to
identify the tire in case of a recall.
ORS093077LORS093077L
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a
tire size designation. You will need
this information when selecting
replacement tires for your car.
The following explains what the
letters and numbers in the tire size
designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as
an example only; your tire size
designator could vary depending on
your vehicle.)
265/55R19 109W
265 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
109 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
W - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you need
if you ever have to replace one. The
following explains what the letters
and numbers in the wheel size
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.5J X 19
8.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
09
9-39
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire’s designed maximum safe
operating speed.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of
the wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers
on a tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing
date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and tread
pattern and the last four numbers
indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1523 represents that
the tire was produced in the 15th
week of 2023.
4. Genesis exclusive tire
Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that tires designed
specifically for Genesis vehicles
be used. You may find the marking
“GOE” (Genesis Original Equipment)
embossed on the tire sidewall.
5. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter “R” means radial ply
construction; the letter “D“ means
diagonal or bias ply construction;
and the letter “B” means belted-bias
ply construction.
Maintenance
9-40
6. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
7. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
8. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as
well on the government course as a
tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces
of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
09
9-41
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation
of heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can
lead to sudden tire failure. Grades
B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum required
by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation,
over-inflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure. This
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Tire Terminology and Definitions
Air pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory weight
This means the combined weight
of optional accessories. Some
examples of optional accessories
are automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect ratio
The relationship of a tire’s height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that
is located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Maintenance
9-42
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies are
laid at alternate angles less than 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold tire pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT markings
A code molded into the sidewall
of a tire signifying that the tire
is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also identify
the tire manufacturer, production
plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
Intended outboard sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum inflation pressure
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The
maximum air pressure is molded
onto the sidewall.
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
09
9-43
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal occupant weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward facing sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher
or deeper than the same moldings
on the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars
and some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on
an automotive wheel provides the
traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in
curb weight or accessory weight,
including heavy duty breaks, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended inflation pressure
Vehicle manufacturer’s
recommended tire inflation pressure
as shown on the tire placard.
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline
of the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed
at which a tire can operate.
Maintenance
9-44
Traction
The friction between the tire and
the road surface. The amount of grip
provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
“wear bars”, that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information
system that provides consumers
with ratings for a tire’s traction,
temperature and treadwear.
Ratings are determined by tire
manufacturers using government
testing procedures. The ratings are
molded into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle capacity weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle normal load on the tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle placard
A label permanently attached
to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
All Season Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
all season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use
all year round, including snowy and
icy road conditions. All season tires
are identified by ALL SEASON and/
or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires
and may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the
tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. If you
plan to operate your vehicle in snowy
or icy conditions, Genesis Branded
Vehicle recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
09
9-45
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires. Snow tires should
be installed on all four wheels;
otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard
tires on the tire label on the driver’s
side of the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride. The
radial-ply tires used on this vehicle
are of belted construction, and are
selected to complement the ride
and handling characteristics of
your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have
the same load carrying capacity,
as bias-ply or bias belted tires of
the same size, and use the same
recommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with
bias-ply or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted
tires when used on the same vehicle
will seriously deteriorate vehicle
handling. The best rule to follow
is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set for
the front tires and a set for the rear
tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear.
It is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Maintenance
9-46
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
(if equipped)
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than
a standard tire. Also low aspect
ratio tires tend to be wider and
consequently have a greater contact
patch with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
CAUTION
The side wall of a low aspect ratio
tire is shorter than the normal one.
Thus, the low-aspect wheel and
tire are easily damaged. Follow the
below instructions.
• When driving on a rough road or
driving off a road, be careful not
to damage the tires and wheels.
After driving, inspect the tires
and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive the vehicle slowly so
as not to damage the tires and
wheels.
• When there is an impact on a tire,
inspect the tire condition. Or,
contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000 km) to prevent tire
damage.
• It is difficult to recognize a tire
damage only with your eyes.
When there is a slight hint of a
tire damage, check and replace
the tire to prevent the damage
caused by air leakage.
• When a tire is damaged while
driving on a rough road, off a
road, or over obstacles, such as a
pothole, manhole, or curb stone,
your warranty does not cover the
damage.
• The tire information is specified
on the tire side wall.
09
9-47
■
Blade type
■
Cartridge type
■
Multi type
■
Midi type
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
OCK077071OCK077071
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 5 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle’s lights,
accessories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
it may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.
FUSES
Maintenance
9-48
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
Driver’s sideDriver’s side
OJX1090019LOJX1090019L
Cargo areaCargo area
OJX1099018OJX1099018
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
OJX1099020OJX1099020
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool (1) provided in
the engine compartment fuse panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not need
for operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced with the same
rating.
09
9-49
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse
Replacement
Blade fuse / Cartridge fuse
Blade type fuseBlade type fuse
OJX1099014OJX1099014
Cartridge type fuseCartridge type fuse
OJX1099015OJX1099015
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,
use the removal tool in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install
the fuse panel cover. You may hear a
clicking sound if the cover is securely
latched. If it is not securely latched,
electrical failure may occur from water
contact.
Multi fuse / Midi fuse
Multi typeMulti type
OJX1099016OJX1099016
Midi typeMidi type
OJX1099017LOJX1099017L
If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown,
consult an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Maintenance
9-50
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
OJX1090023NOJX1090023N
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
OJX1090047N
09
9-51
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
MODULE9
10A
Overhead Console Lamp, AMP, Driver Power Seat Module,
Low DC-DC Converter (AMP), 2ND Seat LH/RH Module,
Passenger Power Seat Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, 2ND
Air Ventilation Seat LH/RH Control Module, 2ND Seat LH/
RH Warmer Control Module, Front A/C Controller, Smart
Phone Wireless Charger, Rear A/C Control Panel, Data Link
Connector, Low DC-DC Converter, A/V & Navigation Head
Unit, Front A/C Control Module
INVERTER
30A AC Inverter
TRAILER
30A Trailer Controller
MODULE11
10A
Head Lamp LH/RH, Multifunction Switch, AC Inverter, ADAS
Unit (Parking),AC Inverter Outlet, Rear Junction Block (Rear
Wiper Relay)
REAR A/C
10A Rear A/C Control Panel, Rear Blower Motor
MODULE12
10A IAU, IBU
A/C4
10A
E/R SUB Junction Block (Blower Relay), Incar Temperature
Sensor, Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Control Panel,
Front A/C Controller
A/BAG IND
10A Instrument Cluster, Overhead Console Lamp
E-SHIFTER2
10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
SPARE(IG2)
15A Not Used
MODULE10
10A ICU Junction Block (ESU)
MODULE7
10A
Driver Door Module, IBU, Multifunction Switch, IAU, Stop
Lamp Switch
MULTI MEDIA1
25A
Low DC-DC Converter (with ISG), A/V & Navigation Head Unit
(without ISG)
MULTI MEDIA2
10A
Head-Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Security Indicator, Front
A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller, Rain Sensor, Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) Sensor, Rear A/C Control Panel, Power
Tail Gate Unit, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Rear
Door Curtain Module, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Power
Seat Module, Driver Lumbar Support Unit
CLUSTER
10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
IBU2
10A IBU
Maintenance
9-52
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
AIR BAG2
15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT3
10A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
MODULE8
10A
Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, ECS Unit, ELSD Control Module,
ADAS Unit (Driving), ADAS Unit (Parking), Front Console
Switch, Front View Camera, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit,
Crash Pad Switch
MODULE5
10A
ICU Junction Block (ESU), Crash Pad Switch, Front Console
Switch, A/V & Navigation Keyboard,
MODULE3
10A
Rear Corner Radar LH/RH (without ISG), Front Corner Radar
LH/RH (without ISG), Smart Phone Wireless Charger, Front
Console Keyboard, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit, Active Air
Flap Module, Multifunction Switch, Clock Spring
P/WINDOW
LH
30A Driver Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module LH
P/SEAT
10A Driver/Passenger Lumbar Support Unit
P/SEAT PASS2
25A Passenger Power Seat Module
AIR BAG1
15A SRS Control Module
E-SHIFTER1
10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
MODULE4
10A
Data Link Connector, Console Mood Lamp, Mood Lamp Unit,
Rear Door Mood Lamp Unit LH/RH, Garnish Mood Lamp
LH/RH, Garnish Mood Lamp Center, Driver/Passenger Door
Mood Lamp Unit, 3RD Seat Module, 2ND Seat LH/RH Module,
Passenger Power Seat Switch, Driver Door Module, Passenger
Lumbar Support Unit, Passenger Power Seat Module
09
9-53
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
SUN ROOF1
25A Sunroof Control Unit (Master)
P/SEAT DRV1
25A Driver Power Seat Module
ECS
15A ECS Unit
POWER
HANDLE
15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit
P/DOOR RH
15A Passenger Door Latch, Rear Door Latch RH
IBU1
10A IAU, IBU, BLE Unit, Driver/Passenger Door Outside Handle
POWER
OUTLET2
20A Front Console Power Outlet
P/SEAT DRV2
25A Driver Power Seat Module
P/SEAT PASS1
25A Passenger Power Seat Module
S/HEATER
DRV
15A Driver Power Seat Module
S/HEATER
PASS
15A Passenger Power Seat Module
DOOR LOCK
20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
SPARE(B+)
10A Not Used
MODULE6
10A
Armrest Lamp, IBU, Low DC-DC Converter, Electronic ATM
Shift Lever Dial, Front Tray Lamp, Front Console Keyboard,
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear USB Charger, ADAS Unit
(Parking), AMP, IAU, Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
BRAKE
SWITCH
10A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU
Maintenance
9-54
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Engine room junction block)
OJX1090021NOJX1090021N
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
OJX1091022N
09
9-55
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
Type Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
MAIN
ALT
225A Alternator
MDPS
125A MDPS Unit
MULTI
COOLING
FAN
100A Cooling Fan Motor
OIL PUMP
50A Electronic Oil Pump
E-CVVT
40A E-CVVT Relay
4WD
30A 4WD ECU
SB
HEAD LAMP
RH
30A Head Lamp RH
START
30A Start Relay
POWER
OUTLET1
40A E/R Sub Junction Block (Power Outlet 1 Relay)
HEAD LAMP
LH
30A Head Lamp LH
MICRO
HORN
15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)
P/SEAT RR
RH 2
20A
2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding Actuator, 2ND Seat
RH Module
A/C1
15A A/C Relay
MODULE1
10A EMC Solenoid LH/RH
FUEL PUMP
20A Fuel Pump Relay
ECU1
15A ECM
TCU1
20A TCM
E-CVVT3
20A [2.5L T-GDI] ECM
E-CVVT2
20A [2.5L T-GDI] ECM
Maintenance
9-56
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
IG1
30A IG1 Relay
ECU3
30A Engine Control Realy
IG2
30A IG2 Relay
ACC
30A ACC Relay
ECU2
10A ECM
MODULE2
10A
Front Radar, Front Corner Radar LH/RH, 4WD ECU, EMC
Control Module
MDPS2
10A MDPS Unit
SPARE
10A Not Used
SENSOR3
10A
[2.5L T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
[3.5L T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1~#2
SENSOR1
10A
[2.5L T-GDI] Injector #1~#4, E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump
Relay)
[3.5L T-GDI] Injector #1~#6 (MPI), E/R Junction Block (Fuel
Pump Relay)
SENSOR4
15A Cooling Fan Motor
WASHER
15A Washer Relay, E/R Junction Block (Washer RR Relay)
EWP
20A Electronic Water Pump
SENSOR5
10A Electronic Oil Pump
IEB4
10A IEB Unit
TCU2
15A P/N Relay, TCM
SENSOR2
10A
[2.5L T-GDI] E/R Junction Block (A/C 1 Relay), Oil Control Valve
(Exhaust), Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid
Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
[3.5L T-GDI] E/R Junction Block (A/C 1 Relay), RCV Control
Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Pump
Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor #3/#4, Oil Control Valve #1~#4,
Canister Close Valve
IGN COIL
15A
[2.5L T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1~#4
[3.5L T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1~#6
ECU4
20A ECM
09
9-57
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Engine room sub junction block)
OJX1090049NOJX1090049N
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
OJX1091048NOJX1091048N
Maintenance
9-58
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room sub junction block)
Type Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
SB
REAR
HEATED
40A Rear Heated Relay (Relay 1)
IEB 1
60A IEB Unit
IEB 3
40A IEB Unit
IEB 2
60A IEB Unit
P/WINDOW
RR RH
30A
Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power
Window Module RH
BLOWER
40A Blower Relay
WIPER FRT
30A Wiper Motor
MICRO
SIDE STEP
20A Not Used
S/HEATER
RR PASS
20A
2ND Seat RH Module, 2ND Air Ventilation Seat RH
Control Module, 2ND Seat RH Warmer Control
Module
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT 2
30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT 1
30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
P/SEAT RR
PASS 1
25A 2ND Seat RH Module
RR HTD IND
10A Front A/C Controller
A/C 2
10A Front A/C Control Module
POWER
OUTLET 3
20A Luggage Power Outlet
POWER
OUTLET 4
20A Rear Console Power Outlet
LDC
10A
Front Corner Radar LH/RH, Rear Corner Radar
LH/RH, Head-Up Display, Smart Phone Wireless
Charger, Instrument Cluster, Front A/C Controller,
Front Console Keyboard, Rear A/C Control Panel
09
9-59
Cargo area (Rear sub junction block)
OJX1090024NOJX1090024N
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
OJX1090025N
Maintenance
9-60
Cargo area (Rear sub junction block)
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
B+2
30A
ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS5, Fuse - AIR BAG 1, E-SHIFTER 1,
IBU 1, SPARE (B+), P/DOOR RH, MODULE 5)
CHILD LOCK
15A Child Lock/Unlock Relay
P/SEAT RR
LH 1
30A 2ND Seat LH Module
AMP
25A AMP, Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
P/SEAT 3RD 1
25A 3RD Seat LH/RH Reclining Folding Actuator
CURTAIN
20A Rear Door Curtain Module
WIPER RR
15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
P/DOOR LH
15A Driver Door Latch, Rear Door Latch LH
P/SEAT 3RD 2
30A 3RD Seat Module
E-LSD
20A ELSD Control Module
S/HEATER RR
LH
20A
2ND Seat LH Module, 2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH Control
Module, 2ND Seat LH Warmer Control Module
POWER
LIFTGATE
30A Power Liftgate Unit
P/SEAT RR
LH 2
20A 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding Actuator, 2ND Seat LH Module
09
9-61
Cargo area (Battery junction block)
OJX1099026LOJX1099026L
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
OJX1099027OJX1099027
Maintenance
9-62
Cargo area (Battery junction block)
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
B+5
125A E/R SUB Junction Block (B+)
B+6
100A
Rear Junction Block (Fuse - B+2, E-LSD, POWER LIFTGATE,
CURTAIN, P/SEAT 3RD 2, P/SEAT RR LH 2, P/SEAT RR LH 1,
S/HEATER RR LH, P/DOOR LH, AMP, WIPER RR, CHILD LOCK,
P/SEAT 3RD 1)
B+1
50A
ICU Junction Block (Long Term Load Latch Relay, Short Term
Load
Latch Relay, IPS1, IPS3, IPS4, IPS6, IPS7, Fuse - BRAKE
SWITCH)
TRAILER
50A Trailer Connector
B+4
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - TRAILER, INVERTER, P/SEAT PASS
2, DOOR LOCK, MODULE 4)
B+3
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - SUNROOF 1, P/SEAT DRV 1,
P/SEAT DRV 2, S/HEATER DRV, S/HEATER PASS, P/SEAT PASS 1,
POWER HANDLE
P/WINDOW LH, ECS. P/SEAT)
AMS
10A Battery Sensor
09
9-63
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to replace
most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs because
other parts of the vehicle must be
removed before you can get to the bulb.
This is especially true for removing the
headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Prior to working on a light, depress
the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply
the parking brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position
and take the key with you when
leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and to
prevent possible electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and
may burn your fingers.
NOTICE
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
fuse or electrical wiring system.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlight lens with chemical solvents
or strong detergents.
Information - Headlight
desiccant (if equipped)
This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to
reduce fogging inside the headlight due
to moisture. The desiccant is consumable
and its performance may change based on
the used period or environment. If fogging
inside the headlight due to moisture
continues for a long time, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Information
The headlight and tail light lenses could
appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
driving or the vehicle is driven at night in
wet weather. This condition is caused by
temperature difference between the lamp
inside and outside and, it does not indicate
a problem with your vehicle. When
moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be
removed after driving with the headlight
on. The removable level may differ
depending on lamp size, lamp position
and environmental condition. However, if
moisture is not removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
LIGHT BULBS
Maintenance
9-64
Information
• A normally functioning light may
flicker momentarily to stabilize the
vehicle’s electrical control system.
However, if the lamp goes out after
flickering momentarily, or continues to
flicker, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• The parking light may not turn on
when the parking light switch is turned
on, but the parking light and headlight
switch may turn on when the headlight
switch is turned on. This may be caused
by network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If this
occurs, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Information
The headlight aiming should be adjusted
after an accident or after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled at an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Headlight, Parking Light, Turn
Signal Light, Daytime Running
Light (DRL) Replacement
OJX1090028NOJX1090028N
(1) Headlight (Low)
(2) Headlight (High/Low beam assist
(3) Parking light/Daytime running light/
Turn signal light
(4) Side marker
If the LED light does not operate, contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
09
9-65
Side Repeater Light
Replacement
OJX1099029OJX1099029
If the LED light (1) does not operate,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Puddle Light Replacement
OJX1099031OJX1099031
If the LED light (1) does not operate,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Maintenance
9-66
Rear Combination Light
Replacement
OJX1090030NOJX1090030N
(1) Tail light/Side marker
(2) Turn signal light/Stop light
(3) Reverse light
If the LED light does not operate, contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
High Mounted Stop Light
Replacement
OJX1099032OJX1099032
If the LED light (1) does not operate,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
09
9-67
License Plate Light Replacement
OJX1099033OJX1099033
If the LED light (1) does not operate,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Interior Light Replacement
First row lampFirst row lamp
OJX1050201NOJX1050201N
Second row lamp (without sunroof) / Third row Second row lamp (without sunroof) / Third row
lamp (Type A)lamp (Type A)
OJX1099035OJX1099035
Second row lamp (with sunroof)Second row lamp (with sunroof)
OJX1099036OJX1099036
Third row lamp (Type B)Third row lamp (Type B)
OJX1099052OJX1099052
Maintenance
9-68
If the LED light does not operate, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for replacement.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a single unit. A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED light, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Vanity mirror lampVanity mirror lamp
OHI078071OHI078071
Glove box lampGlove box lamp
OJX1099038OJX1099038
Inner door handle lamp / Mood lamp / Door Inner door handle lamp / Mood lamp / Door
courtesy lamp (if equipped)courtesy lamp (if equipped)
OJX1099039OJX1099039
Cargo area lampCargo area lamp
OJX1099037LOJX1099037L
09
9-69
Exterior Care
NOTICE
If you park your vehicle near a stainless
steel sign or glass facade building, the
vehicle’s exterior plastic parts such
as a bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or
side view mirror might be damaged
due to sunlight reflected from the
sign or building. To prevent damage of
the exterior plastic parts, you should
avoid parking in areas where light may
be reflected or use a car cover. (The
exterior plastic parts applied to your
vehicle may vary.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month
with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause
the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged
if they come into contact with high
pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see
if they have been affected by water
before getting on the road. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the
brakes by applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward speed.
APPEARANCE CARE
Maintenance
9-70
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
or when the body of the vehicle is
warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
• Especially, with high-pressure water,
water may leak through the windows
and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical
solvents or strong detergents.
NOTICE
OJX1099040OJX1099040
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may cause
the failure of electrical circuits
located in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating
brushes should not be used as this can
damage the surface of your vehicle. A
steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may cause
the oil to adhere and leave stains that is
difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (for example, microfiber
towel or sponge) when washing your
vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel.
When you hand wash your vehicle, you
should not use a cleaner that finishes
with wax.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier between
your paint and contamination. Keeping
a good coat of wax on your vehicle will
help protect it.
Wax the vehicle until water will no longer
bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
09
9-71
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with
a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such
as a detergent, an abrasive or a polish.
In case wax is applied, remove the wax
immediately using a silicon remover.
If any tar or tar contaminant is on the
surface use a tar remover to clean.
However, be careful not to apply too
much pressure on the painted area.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement,
be sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
it is impossible to modify only the
damaged area and repair of the whole
part is necessary. If the vehicle is
damaged and painting is required, have
your vehicle maintained and repaired
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Take extreme care,
as it is difficult to restore the quality
after the repair.
Maintenance
9-72
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating
of wax or chrome preservative and rub
to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated
rusting can occur on underbody parts
such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan
and exhaust system, even though they
have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter.
Pay special attention to these areas
because it will do more harm than good
if the road grime becomes wet without
removing it. The lower edges of doors,
rocker panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be allowed
to clog with dirt; trapped water in these
areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, solvent, or wire brushes
on aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water. Also, clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with high-
speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing
acid or alkaline detergents.
09
9-73
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces vehicles of the highest quality.
However, this is only part of the job.
To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance the owner’s cooperation and
assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion
or minor scrapes and dents which
leave unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to occur.
For example, corrosion is accelerated
by high humidity, particularly when
temperatures are just above freezing. In
such conditions, the corrosive material is
kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces
by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because
it is slow to dry and holds moisture in
contact with the vehicle. Although the
mud appears to be dry, it can still retain
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
particularly important to keep your
vehicle clean and free of mud or
accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces
but particularly to the underside of the
vehicle.
Maintenance
9-74
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosive materials. Attention to the
underside of the vehicle is particularly
important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from view.
Do a thorough job; just dampening
the accumulated mud rather than
washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it. Water
under high pressure and steam are
particularly effective in removing
accumulated mud and corrosive
materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don’t park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates
a favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should
be covered with “touch-up” paint as
soon as possible to reduce the possibility
of corrosion. If bare metal is showing
through, the attention of a qualified body
and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
may damage painted surfaces in just a
few hours. Always remove bird droppings
as soon as possible.
09
9-75
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from
contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration.
If they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. See the
instructions for the proper way to clean
vehicle interior surfaces.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may
get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vehicle interior surfaces (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum
cleaner. If necessary, clean interior
surfaces with a mixture of warm water
and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before use).
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution
recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with
a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do
not receive immediate attention, the
fabric can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Maintenance
9-76
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural product,
each part differs in thickness or
density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
NOTICE
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered
by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may
prevent abrasion of the cover and
helps maintain the color. Be sure to
read the instructions and consult
a specialist when using leather
coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions below
for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until
contaminations do not smear.
09
9-77
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural
leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
• Handling prime napa leather (if
equipped)
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and
heat exposure. Excessive sunlight
and heat exposure naturally fades
and dries out napa leather, causing
wrinkles and discoloration. If the napa
leather is wet with liquid, immediately
clean it with lint-free cloth to minimize
damage. Do not scratch the napa
leather surface with a sharp object.
If your napa leather seat is bright
colored, it may be contaminated or
stained from dyed materials such as
jeans.
Interior wooden trim
• Use a wooden furniture protector (for
example, wax, coating compound) to
clean the interior wooden trim.
• Wipe the interior wooden trim with a
lint-free, clean cloth to maintain the
unique wooden textures for a longer
period of time.
• If you spill beverage (for example,
water, coffee) over the interior
wooden trim, immediately wipe it with
clean, dry cloth.
• Sharp objects (e.g. driver, knife),
adhesive materials, or tapes may
damage the interior wooden trim.
• Any strong impacts may damage the
interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the interior
wooden trim is removed, moisture
may damage or change wood traits.
• If the interior wooden trim is
damaged, you may get a splinter
from the wood surface. Therefore,
you should immediately have the
damaged interior wooden trim
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any
mild soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the soap.
Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered
with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
Follow the directions on the glass cleaner
container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in
damage to the rear window defroster
grid.
Maintenance
9-78
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations. There
are three emission control systems, as
follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it
is recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance
Test (with Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system off by pressing the ESC
switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back
on by pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation system
is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. The
ORVR system is designed to allow the
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded
into a canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve
is controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
engine warms-up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
09
9-79
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the engine
may cause damage to the emission
system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide)
precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell
exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows
fully open. Have your vehicle checked
and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of
automobile components and parts,
including components found in the
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain
or emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive harm.
In addition, certain fluids contained
in vehicles and certain products of
component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Maintenance
9-80
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic
system are very hot while the engine is
running or immediately after the engine
is turned off. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system
and catalytic converter or you may
get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do not
seal the bottom of the vehicle, and
do not coat the vehicle for corrosion
control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take the
following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction,
such as misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the engine off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission
control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level.
Running out of fuel could cause the
engine to misfire, damaging the
catalytic converter.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See: https://dtsc.ca.gov/
perchlorate
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as
air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners
and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section
67384.10 (a).
I
Index
Index
I-2
A
Accessing Your Vehicle
......................................................................................... 5-5
Immobilizer System
........................................................................................ 5-12
Smart Key.......................................................................................................... 5-5
Active Sound Design
........................................................................................... 6-57
Air bag - Supplemental Restraint System
............................................................ 3-55
Additional Safety Precautions
......................................................................... 3-77
Air Bag Warning Labels
.................................................................................. 3-77
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
........................................................ 3-61
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
.......................................................... 3-65
SRS Care
......................................................................................................... 3-76
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
....................................................... 3-65
Where Are the Air Bags?................................................................................. 3-57
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
............................................. 3-71
Air Cleaner........................................................................................................... 9-24
Filter Replacement
.......................................................................................... 9-24
Air Conditioner Compressor Label
..................................................................... 2-15
Air Conditioning System
..................................................................................... 2-11
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
...................................................................................... 6-41
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation
................................................................ 6-42
Emergency Precautions
................................................................................... 6-44
Appearance Care
.................................................................................................. 9-69
Exterior Care
................................................................................................... 9-69
Interior Care
.................................................................................................... 9-75
Automatic Climate Control System
..................................................................... 5-94
Automatic Temperature Control Mode
........................................................... 5-97
Manual Temperature Control Mode
................................................................ 5-98
System Maintenance
..................................................................................... 5-108
System Operation
.......................................................................................... 5-106
Automatic Transmission
...................................................................................... 6-12
Automatic Transmission Operation................................................................. 6-12
Cluster Display Messages
............................................................................... 6-18
Good Driving Practices
................................................................................... 6-21
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)
............................................................... 6-21
I
I-3
B
Battery
................................................................................................................. 9-29
Battery Recharging
.......................................................................................... 9-31
Battery Usage Recommendations
................................................................... 9-30
Reset Items
...................................................................................................... 9-32
Before Driving
....................................................................................................... 6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle
.............................................................................. 6-5
Before Starting
.................................................................................................. 6-5
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
.................................................. 7-32
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations
........... 7-40
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
......................................... 7-36
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
............................................. 7-34
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
....................................................................... 7-74
Blind-Spot View Monitor Malfunction
........................................................... 7-75
Blind-Spot View Monitor Operation
............................................................... 7-75
Blind-Spot View Monitor Settings
.................................................................. 7-75
Brake Fluid
.......................................................................................................... 9-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
..................................................................... 9-22
Braking System
.................................................................................................... 6-23
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
....................................................................... 6-32
Auto Hold
........................................................................................................ 6-28
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
............................................................................. 6-23
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
..................................................................... 6-37
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
..................................................................... 6-24
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).................................................................. 6-33
Good Braking Practices................................................................................... 6-40
High Performance Brake
................................................................................. 6-24
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
...................................................................... 6-37
Power-Assist Brakes
....................................................................................... 6-23
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
............................................................ 6-36
Bulb Wattage
.......................................................................................................... 2-9
Index
I-4
C
Cabin Air Filter
.................................................................................................... 9-25
Filter Inspection
.............................................................................................. 9-25
Filter Replacement
.......................................................................................... 9-25
California Perchlorate Notice
.............................................................................. 9-80
Center Console Overview
...................................................................................... 2-5
Child Restraint System (CRS)
............................................................................. 3-46
Children Always in the Rear
........................................................................... 3-46
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...................................................... 3-48
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
...................................................... 3-47
Climate Control Additional Features
................................................................. 5-113
Auto Defogging System
................................................................................ 5-113
Auto Dehumidify
.......................................................................................... 5-114
Recirculating Air When Washer Fluid Is Used
............................................. 5-115
Recirculation Mode Plus
............................................................................... 5-116
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
.................................................................. 5-115
Cluster Display
.................................................................................................... 4-28
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3-Inch 3D Cluster)
.......................................... 4-35
Cluster Display Control................................................................................... 4-28
Option Menu
................................................................................................... 4-33
View Modes
.................................................................................................... 4-28
Coasting
............................................................................................................... 6-53
Coasting Operating Conditions
....................................................................... 6-53
Coasting Release Conditions........................................................................... 6-54
Coasting Setting
.............................................................................................. 6-53
Consumer Information
......................................................................................... 2-16
D
Dimensions
............................................................................................................ 2-8
Door Locks
.......................................................................................................... 5-27
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
................................................... 5-31
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
................................................................... 5-32
Electronic Child Safety Lock
.......................................................................... 5-32
Operating Door Locks From Inside the Vehicle
............................................. 5-29
Operating Door Locks From Outside the Vehicle
........................................... 5-27
I
I-5
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............................................................... 6-55
Drive Mode
..................................................................................................... 6-55
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
....................................................................... 7-64
Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations
................................. 7-67
Driver Attention Warning Operation
............................................................... 7-65
Driver Attention Warning Settings
.................................................................. 7-64
E
Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview
................................. 6-47
Limitations of the System
............................................................................... 6-48
System Malfunction
........................................................................................ 6-48
Electronic Control Suspension
............................................................................ 6-47
System Malfunction
........................................................................................ 6-47
Electronic Limited Slip Differential
.................................................................... 6-46
Drive Mode Selection
..................................................................................... 6-46
Warning Messages........................................................................................... 6-46
Emission Control System
.................................................................................... 9-78
Crankcase Emission Control System
.............................................................. 9-78
Evaporative Emission Control System including Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)
........................................................................................... 9-78
Exhaust Emission Control System
.................................................................. 9-79
Engine
.................................................................................................................... 2-8
Engine Compartment
............................................................................................. 9-3
Engine Compartment Overview
............................................................................ 2-7
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant
........................................... 9-19
Changing Coolant............................................................................................ 9-21
Checking the Coolant Level
............................................................................ 9-19
Engine Number
.................................................................................................... 2-15
Engine oil
............................................................................................................. 9-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
................................................................. 9-17
Checking the Engine Oil Level
....................................................................... 9-16
Engine Start/Stop Button
....................................................................................... 6-6
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions
................................................................... 6-7
Starting the Engine
............................................................................................ 6-8
Turning Off the Engine
..................................................................................... 6-9
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items
.................................................... 9-14
Exterior Features
................................................................................................ 5-133
Roof Side Rails
............................................................................................. 5-133
Index
I-6
Exterior Features .................................................................................................. 5-66
Emergency liftgate safety release
.................................................................... 5-72
Fuel Filler Door
............................................................................................... 5-75
Hood
................................................................................................................ 5-66
Power liftgate
.................................................................................................. 5-67
Resetting the power liftgate
............................................................................ 5-72
Smart Liftgate.................................................................................................. 5-73
Exterior Overview (Front View)
............................................................................ 2-2
Exterior Overview (Rear View)
............................................................................. 2-3
F
Forward Attention Warning (FAW)
..................................................................... 7-70
Forward Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations
.............................. 7-71
Forward Attention Warning Operation
............................................................ 7-71
Forward Attention Warning Settings
............................................................... 7-70
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA)
......................................................... 7-2
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations
............... 7-18
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation
............................................... 7-8
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings
................................................... 7-5
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
........................................ 7-140
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Precautions
. 7-143
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation
............................... 7-141
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings
.................................. 7-140
Fuel Requirements
................................................................................................. 1-5
Detergent Fuel Additives
................................................................................... 1-6
Gasoline Containing Alcohol and Methanol
..................................................... 1-5
Gasoline Containing MMT
............................................................................... 1-6
Operation in Foreign Countries
......................................................................... 1-6
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
................................. 1-6
Fuses
.................................................................................................................... 9-47
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
.............................................. 9-49
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
......................................................................... 9-50
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
............................................................... 9-48
I
I-7
G
Genesis Customer Care.......................................................................................... 1-2
Genesis Digital Key
............................................................................................. 5-13
Digital Key (Card Key)
................................................................................... 5-20
Digital Key (Smart Phone)
.............................................................................. 5-13
Limitations of the System
............................................................................... 5-26
Personalized User Profile and Vehicle Settings
.............................................. 5-23
Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance
.......................................................... 5-26
Guide to Genesis Parts
........................................................................................... 1-3
H
Hazard Warning Flasher
........................................................................................ 8-2
Head-Up Display (HUD)
..................................................................................... 5-78
Head-Up Display Information......................................................................... 5-78
Head-Up Display Settings
............................................................................... 5-78
Precautions While Using the Head-Up Display
.............................................. 5-79
High Beam Assist (HBA)
.................................................................................... 5-88
High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations
............................................. 5-89
High Beam Assist Operation
........................................................................... 5-89
High Beam Assist Setting................................................................................ 5-88
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
........................................................................ 7-106
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations
................................. 7-115
Highway Driving Assist Operation
............................................................... 7-108
Highway Driving Assist Settings
.................................................................. 7-107
How to Use this Manual
........................................................................................ 1-4
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG)
........................................................................................ 6-49
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
........................................................................ 6-52
Forced to Restart Engine
................................................................................. 6-51
ISG Malfunction.............................................................................................. 6-52
ISG System Off
............................................................................................... 6-51
ISG System Operation..................................................................................... 6-49
Index
I-8
If the Engine Overheats ......................................................................................... 8-6
If the Engine Will Not Start
................................................................................... 8-3
If You Have a Flat Tire (with Spare Tire)
............................................................ 8-13
Changing Tires
................................................................................................ 8-14
Jack and Tools
................................................................................................. 8-13
Jack Label........................................................................................................ 8-19
If You Have a Flat Tire (with Tire Mobility Kit)
................................................ 8-20
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
.............................................................. 8-22
How to adjust tire pressure
............................................................................. 8-27
Introduction
..................................................................................................... 8-20
Notes on the Safe Use of the Tire Mobility Kit
.............................................. 8-21
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
............................................................................. 8-23
Important Safety Precautions
................................................................................. 3-2
Air Bag Hazards
................................................................................................ 3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
............................................................................. 3-2
Control Your Speed
........................................................................................... 3-2
Driver Distraction.............................................................................................. 3-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
............................................................... 3-2
Restrain All Children......................................................................................... 3-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving
............................................................... 8-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing................................................. 8-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
.................................................................... 8-2
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving
.............................................................. 8-3
Infotainment System
.......................................................................................... 5-134
Antenna
......................................................................................................... 5-134
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
................................................................. 5-137
Infotainment System
..................................................................................... 5-136
Lexicon Premium Sound System
.................................................................. 5-137
Steering Wheel Remote Controls
.................................................................. 5-134
USB Port
....................................................................................................... 5-134
Voice Recognition
......................................................................................... 5-136
Instrument Cluster
................................................................................................. 4-4
Cluster Display Messages
............................................................................... 4-22
Gauges and Meters
............................................................................................ 4-5
Instrument Cluster Control
................................................................................ 4-5
Transmission Shift Indicator
........................................................................... 4-10
Warning and Indicator Lights
.......................................................................... 4-11
I
I-9
Integrated Memory System.................................................................................. 5-37
Recalling Memory Positions
........................................................................... 5-38
Resetting the System
....................................................................................... 5-38
Seat Easy Access
............................................................................................. 5-39
Storing Memory Positions............................................................................... 5-37
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
................................................................. 7-59
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Malfunction and Limitations
.......................... 7-62
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Operation
........................................................ 7-60
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings
........................................................... 7-59
Interior Features
................................................................................................. 5-119
AC Inverter.................................................................................................... 5-123
Cargo Net Holder
.......................................................................................... 5-130
Cargo Security Screen
................................................................................... 5-130
Clock
............................................................................................................. 5-127
Coat Hook
..................................................................................................... 5-127
Cup Holder
.................................................................................................... 5-119
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
...................................................................................... 5-127
Power Outlet.................................................................................................. 5-121
Rear Mirror.................................................................................................... 5-121
Rear Side Window Sunshades
....................................................................... 5-128
Sunvisor......................................................................................................... 5-120
USB Charger
................................................................................................. 5-122
Wireless Smart Phone Charging System
....................................................... 5-124
Interior Overview................................................................................................... 2-4
Introduction
........................................................................................................... 1-2
J
Jump Starting
......................................................................................................... 8-4
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
............................................................................ 7-102
Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations
.................................... 7-105
Lane Following Assist Settings
..................................................................... 7-102
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
................................................................................ 7-26
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations
......................................... 7-30
Lane Keeping Assist Operation
....................................................................... 7-28
Lane Keeping Assist Settings
.......................................................................... 7-26
Index
I-10
Light Bulbs .......................................................................................................... 9-63
Headlight, Parking Light, Turn Signal Light, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
Replacement
.................................................................................................... 9-64
High Mounted Stop Light Replacement
......................................................... 9-66
Interior Light Replacement
............................................................................. 9-67
License Plate Light Replacement
.................................................................... 9-67
Puddle Light Replacement
.............................................................................. 9-65
Rear Combination Light Replacement
............................................................ 9-66
Side Repeater Light Replacement
................................................................... 9-65
Lighting
............................................................................................................... 5-80
Exterior Lights
................................................................................................ 5-80
Interior Lights.................................................................................................. 5-83
Welcome System
............................................................................................. 5-87
M
Maintenance Services
............................................................................................ 9-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions....................................................................... 9-4
Owner’s Responsibility
..................................................................................... 9-4
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
................................................................... 7-56
Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation
............................................................ 7-56
Mirrors
................................................................................................................. 5-45
Inside Rearview Mirror
................................................................................... 5-45
Reverse Parking Aid
........................................................................................ 5-56
Side View Mirrors
........................................................................................... 5-54
N
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
............................................... 7-95
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control.................................. 7-98
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control Operation
........................................ 7-96
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Settings
........................................... 7-95
O
Owner Maintenance
............................................................................................... 9-5
Owner Maintenance Schedule........................................................................... 9-6
I
I-11
P
Panoramic Sunroof
.............................................................................................. 5-61
Power sunshade
............................................................................................... 5-62
Resetting the Sunroof
...................................................................................... 5-64
Slide open/close
.............................................................................................. 5-63
Sunroof Open Warning
.................................................................................... 5-65
Tilt open/close
................................................................................................. 5-62
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
.................................. 7-128
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
.................................................................................................... 7-134
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
........................... 7-131
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
.............................. 7-129
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
............................................................................... 5-35
System Operation
............................................................................................ 5-35
System Precautions
......................................................................................... 5-35
System Setting
................................................................................................. 5-35
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
................................................................................ 7-118
Rear View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations
......................................... 7-121
Rear View Monitor Operation
....................................................................... 7-120
Rear View Monitor Settings
.......................................................................... 7-119
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities
........................................................... 2-12
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
.......................................................... 2-13
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
............................................................... 7-153
Front Radar.................................................................................................... 7-178
Front/Rear Corner Radar
............................................................................... 7-179
Remote Smart Parking Assist Malfunction and Limitations
......................... 7-173
Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation
...................................................... 7-156
Remote Smart Parking Assist Settings
.......................................................... 7-155
Remote Start
........................................................................................................ 6-10
Reporting Safety Defects
..................................................................................... 2-17
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
......................................... 7-145
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations
. 7-148
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
............................... 7-147
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
.................................. 7-145
Road Active Noise Control
.................................................................................. 6-57
Index
I-12
S
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
......................................................................................... 7-50
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction and Limitations
................................................ 7-53
Safe Exit Assist Operation
.............................................................................. 7-52
Safe Exit Assist Settings.................................................................................. 7-51
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (for Canada)
.............................................................. 7-45
Safe Exit Warning Malfunction and Limitations
............................................ 7-48
Safe Exit Warning Operation
.......................................................................... 7-47
Safe Exit Warning Settings
............................................................................. 7-46
Safety Messages..................................................................................................... 1-4
Scheduled Maintenance Services
.......................................................................... 9-7
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
................................................ 9-12
Normal Maintenance Schedule
......................................................................... 9-9
Seat Belts
............................................................................................................. 3-33
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
......................................................... 3-43
Care of Seat Belts
............................................................................................ 3-45
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
............................................................................. 3-42
Seat Belt Restraint System
.............................................................................. 3-36
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
........................................................................... 3-33
Seat Belt Warning Light
.................................................................................. 3-34
Seats
....................................................................................................................... 3-3
Air Ventilation Seats
....................................................................................... 3-30
Front Seats
......................................................................................................... 3-8
Head Restraint
................................................................................................. 3-23
Rear Seats
........................................................................................................ 3-13
Safety Precautions
............................................................................................. 3-7
Seat Warmers
................................................................................................... 3-28
Semi Active Engine Mount
................................................................................. 6-57
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
................................................................................ 7-76
Smart Cruise Control Malfunction and Limitations........................................ 7-88
Smart Cruise Control operation
...................................................................... 7-82
Smart Cruise Control settings
......................................................................... 7-77
Smart Posture Care System
................................................................................. 5-40
I
I-13
Special Driving Conditions ................................................................................. 6-58
Driving at Night
.............................................................................................. 6-59
Driving in Flooded Areas
................................................................................ 6-60
Driving in the Rain
.......................................................................................... 6-59
Hazardous Driving Conditions
........................................................................ 6-58
Highway Driving
............................................................................................. 6-60
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover
..................................................................... 6-60
Rocking the Vehicle
........................................................................................ 6-58
Smooth Cornering
........................................................................................... 6-58
Steering Wheel
..................................................................................................... 5-41
Heated Steering Wheel
.................................................................................... 5-44
Horn................................................................................................................. 5-43
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)........................................................... 5-41
Tilt / Telescopic Steering
................................................................................. 5-42
Steering Wheel Control Overview
......................................................................... 2-6
Storage Compartment
........................................................................................ 5-117
Center Console Storage
................................................................................. 5-117
Glove Box
..................................................................................................... 5-117
Storage Tray
.................................................................................................. 5-118
Sunglass Holder
............................................................................................ 5-118
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
......................................................................... 7-122
Surround View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations
................................. 7-126
Surround View Monitor Operation
............................................................... 7-125
Surround View Monitor Settings
.................................................................. 7-122
T
Theft-Alarm System
............................................................................................ 5-34
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
............................................................ 8-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS
........................................................................... 8-11
Check Tire Pressure........................................................................................... 8-8
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale
.................................... 8-10
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
................................................................... 8-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
...................................................................... 8-9
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator
................. 8-11
Tires and Wheels
................................................................................................. 2-10
Index
I-14
Tires and Wheels ................................................................................................. 9-33
All Season Tires
.............................................................................................. 9-44
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
.......................................................................... 9-34
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
................................................................................... 9-46
Radial-Ply Tires
............................................................................................... 9-45
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
.................................................. 9-33
Snow Tires
....................................................................................................... 9-45
Summer Tires
.................................................................................................. 9-44
Tire Care
.......................................................................................................... 9-33
Tire Maintenance
............................................................................................. 9-37
Tire Replacement
............................................................................................ 9-36
Tire Rotation
................................................................................................... 9-35
Tire Sidewall Labeling
.................................................................................... 9-38
Tire Terminology and Definitions
................................................................... 9-41
Tire Traction
.................................................................................................... 9-37
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
................................................................ 9-36
Wheel Replacement
........................................................................................ 9-37
Tire Specification and Pressure Label
................................................................. 2-14
Towing
................................................................................................................. 8-28
Emergency Towing.......................................................................................... 8-30
Removable Towing Hook................................................................................ 8-29
Towing Service
................................................................................................ 8-28
Trailer Towing
..................................................................................................... 6-65
Driving with a Trailer
...................................................................................... 6-68
If You Decide to Pull a Trailer?
....................................................................... 6-65
Maintenance When Towing a Trailer
.............................................................. 6-71
Trailer Towing Equipment
.............................................................................. 6-67
V
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
......................................................................................... 6-11
Deactivating Conditions
.................................................................................. 6-11
Operating Conditions
...................................................................................... 6-11
System Operation
............................................................................................ 6-11
Vehicle Break-in Process
....................................................................................... 1-7
I
I-15
Vehicle Certification Label .................................................................................. 2-14
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
.............................................. 1-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
.................................................................. 2-14
Vehicle Load Limit
.............................................................................................. 6-72
The Loading Information Label
...................................................................... 6-73
Vehicle Modifications
............................................................................................ 1-7
Vehicle Settings (Infotainment System)
.............................................................. 4-38
Setting Your Vehicle
....................................................................................... 4-38
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume
.................................................................. 2-11
W
Washer Fluid
........................................................................................................ 9-23
Checking the Washer Fluid Level
................................................................... 9-23
Windows
.............................................................................................................. 5-57
Power Windows
.............................................................................................. 5-58
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
.............................................................. 5-110
Defogging Logic
............................................................................................5-111
Rear Window Defroster................................................................................. 5-112
To Defog Inside Windshield
.......................................................................... 5-110
To Defrost Outside Windshield
......................................................................5 -111
Winter Driving
..................................................................................................... 6-61
Snow or Icy Conditions
................................................................................... 6-61
Winter Precautions
.......................................................................................... 6-63
Wiper Blades
........................................................................................................ 9-26
Blade Inspection
.............................................................................................. 9-26
Blade Replacement.......................................................................................... 9-26
Wipers and Washers
............................................................................................. 5-91
Front Windshield Washers
.............................................................................. 5-92
Front Windshield Wipers
................................................................................. 5-91
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
.................................................................... 5-93
